Discourse Referentials

—

αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός Refs (also αὐτόνRefs, reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same. __I self, myself, thyself, etc., accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), __I.1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Refs 8th c.BC+; reversely, body, not soul, Refs 8th c.BC+; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, Refs; man to wife and children, Refs 8th c.BC+; warrior to horses, Refs 8th c.BC+, or to weapons, Refs; shepherd to herd, Refs 8th c.BC+; seamen to ships, Refs: generally, whole to parts,Refs 5th c.BC+: absolutely, the Master, as in the Refs 4th c.BC+ Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος..;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀναβόησον ΑὐτόνRefsthe Master, Refs 5th c.BC+ the result will show, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially αὐτὸ δείξειRefs 5th c.BC+; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Refs 8th c.BC+; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, Refs 5th c.BC+; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς ἙκάβηςRefs 8th c.BC+ —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς ΜένωνRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτωRefs 8th c.BC+; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέονRefs 4th c.BC+ __I.3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,Refs 8th c.BC+by himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Refs 5th c.BC+ himself alone, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. __I.4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτόRefs 5th c.BC+ is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσειςRefs 5th c.BC+; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; Refs; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, Refs 4th c.BC+; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείηRefs 5th c.BC+its very self, Refs __I.5 in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,Refs 8th c.BC+ men and all, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, NT+5th c.BC+ __I.7 frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθένRefs 5th c.BC+; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.8 καὶ αὐτός himself too, Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσενRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.10 in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτόςRefs 8th c.BC+; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μινRefs 8th c.BC+ __I.10.b with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,Refs 8th c.BC+ is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.10.c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦRefs 4th c.BC+; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶνRefs 5th c.BC+; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεταιRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.10.d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+ __I.10.e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστεροςRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Refs 8th c.BC+, and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραιςNT+2nd c.AD+ __I.12 comparative αὐτότεροςRefs 5th c.BC+: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, Refs 5th c.BC+. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρωςRefs 2nd c.AD+ __II he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk., NT, and rarely first in a sentence, NT+5th c.BC+: rare in Epic dialect, Refs 8th c.BC+, and mostly emphatic,Refs 8th c.BC+; so in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαιRefs 5th c.BC+; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναιRefs 5th c.BC+; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶνNT+5th c.BC+ __III with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,Refs 5th c.BC+ plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Refs 8th c.BC+: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομενRefs 5th c.BC+; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., Refs 5th c.BC+; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,Refs 5th c.BC+face to face, Refs 4th c.AD+ __III.2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.Refs 3rd c.BC+ __IV Adverbial phrases: __IV.1 αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, Refs 1st c.AD+ __IV.2 αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, Refs __IV.3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, NT+2nd c.BC+ __IV.4 with Preps., ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, Refs 2nd c.AD+; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,NT, etc.; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __V In Compos.: __V.1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. __V.2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. __V.3 in the abstract, the ideal, see aboveRefs __V.4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. __V.5 rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. __V.6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. __V.7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., see the respective Arts.

כֹּל once כּוֹל (Je 33:8 Kt), n.m. the whole, all (Moab., Ph., id.; Aramaic כּוֹל, ܟܽܠ; Arabic كُلٌّ; Sab. כל, cf. DHMEpigr. Denk. 36–38;. Ethiopic ኵል Assyrian kullatu)—abs. כֹּל, cstr. כֹּל Gn 2:5, 16, 20 + often, once כֹּל־ ψ 138:2 (v. Ba), but more usually כָּל־ (with makk.: without it, †ψ 35:10 Pr 19:7; Köi 84, 95); sf. 2 ms. in p. כֻּלָּךְ †Mi 2:12; 2 fs. כֻּלֵּךְ †Is 14:29, 31, כֻּלָּךְ †Is 22:1 Ct 4:7 (perhaps for assonance with accompanying לָךְ, בָּךְ); 3 ms. כֻּלֹּה 2 S 2:9 (v. Dr) + 17 times (never in Pent.), כֻּלּוֹ Gn 25:25 + 16 times; 3 fs. כֻּלָּהּ Gn 13:10 + 15 times, כֻּלָּא †Ez 36:5; כֻּלָּנוּ (16 times); כֻּלְּכֶם (18 times); כֻּלָּם (often), כּוּלָּם †Je 31:34, כֻּלָּ֑הַם †2 S 23:6 (and prob. Je 15:10 כֻּלְּהֶם); 3 fpl. כֻּ֫לָּנָה †Gn 42:36 Pr 31:29; כֻּלָּֽהְנָה׃ †1 K 7:37:—the whole, 1. with foll. gen. (as usually) the whole of, to be rendered, however, often in our idiom, to avoid stiffiness, all or every: a. Gn 2:1 כָּל־צְבָאָם the whole of their host, v 13 כָּל־אֶרֶץ כּוּשׁ the whole of the land of Kush; כָּל־הַלַּיְלָה the whole of the night; כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל the whole of Israel = all Israel; Dt 4:29 בְּכָל־לְבָֽבְךָ with the whole of thy heart = with all thy heart; + very often With a plural noun, usually determined by the art. or a genitive: Gn 5:5 כל־ימי אדם the whole of (= all) the days of Adam, 37:35 כל־בניו the whole of (= all) his sons, Is 2:2 כל־הגוים all the nations; Gn 43:9 + often כל הימים = continually. In poetry, however, the noun may remain undetermined, כָּל־יָדַיִם the whole of hands = every hand, Is 13:7; Jer 48:37; Ez 21:12; כל־פנים i.e. every face Is 25:8; Joel 2:6; כל שׁלחנות Is 28:8; כל חוצות 51:20 La 2:19 al. Before an inf. †Gn 30:41; Dt 4:7; 1 K 8:52; 1 Ch 23:31. Freq. with sfs., as כֻּלּוֹ (כֻּלֹּה) the whole of him Gn 25:25; Jb 21:23; Ct 5:16, the whole of it Lv 13:13; Je 2:21; Na 2:1; Pr 24:31; כֻּלָּהּ the whole of it Gn 13:10; Ex 19:18; 25:36 Am 8:8; כֻּלָּךְ all of thee Ct 4:7 + (v. ad init.); כֻּלָּנוּ the whole of us Gn 42:11; Dt 5:3; Is 53:6, 6; כֻּלְּכֶם Dt 1:22; 4:4; 1 S 22:7, 7; כֻּלָּם Gn 11:6; 43:34; Jos 8:24; ויפלו כֻּלָּם, Ju 11:6; בְּיַד כֻּלָּם, Is 7:19; 31:3 + often—Twice, strangely, with hyperb. intensive force, ψ 39:6 כָּל־הֶבֶל the whole of vanity are all men (? om. כל, as v 12), 45:14 כָּל־כְּבוּדָּה the whole of gloriousness is the king’s daughter. b. followed often by a singular, to be understood collectively, whether with or without the art.: Gn 1:21 את כל נפשׁ החיה the whole of living souls = every living soul, 2:9 כל עץ נחמד למראה the whole of trees (every kind of tree) pleasant to view, 6:12 + כָּל־בָּשָׂר, 7:14 כל צפור כל כנף all birds of every kind of wing (so Ez 17:23), v 21 כל האדם the whole of mankind (so Nu 12:3; 16:29 Ju 16:17 al.); poet. כל־אדם ψ 39:6; 64:10 +; 1 S 14:52 כל אישׁ גבור וכל־בן־חיל, 17:19, 24 כל אישׁ ישׂראל, 22:2; Is 9:16 כל פה the whole of mouths = every mouth, 15:2; 24:10 כָּל־בַּיִת + often (in 2:12–16 the sg. and pl. interchange); ψ 7:12 + בכל־יום, 10:5 + בכל־עת = at all seasons. So כל־העץ Gn 1:29, כל־הבן Ex 1:22 = all the sons, כל־המקום 20:24 Dt 11:24 = all the places, כל־המרכב Lv 15:9, v 26 Dt 4:3 כל־האישׁ אשׁר = all the men who …, 15:19 כל־הבכור, Je 4:29 כל־העיר עזובה all the cities (notice the foll. בָּהֶן); כל־היום = all the days (v. יוֹם 7 f), etc. In late Heb. extended to such phrases as בְּכָל־דּוֹר וָדוֹר †ψ 45:18; 145:13 Est 9:28; בכל־עיר ועיר †2 Ch 11:12; 28:25; 31:19 Est 8:11, 17; 9:28; †2 Ch 32:28 Est 2:11; 3:14; 4:3; 8:13, 17; 9:21, 27, 28(×3), (cf. וְ 1 i b). c. the gen. after כל is often a rel. sentence, introduced by אשׁר: Gn 1:31 את כל אשׁר עשׂה the whole of what he had made, 7:22; 13:1 + very often Sometimes, with a prep., כל אשׁר has the force of wheresoever, whithersoever, as Jos 1:9 בְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר תֵּלֵךְ wheresoever thou goest, v 16 אֶל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר whithersoever (see אֲשֶׁר 4 b γ). Very rarely in such cases is there ellipse of the rel., as Gn 39:4 וְכָל־יֶשׁ־לוֹ נָתַן בְּיָדִי (contrast v 5, 8), Ex 9:4 מכל־לבני ישׂראל, Is 38:16 וּלְכָל־בָּהֶן חַיֵּי רוּחִי, ψ 71:18 לְכָל־יָבוֹא (74:3, v. 2 a), 2 Ch 32:31; peculiarly also in Chr (DrIntr. 505), 1 Ch 29:3 מִכָּל־הֲכִינוֹתִי, 2 Ch 30:18 f. Ezr 1:6; cf. with כָּלַל" dir="rtl" >כֹּל (2 a) 1 Ch 29:11 a 2 Ch 30:17; Ezr 1:5. d. with a suffix two idiomatic uses of כל have to be noticed: (a) כל is often made more independent and emphatic by being placed with a suffix after the word which it qualifies, to which it then stands in apposition (cf. in Syriac, Arabic, Ethiopic), as 2 S 2:9 יִשְׂרָאֵל כֻּלֹּה, Jer 13:19; 48:31; Is 9:8; 14:29, 31 פלשׁת כלך Philistia, all of thee! Mi 2:12 Hb 2:6 Jb 34:13 ψ 67:4, 6; especially in Ezek., as 14:5; 29:2 מצדים כֻּלָּהּ 32:12, 30; with change of person (cf. the idiom in Is 22:16; 48:1; 54:1 etc.), 1 K 22:28 = Mi 1:2 שׁמעו עמים כלם Hear, nations, all of them! Mal 3:9 הַגּוֹי כֻּלּוֹ. So even with כל preceding: Nu 16:3 כָּל־הָעֵדָה כֻּלָּם, Is 14:18; Jer 30:16; Ez 11:15 כל בית ישׂראל כֻּלֹּה the whole of the house of Israel, the whole of it (so 20:40; 36:10), 35:15; 36:5 ψ 8:8 (cf. Sab. DHMl.c.); (b) with the sf. of 3 ms., understood as referring to the mass of things or persons meant, כֻּלֹּה or כֻּלּוֹ, lit. the whole of it, is equivalent to all of them, every one, †Ex 14:7 and captains עַל־כֻּלּוֹ upon the whole of it (the רֶכֶב collectively) = all of them, Is 1:23 the whole of it (the people) loveth bribes, 9:16; 15:3; Jer 6:13(×2); 8:6, 10(×2); 20:7; Hab 1:9, 15; ψ 29:9 and in his temple כֻּלּוֹ אֹמֵר כָּבוֹד the whole of it (= every one there) says, Glory! 53:4 (‖ 14:3 הַכֹּל); perhaps Is 16:7; Je 48:38; + Pr 19:6 Ew Hi (וְכֻלֹּה רֵעַ): Je 15:10 read כֻּלְּהֶם קִלֲלוּנִי. e. Heb. idiom in certain cases affirms, or denies, of an entire class, where Engl. idiom affirms, or denies, of an individual of the class; thus in a compar. or hypoth. sentence כל is = any, and with a neg. = none; (a) Gn 3:1 the serpent was more subtil מכל חית השׂדה than all beasts of the field (in our idiom: than any beast of the field), Dt 7:7; 1 S 9:2; (b) Lv 4:2 a soul when it sins through ignorance מכל מצות י״י in all the commandments of Jehovah (= in any of the commandments, etc.), 19:23 when ye … plant כל־עץ מאכל = any tree for food, Nu 35:22 or if he have cast upon him כָּל־כְּלִי = any weapon, 1 K 8:37 b; joined with a ptcp. in a hypoth. sense (Dr§ 121 n. Ges§ 116, 5 R. 5), Gn 4:14 כל מצאי all my finders (= if any one find me), he will slay me, v 15 a Nu 21:8; כָּל־הַנָּשׁוּךְ = whosoever (= if any one) is bitten, 1 S 2:13; (c) with a neg., Gn 2:5 all plants of the field טֶרֶם יִהְיֶה were not as yet = no plant of the field as yet was, 4:15 b לבלתי הכות־אתו כל־מצאו for the not-smiting him of all finding him = that none finding him should smite him, Ex 10:15 ולא־נותר כל ירק = and no green things were left, 12:16 כל־מלאכה לא יעשׂה all work shall not be done = no work shall be done, Dt 28:14; Ju 13:4 אַל־תֹּאכְלִי כָּל־טָמֵא eat not of all that is unclean, 19:19 אֵין מַחְסוֹר כָּל־דָּבָר there is no lack of all things i.e. of any thing, ψ 143:2 כי לא־יצדק לפניך כל־חי, + very often (so οὐ πᾶς, as a Hebraism, in the N.T., e.g. Mk 13:20 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ, Lk 1:37 οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει … πᾶν ῥῆμα, as Jer 32:17 לֹא־יִפָּלֵא מִמְּךָ כָּל־דָּבָר, Gal 2:16 οὐ δικαιωθήσεται … πᾶσα σάρξ, etc.) Usually, in such cases, כל (or its gen.) is without the art., being left purposely indef.: in ψ 49:18 (2 b a) הַכֹּל is emph. (In Nu 23:13 וְכֻלּוֹ לֹא תִרְאֶה the context shews that כֹּל is opp. to a part). f. very anomalously, severed from its gen., †2 S 1:9 כִּי־כָל־עוֹד נַפְשִׁי בִי, Jb 27:3 כִּי־כָל־עוֹד נִשְׁמָתִי בִי, Ho 14:3 (si vera l.) כָּל־תִּשָּׂא עָוֹן. On Ec 5:15 כָּל־עֻמַּת־שֶׁ׳ v. עֻמָּה" dir="rtl" >עֻמָּה. Note. — When the gen. after כל is a noun fem. or pl., the pred. usually agrees with this (as being the really important idea), e.g. Gn 5:5 ויהיו כל ימי אדם, Nu 14:1 וַתִּשָּׂא כָל־הָעֵדָה, Nah 3:1 ψ 150:6 כֹּל הַנְּשָׁמָה תְּהַלֵּל; exceptions being very rare, Is 64:10 b Pr 16:2 (Ges§ 141. 1 R. 2). 2. Absolutely: †a. without the art., all things, all (mostly neuter, but sometimes m.), the sense in which ‘all’ is to be taken being gathered from the context, Gn 9:3 נתתי לכם את כֹּל, 16:12 וְיַד כֹּל בּוֹ, 20:16 ואת כֹּל ונוכחת, 33:11 וכי ישׁ לי כֹל, Nu 8:16 בכור כֹּל מבני ישׂראל, 11:6 אֵין כֹּל nought of all things! = there is nothing (so †2 S 12:3; Pr 13:7, cf. 2 K 4:2), 13:2 כֹּל נשׂיא בהם (cf. 2 S 23:39; 1 Ch 3:9: usually so הַכֹּל), Dt 28:47 מֵרֹב כֹּל, v 48, 37 בְּחֹסֶר כֹּל (cf. Je 44:18), Is 30:5 כֹּל הֹבִאישׁ all exhibit shame, 44:24 י׳ עֹשֶׂה־כֹּל, Je 44:12 וְתַמּוּ כֹל (unusual), Zp 1:2 ψ 8:7; 74:3 (read כֹּל הֵרַע), 145:15 עיני כֹל, Pr 16:4; 26:10; 28:5; Jb 13:1 הן כֹּל ראתה עיני, 42:2; 1 Ch 29:11 b 2 Ch 32:22 (m.), Dn 11:37 (v. also 1 c end); מִכֹּל Gn 6:19, 20 b שְׁנַיִם מִכֹּל, 14:20; 27:33; Je 17:9 עקוב הלב מִכֹּל, Dn 11:2 (m.) After a neg. = anything, Dt 4:25 תְּמוּנַת כֹּל the likeness of anything, 8:9; 28:55; Pr 30:30. In the gen. also, very rarely, to express the idea of all as comprehensively as possible: Ez 44:30 כָּל־בִּכּוּרֵי כֹל וְכָל־תְּרוּמַת כֹּל; ψ 119:128 (si vera l.) כָּל־פִּקּוּדֵי כֹל all the statutes about everything. †b. with art. הַכֹּל: (a) where the sense is limited by the context to things (or persons) just mentioned, Ex 29:24 ושׂמת הַכֹּל ביד אהרן, Lv 1:9 והקטיר הכהן את הַכֹּל, v 13; 8:27 Dt 2:36 את הַכֹּל נתן י׳ לפנינו, Jos 11:19 (cf. 2 S 19:31 1 K 14:26 = 2 Ch 12:9), 21:43 הַכֹּל בָּא (cf. 23:14), 1 S 30:19 הַכֹּל השׁיב דוד, 2 S 17:3 (corrupt: v. 𝔊 Dr), 24:23 (1 Ch 21:23), 1 K 6:18 הַכֹּל ארז (cf. 7:33; 2 K 25:17 = Je 52:22), 2 K 24:16 הַכֹּל גבורים, Is 65:8 לבלתי השׁחית הַכֹּל, ψ 14:3; or implied, Gn 16:12 י��דוֹ בַכֹּל, 24:1 ברך את אברהם בַּכֹּל, 2 S 23:5 (poet.) עֲרֻכָה בַכֹּל, is 29:11 (peculiarly) חָזוּת הַכֹּל the vision of the whole, Je 13:7, 10 לא יצלח לַכֹּל, Ez 7:14 וְהָכִין הַכֹּל (but Co וְהָכִינוּ הָכֵן), ψ 49:18 לא במותו יקח הַכֹּל: more freq. later, viz. 1 Ch 7:5 (as regards all), 28:19; 29:19 2 Ch 28:6; 29:28; 31:5; 35:7; 36:17, 18; Ezr 1:11; 2:42; 8:34, 35; 10:17 (וַיְכַלּוּ בַכֹּל: v. BeRy), Ec 5:8 (בַּכֹּל, appar. = in all respects), 10:19; 12:13. (b) in a wider sense, all, whether of all mankind or of all living things, the universe (τὸ πᾶν), or of all the circumstances of life (chiefly late), Je 10:16 = 51:19 כי יוצר הַכֹּל הוא, ψ 103:19 (cf. 1 Ch 29:12), 119:91 הַכֹּל עֲבָדֶיךָ, 145:9 טוֹב י׳ לַכֹּל, 1 Ch 29:12, 14, 16 Dn 11:2, and especially in Ec., as 1:2, 14; 2:11, 17; 3:19; 12:8 הַכֹּל הֶבֶל, 2:16 הכל נשׁכח, 3:1 לַכֹּל זְמָן, v 11, 19, 20; 6:6; 7:15; 9:1, 2, 2, 3; 10:3, 19; 11:5. כַּכֹּל, †Jb 24:24 (si vera l.) כַּכֹּל יִקָּֽפְצוּן like all men (i.e. like men in general).

אֲשֶׁר part. of relation (Moab. id.; origin dub.: 1. according to TsepreghiDiss. Lugd. p. 171 MühlauBö Lb. ii. 79 n. StaMorg. Forsch. 1875, 188; Lb. § 167 HomZMG 1878, 708 ff. Müll§ 153 SayceHbr. ii. 51 LagM. i. 255 & especially KraetzschmarHbr. vi. 298 ff, orig. a subst. ‘place’ = أَثَرٌ footstep, mark አሠr (do.), אֲתַר, ܐܰܬܰܪ place, Assyrian ašar, used (v. Kraetz.) both as a subst. ‘there, where,’ and as a relative of place ‘where’: in Heb. this development has advanced further, and it has become a relative sign generally. The chief objection to this explanation is that it would isolate Heb. from the other Semitic languages, in which pronouns are formed regularly from demonstrative roots (cf. also NöZMG 1886, 738). 2. according to PhiSt. C. 73 SperlingNota Rel. im Hebr. 1876, 15–22 for אֲשֶׁל, developed from the relative שׁ (q.v.) by (1) the prefixing of either a merely prosthetic א, or, better, a pronominal א (giving rise to אש, the form of the relative in Ph.), and (2) the addition of the demonstr. root ל [found also in אֵל, א��לֶּה, הַלָּזֶה (q.v.). اَلَّذِى he who, እለ who (pl.)]: the main objection to this explanation is the change of ל to ר, which is hardly rendered probable by the comp. of Syriac ܗܳܪܟܳܐ by side of Targ. הָלְכָּא. 1 seems preferable, the primitive root having acquired different significations in the different Semitic languages, and having been weakened in Heb. to a mere particle of relation). A sign of relation, bringing the clause introduced by it into relation with an antecedent clause. As a rule אֲשֶׁר is a mere connecting link, and requires to be supplemented (see the grammars) by a pron. affix, or other word, such as שָׁם, defining the nature of the relation more precisely: e.g. Gn 1:11 אֲשֶׁר זַרְעוֹ־בוֹ lit. as to which, its seed is in it = in which is its seed, ψ 1:4 like the chaff אֲשֶׁר־תִּדְּפֶנּוּ רוּחַ as to which, the wind drives it = which the wind drives, etc.; & so אֲשֶׁר … שָׁם = where, אֲשֶׁר … מִשָּׁם = whence, Gn 2:11; 3:23; 20:13 etc. Sometimes also (v. infr.) the relation expressed by it is specifically temporal, local, causal, etc. More particularly 1. it includes its pronominal antecedent, whether in the nom. or obl. cases, as Nu 22:6 וַאֲשֶׁר תָּאֹר יוּאָר and he whom thou cursest is cursed, Ex 4:12 and I will teach thee אֲשֶׁר תְּדַבֵּר that which thou shalt say; and with particles or prepositions, as אֵת אֲשֶׁר (according to the context) him who …, those who …, that which …; לַאֲשֶׁר to him who … Gn 43:16, to those who … 47:24, to that which 27:8; מֵאֲשֶׁר Ju 16:30 2 S 18:8 than those whom; Lv 27:24 לַאֲשֶׁר קָנָהוּ מֵאִתּוֹ to him from whom he bought it, Nu 5:7; Is 24:2 כַּאֲשֶׁר נֹשֶׁא בוֹ like him against whom there is a creditor. 2. instances of אֲשֶׁר followed by a pron. affix, or by שָׁם, שָֽׁמָּה, מִשָּׁם, are so common that the exx. cited above will be sufficient. Very rarely there occurs the anomalous constr. עִם אֲשֶׁר Gn 31:32 for אֲשֶׁר עִמּוֹ (see Gn 44:9), בַּאֲשֶׁר Is 47:12 for אֲשֶׁר בָּהֶם, לַ��ֲשֶׁר for אֲשֶׁר … לָהֶם Ez 23:40: ψ 119:49 see under על אשׁר. It is followed by the pron. in the nomin., in the foll. cases:—(a) immediately, mostly before an adj. or ptcp., Gn 9:3 all moving things אֲשֶׁר הוּא־חַי which are living, Lv 11:26 Nu 9:13; 14:8, 27; 35:31 Dt 20:20 1 S 10:19 (v. Dr) 2 K 25:19 (‖ Je 52:25 היה) Je 27:9 Ez 43:19 Hg 1:9 Ru 4:15 Ne 2:18 Ec 7:26; before a vb. 2 K 22:13 (omitted 2 Ch 34:21). (b) in a negative sentence, at the end: Gn 7:2; 17:12 Nu 17:5 Dt 17:15 אֲשֶׁר לֹא אָחִיךָ הוּא who is not thy brother, 20:15 Ju 19:12 1 K 8:41 ‖ 9:20 ‖. N.B. ψ 16:3 אֲשֶׁר בָּאָרֶץ הֵ֑מָּה is an unparalleled expression for ‘who are in the land’; read אֲשֶׁר בָּאָ֑רֶץ הֵמָּה אַדִּירֵי וג׳ ‘the saints that are in the land, they (המה) are the nobles, in whom,’ etc. 3. sometimes (though rarely) the defining adjunct is a pron. of 1 or 2 ps. as well as of 3 ps. In such cases it is strictly to be rendered I who …, thou who, etc.; Ho 14:4 אֲשֶׁר־בְּךָ יְרֻחַם יָתוֹם thou by whom the fatherless is compassionated! Je 31:32 I, whose covenant they brake, 32:19 Is 49:23 Jb 37:17f. thou whose garments are warm …, canst thou? etc., ψ 71:19, 20; 144:12 we whose sons, etc., 139:15 my frame was not hidden from thee, אֲשֶׁר־עֻשֵּׂיתִי בַסֵּתֶר—I who was wrought in secret (= though I was wrought in secret), Ex 14:13 for ye who have seen the Egyptians to-day,—ye shall not see them again or ever! (cf. ψ 41:9). 4. the defining pron. adjunct is dispensed with— a. when אֲשֶׁר represents the simple subj. of a sentence, or the direct obj. of a vb.: so constantly, as Gn 2:2 the work אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה which he made, 3:3 the tree אֲשֶׁר בְּתוֹךְ הַגָּן which is in the midst of the garden, etc. b. after words denoting time, place, or manner, so that אֲשֶׁר then becomes equivalent to when, where, why: (α) Gn 6:4 אַחֲרֵי־כֵן אֲשֶׁר afterwards, when, etc. (cf. 2 Ch 35:20) 45:6 there are still 5 years אֲשֶׁר אֵין חָרִישׁ when there shall be no plowing, Jos 14:10 1 K 22:25; after יוֹם or הַיּוֹם Dt 4:10 Ju 4:14 1 S 24:5 (v. Dr) 2 S 19:25 Je 20:14 al.; similarly Gn 40:13. (β) Gn 35:13 בַּמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר אִתּוֹ in the place where he spake with him, v 14; 39:20 Nu 13:27; 22:26 Dt 1:31 in the desert which thou sawest, where (accents Ke Di), 8:15 1 K 8:9 (unless לוּחוֹת הַבְּרִית has here fallen out: v. 𝔊 & Dt 9:9) Is 55:11; 64:10 ψ 84:4. So (γ) in אֶל אֲשֶׁר to (the place) which (or whither) Ex 32:34 Ru 1:16; אֶל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר to every (place) whither Jos 1:16 Pr 17:8; בַּאֲשֶׁר in (the place) where †Ju 5:27; 17:8, 9 1 S 23:13 2 K 8:1 Ru 1:16, 17 Jb 39:30, once only with שָׁם Gn 21:17; בְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר wheresoever Jos 1:7, 9 Ju 2:15 1 S 14:47; 18:5 2 S 7:7 2 K 18:7; מֵאֲשֶׁר from (the place) where = whencesoever †Ex 5:11 Ru 2:9; עַל־אֲשֶׁר to (the place) whither (or which) 2 S 15:20 1 K 18:12; עַל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר Je 1:7. (δ) זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר … this is the reason that or why … Jos 5:4 1 K 11:27. c. more extreme instances Lv 14:22, 30, 31 Nu 6:21, Dt 7:19 (wherewith), 28:20 1 S 2:32 1 K 2:26 (wherein), Ju 8:15 (about whom), Is 8:12 (where יאמר would be foll. normally by לוֹ), 31:6 turn ye to (him as to) whom they have deeply rebelled, 47:15 Zp 3:11 Ec 3:9, 1 K 14:19 (= how). d. it is dispensed with only in appearance after (אָמַרְתִּי וג׳) אֲשֶׁר אָמַר followed by the words used, its place being really taken by a pron. in the speech which follows, as Gn 3:17 the tree as to which I commanded thee saying, Thou shalt not eat from it, Ex 22:8 Dt 28:68 Ju 7:4 (זֶה) 8:15 (where the noun repeated takes the place of the pron., cf. Dt 9:2) 1 S 9:17 (זֶה)23 1 K 11:2 +; cf. 2 S 11:16 2 K 17:12; 21:4. 5. אֲשֶׁר sometimes in poet. = one who, a man who (men who), ὅστις, οἵτινες, ψ 24:4; 55:20; 95:4, 5 Jb 4:19; 5:5; 9:5, (Hi) 15, 17. 6. אֲשֶׁר occas. receives its closer definition by a subst. following it, in other words, its logical antecedent is inserted in the rel. clause: (a) in the phrase peculiar to Je., אֲשֶׁר הָיָה דְבַר י׳ אֶל יר׳ that which came (of) the word of י׳ to Je. †14:1; 46:1; 47:1; 49:34 (cf. Ew§ 334); (b) Ex 25:9 Nu 33:4 1 S 25:30 2 K 8:12, 12:6 לְכֹל אֲשֶׁר־יִמָּצֵא שָׁם בָּֽדֶק׃, Ez 12:25; cf. the Ethiopic usage Di§ 201; (c) (antec. repeated) Gn 49:30 = 50:13, 1 S 25:39 (י׳ repeated), Is 54:9 (prob.) as to which I sware that, etc., Am 5:1 which I take up over you (as) a dirge. 7. אֲשֶׁר ל׳ that (belongs, belong, belonged) to, is used a. either alone or preceded by כָּל־ to express (all) that (belongs) to, as Gn 14:23 מִכָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֑ךְ of all that is thine, 31:1 מֵאֲשֶׁר לְאָבִינוּ of that which was our father’s 32:24 & sent over אֶת־אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ that which he had, + often b. as a circumlocution of the genitive, as Gn 29:9 עִם־הַצֹּאן אֲשֶׁר לְאָבִיהָ with the sheep that were her father’s, 40:5; 47:4, Lv 9:8; Ju 6:11; 1 S 25:7 הָרֹעִים אֲשֶׁר־לְךָ, 2 S 14:31 אֶת־הַחֶלְקָה אֲשֶׁר־לִי, 23:8; 1 K 1:8, 33 עַל הַפִּרְדָּה אֲשֶׁר־לִי upon mine own mule, v 49; 4:2; 2 K 11:10; 16:13 Ru 2:21; and especially in the case of a compound expression depending on a single genit., as Gn 23:9; 40:5; 41:43 מִרְכֶּבֶת הַמִּשְׁנֶה אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ the chariot of the second rank which he had, Ex 38:30; Ju 3:20; 6:25; 1 S 17:40; 21:8, אֲבִיר הָרֹעִים אֲשֶׁר לְשָׁאוּל the mightiest of Saul’s herdmen, 24:5 אֶת־כְּנַף־הַמְּעִיל אֲשֶׁר־לְשָׁאוּל, 2 S 2:8 Saul’s captain of the host, 1 K 10:28; 15:20; 22:31; Je 52:17; Ru 4:3. c. with names of places (especially such as do not readily admit the st. cstr.) Ju 18:28; 19:14 הַגִּבְעָה אֲשֶׁר לְבִנְיָמִן Gibeah (the hill) of Benjamin, 20:4; 1 S 17:1; 1 K 15:27; 16:15; 17:9; 19:3; 2 K 14:11. Comp. שֶׁל (q.v.) which in Rabb., like the Aramaic דִּיל-, ܕܺܝܠ, is in habitual use as a mark of the genitive.—N.B. In Aramaic also דּי, ܕ, without ל, expresses the gen. relation, as מִלְּתָא דִי־מַלְכָּא, lit. the word, that of the king = the word of the king. The few apparent cases of a similar use of אשׁר are, however, too foreign to the general usage of the language to be regarded otherwise than as due to textual error: 1 S 13:8 read אֲשֶׁר אָמַר (or שָׂם Ex 9:5) שְׁמוּאֵל (𝔊 εἶπε); 1 K 11:25 supply עָשָׂה (𝔊 ἣν ἐποίησεν); 2 K 25:10 supply אֵת with (as ‖ Je 52:14); 2 Ch 34:22 read וַאֲשֶׁר אָמַר הַמֶּלֶךְ (cf. 𝔊) and those whom the king appointed (abbreviated from 2 K 22:14); cf. Ew§ 292 a, b with note. 8. אֲשֶׁר becomes, like Aramaic דּי, ܕ, a conj. approximating in usage to כִּי: thus a. = quod, ὅτι, that, subordinating an entire sentence to a verb of knowing, remembering, etc. (α) with אֵת Dt 9:7 forget not אֵת אֲשֶׁר הִקְצַפְתָּ the fact that (= how) thou provokedst, etc., 29:15; Jos 2:10; 1 S 24:11, 19; 2 S 11:20 know ye not אֵת אֲשֶׁר־יֹרוּ how they shoot from off the wall? 2 K 8:12 Is 38:3 + often. As subj. (rare) 1 K 14:19; 2 K 14:15; 20:20. Of time (peculiarly) †2 S 14:15 עַתָּה אֲשֶׁר now (is it) that … Zc 8:20 (prob.) yet (shall it be) that … v 23; cf. כִּמְעַט שֶׁ Ct 3:4. (β) without אֵת (not very common, כִּי being usually employed): after יָדַע Ex 11:7; Nu 32:23; Ez 20:26 (strange in Ez: v. Hi) Jb 9:5 (Ew De Di) Ec 8:12, רָאָה Dt 1:31 (RV) 1 S 18:15, הִתְוַדָּה to confess Lv 5:5; 26:40b, הִשְׁבִּיעַ 1 K 22:16 (caused to swear that …); after a noun Is 38:7 הָאוֹת אֲשֶׁר the sign that … (‖ 2 K 20:9 כִּי) with growing frequency in late Hebrew, 2 Ch 2:7, and especially Ne Est: Ne 2:5, 10; 7:65 (= Ezr 2:63) 8:14, 15; 10:31; 13:1, 19, 22; Est 1:19; 2:10; 3:4; 4:11; 6:2; 8:11; Ec 3:22 (מֵאֲשֶׁר) 5:4; 7:18 (with טוֹב: contrast Ru 2:22) v 22, 29; 8:12, 14; 9:1; Dn 1:8(×2). (γ) prefixed to a direct citation, like כִּי q.v. (= ὅτι recitativum) (rare) 1 S 15:20; 2 S 1:4; 2:4 (v. Dr) ψ 10:6 (prob.), Ne 4:6. b. it is resolvable into so that: Gn 11:7 אֲשֶׁר לֹא יִשְׁמְעוּ so that they understand not, etc., 13:16; 22:14 אֲשֶׁר יֵאָמֵר so that it is said, Ex 20:26; Dt 4:10, 40 אֲשֶׁר יִיטַב לְךָ 6:3; 28:27, 51; 1 K 3:12, 13; 2 K 9:37; Mal 3:19. c. it has a causal force, forasmuch as, in that, since: Gn 30:18; 31:49 and Mizpah, אֲשֶׁר אָמַר for that he said. 34:13, 27; 42:21 we are guilty, אֲשֶׁר רָאִינוּ we who saw (or, in that we saw), Nu 20:13 Meribah, because they strove there, Dt 3:24; Jos 4:7, 23; 22:31; Ju 9:17; 1 S 2:23; 15:15; 20:42 go in peace, אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּעְנוּ forasmuch as we have sworn, 25:26 thou whom (= or, seeing that) י׳ hath withholden, 2 S 2:5 blessed are ye of י׳, אֲשֶׁר עֲשִׂיתֶם, who (οἵτινες) have done (or in that ye have done), 1 K 3:19; 15:5; 2 K 12:3; 17:4; 23:26; Je 16:13; Ec 8:11, 12 (Hi De Now). Here also belongs its use in אֲשֶׁר לָמָּה since why …? (= lest) Dn 1:10: v. sub לְמָה" dir="rtl" >לָמָּה. On אֲשֶׁר עַל כֵּן forasmuch as Jb 34:27 v. sub כִּי עַל כֵּן" dir="rtl" >כִּי עַל כֵּן. d. it expresses a condition (rare & peculiar): Lv 4:22 אֲשֶׁר נָשִׂיא יֶחֱטָא in (case) that = when (or if) a ruler sinneth (v 3, 13, 27 אִם) 25:33; Nu 5:29 (explained differently by Ew§ 334a), Dt 11:27 and the blessing אֲשֶׁר תִּשְׁמְעוּ if ye hearken (v 28 אִם), 18:22 Ges§ 159 cc Jos 4:21 אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁאָלוּן … when they ask …, then … (v 6 כִּי), Is 31:4. In 1 K 8:33 (‖ 2 Ch 6:24 כִּי, cf. K v 35, 37) אֲשֶׁר may be rendered indifferently because or when. Once, similarly, אֵת אֲשֶׁר 1 K 8:31 v. p. 85. e. perhaps (exceptionally) = כַּאֲשֶׁר, as, Je 33:22; Is 54:9 (sq. כֵּן; but כֵּן q.v. sometimes stands without כאשׁר, & אשׁר may in these passages connect with what precedes); according to some also Je 48:8 ψ 106:34 (in a connexion where כַּאֲשֶׁר would be more usual: אֲשֶׁר may however be the obj. of אָמַר). In 1 S 16:7 אֲשֶׁר יִרְאֶה הָאָדָם read כַּאֲשֶׁר, v. Dr.In Dt 15:14 also read כַּאֲשֶׁר: note ברכך before. f. combined with preps., אֲשֶׁר converts them into conjunctions: see below, בַּאֲשֶׁר" dir="rtl" >בַּאֲשֶׁר, כַּאֲשֶׁר, מֵאֲשֶׁר. On its use similarly with (אַחֲרֵי) אַחַר, מִבְּלִי, בַּעֲבוּר, עַל דְּבַר, יַעַן, לְמַעַן, כְּפִי, עַד, עַל, עֵקֶב, מִפְּנֵי, תַּחַת, see these words.—הַאֲשֶׁר, with ה interrog., occurs once, 2 K 6:22. Note.1 אֲשֶׁר being a connecting link, without any perfectly corresponding equivalent in Engl., its force is not unfreq. capable of being represented in more than one way. See e.g. 2 S 2:5 (above 8 c), Is 28:12 unto whom he said, or for that he said to them. Note.2 The opinion that אֲשֶׁר has an asseverative force (like כִּי, q.v.), or introduces the apodosis, is not prob., being both alien to its general usage & not required by the passages alleged. Render Is 8:20 either ‘Surely according to this word will those speak who have no dawn,’ or ‘… will they speak when (cf. supr. 8 d Dt 11:27; Jos 4:21) they have no dawn.’

σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] Refs 8th c.BC+ (Laconian dialect τούνη Refs 5th c.AD+; Aeolic dialect σύ Refs 7th c.BC+; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] Refs 6th c.BC+ (also τούν Refsσύ, Refs 8th c.BC+—Gen. σοῦ, Refs, elsewhere only Attic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; enclitic σου, Refs 8th c.BC+ (also in Lyric poetry, Refs 8th c.BC+ (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, Refs 7th c.BC+, and as enclitic σευ, Refs 8th c.BC+, σεο (enclitic) Refs σευ (enclitic) Refs:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, Refs 3rd c.BC+; rarely τέο, Refs 8th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τεῦς Refs 6th c.BC+; Doric dialect τεοῦς Refs 5th c.BC+; τοι variant in Refs; enclitic τεος Refs 5th c.BC+; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both Refs 3rd c.BC+—Dat. σοί, Refs 8th c.BC+, etc.; Doric dialect τοί Refs 7th c.BC+; Doric dialect, Lesb., and Ionic dialect enclitic τοιRefs 8th c.BC+, Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι Refs 8th c.BC+, and in codices of Refs 5th c.BC+; rarer than τοι in Refs 5th c.BC+; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί Refs 5th c.BC+, τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in Refs 8th c.BC+; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, Refs 8th c.BC+; also τίν [ῐ], Refs 7th c.BC+; τίν [ῑ], Refs 3rd c.BC+ before a consonant, Refs 7th c.BC+—Acc. σέ, Refs 8th c.BC+; enclitic σε,Refs 7th c.BC+; in late Gr. σέν, Refs; Doric dialect τέ Refs 7th c.BC+; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in Refs 5th c.BC+; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) Refs 5th c.AD+; or (enclitic) τυ Refs 6th c.BC+ __2 in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τούγα Refs 2nd c.AD+: dative σοί γε Refs 8th c.BC+: accusative σέ γε Refs, etc.:—also σύ περ Refs __3 σύ with infinitive (as imperative), Refs 5th c.BC+ __II Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, Refs 8th c.BC+, you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,Refs 8th c.BC+—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, Refs 8th c.BC+; contraction σφῷν once in Refs 8th c.BC+. None of these forms are enclitic, Refs 5th c.BC+ enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in Refs 8th c.BC+ —σφῶϊ is never dative; in Refs 8th c.BC+ it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in Refs 8th c.BC+ __III Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, Refs 8th c.BC+, ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμές Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect οὐμές Refs 6th c.BC+; a resolved form ὑμέες, Refs 1st c.BC+ rather than genuine Ionic Refs 5th c.BC+— Gen. ὑμῶν, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὑμέων (disyllable) Refs 8th c.BC+; ὑμέων also Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμέων Refs 5th c.BC+; also ὑμῶν, Refs 2nd c.AD+; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων Refs 7th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων Refs 6th c.BC+—Dat. ὑμῖν, Refs 8th c.BC+; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν Refs 2nd c.AD+ also Doric dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] Refs; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in Refs 5th c.BC+ should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by Refs 2nd c.AD+; ὕμινRefs 8th c.BC+—Acc. ὑμᾶς, Refs 5th c.BC+, etc. (-υ Refs 5th c.BC+; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in Refs 2nd c.AD+; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) Refs 8th c.BC+; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) Refs 3rd c.BC+; ὑμέας also Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμέ Refs 7th c.BC+—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as Refs 8th c.BC+ cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)

הוּא m. הִיא f. (pl. m. הֵ֫מָּה, הֵם; fem. הֵ֫נָּה, הֵן [the latter only with prefixes]; see these words), pron. of the 3rd ps. sing., he, she, used also (in both genders) for the neuter, it, Lat. is, ea, id. (The א is not orthographic merely, but radical, being written on Moab. and Ph. inscriptions, though dropped in some of the later dialects. [In Heb. only Je 29:23 Kt, and in the prn. אֱלִיהוּ.] Moab. (MI 6.27) and Ph. (often) הא; Aramaic of Zinjirli הא, once הו (DHMInschr. von Sendschirli 55); 𝔗 הוּא, הִיא, Syriac ܗܽܘ, ܗܺܝ Arabic هُوَ, هِىَ (for hūʾa, hīʾa, WSG 104); Ethiopic ውእቱ, ይእቲ weʾĕtū, yeʾĕtī; perhaps also Assyrian šû, šî, himself, herself, suff. s̆u, ši, cf. demonstr. šuatu, šiati (v. KraetzschmarBAS i. 383 & reff., WSG 98, 105 Dl§ 55 b, 57). In the Pent., הוא is of common gender, the fem. form הִיא occurring only 11 times, viz. Gn 14:2; 20:5; 38:25 (v. Mass here), Lv 11:39; 13:10, 21; 16:31; 20:17; 21:9 Nu 5:13, 14. The punctuators, however, sought to assimilate the usage of the Pent. to that of the rest of the OT, and accordingly wherever הוא was construed as a fem. pointed it הִוא (as a Qrê perpetuum). Outside the Pent. the same Qrê occurs 1 K 17:15 Is 30:33 Jb 31:11a—prob. for the sake of removing gramm. anomalies: five instances of the converse change, viz. of היא to be read as הוּא, occur for a similar reason, 1 K 17:15 (וַתֹּאכַל הוּא־וָהִיא to be read as וַתֹּאכַל הִיא־וָהוּא, on account of the fem. verb) ψ 73:16 Jb 31:11b (כי הוא זמה והיא עָוֹן פלילים to be read as כי היא זמה והוא עון פלילים), Ec 5:8 1 Ch 29:16. The origin of the peculiarity in the Pent. is uncertain. It can hardly be a real archaism: for the fact that Arabic, Aramaic, & Ethiopic have distinct forms for masc. & fem. shews that both must have formed part of the original Semitic stock, and consequently of Hebrew as well, from its earliest existence as an independent language. Nor is the peculiarity confined to the Pent.: in the ms. of the Later Prophets, of a.d. 916, now at S. Petersburg, published in facsimile by Strack (1876), the fem. occurs written הוא (see the passages cited in the Adnotationes Criticae, p. 026). In Ph. both masc. and fem. ar alike written הא (CIS i. 1:9 מלך צדק הא, 1:13 מלאכת הא, 3:19 אדם הא, l:11 ממלכת הא, 93:2; 94:2), though naturally this would be read as hu’ or hi’ as occasion required. Hence, as 𝔊 shews that in the older Heb. MSS. the scriptio plena was not yet generally introduced, it is prob. that originally הא was written for both genders in Hebrew likewise, and that the epicene הוא in the Pent. originated at a comparatively late epoch in the transmission of the text—perhaps in connexion with the assumption, which is partly borne out by facts (cf. DeZKWL 1880, pp. 393–399), that in the older language fem. forms were more sparingly used than subsequently.) In usage הוּא (f. הִיא; pl. הֵ֫מָּה, הֵם, הֵ֫נָּה: v. הֵ֫מָּה" dir="rtl" >הֵ֫מָּה is 1. an emph. he (she, it, they), sometimes equivalent to himself (herself, itself, themselves), or (especially with the art.) that (those): a. Gn 3:15 הוא ישׁופך ראשׁ he (𝔊 αὐτὸς) shall bruise thee as to the head (opp. to the foll. אתה thou), v 20 for she (and no one else) was the mother of all living (so often in causal sentences, where some emph. on the subject is desirable, as Ju 14:3 ψ 24:2; 25:15; 33:9; 91:3; 103:14; 148:5 Jb 5:18; 11:11; 28:24 Je 5:5; 34:7b Ho 6:1; 11:10: Dr 1 S 14, 18), 4:20 Adah bare Jabal הוא היה אבי ישׁב אהלים he (ἐκεῖνος) was the father of tent-dwellers, v 21; 10:8 he began to be a mighty one in the earth, 20:5 (αὐτός), Ju 13:5 Is 32:7; 33:22 2 K 14:7, 22, 25; Ho 10:2 he—the unseen observer of their thoughts and deeds (Che), 13:15b (he, the foe figured by the E. wind). (For its use thus in circ. clauses v. Dr§ 157, 160, 168, 169.) And where the predic. is a subst. or ptcp., Gn 2:11 הוּא הַסֹּבֵב … that is the one which encompasseth etc., v 13, 14 10:12 that is the great city. So in the explanatory notices, Gn 14:3 הוּא יָם הַמֶּלַח that is the salt sea, v 8 הוּא־צֹעַר that is Zoar, 36:1 + often b. pointing back to the subj. and contrasting it with something else: Gn 4:4 הבל גם־הוא Abel, he also … v 26; 10:21; 20:5 וְהִיא־גַם־הִוא and she, herself also said, Ex 1:10 + often c. appended alone to a verb (more rarely, but always with intentional emphasis), Ex 4:14 I know כי דבר ידבר הוא that he can speak, v 16 1 S 22:18 ויפגע הוא בכהנים and he (though none else would do it) smote the priests, 23:22 for one hath told me, עָרֹם יַעְרִם הוּא He can deal subtilly, Ez 12:12 (peculiarly), cf. Dr§ 160 n.: very rarely indeed to a noun Nu 18:23 הַלֵּוִי הוּא, Is 7:14 י׳ הוא, Est 9:1 (הֵמָּה) being probably all the exx. in the OT d. Gn 13:1 and Abram came up out of Egypt, הוּא וְאִשְׁתּוֹ himself and his wife, and all that he had, 14:15 הוּא וַעֲבָדָיו he and his servants, 19:30; so very often e. prefixed to a noun (very rare, and mostly late), Ex 12:42b Ez 3:8 & 33:8 הוּא רָשָׁע: to pr. names Ex 6:27 הוא משׁה ואהרן, 1 Ch 26:26 that Shelomoth, 27:6 2 Ch 28:22; 32:12 (diff. from 2 K 18:22), v 30; 33:23 Ezr 7:6: cf. הֵם Ne 10:38 (comp. in Syriac ܗܽܘ, Nö§ 227): cf. ψ 87:5 1 S 20:29. 2. It resumes the subj. with emph.: a. when the predic. is a verb (especially if it be separated from its subject by an intervening clause), Gn 15:4 but one that shall come forth out of thine own bowels, הוּא יִירָשֶׁ֑ךָ he shall be thy heir, 3:12 the woman whom thou gavest to be with me, הוא נתנה לי she gave to me, 24:7; 44:17 etc. Ju 7:4 2 S 14:19 (throwing stress on יוֹאָב) 1 Ch 11:20 Is 33:15–16; 34:16; 38:19; 47:10; 59:16; 63:5 Ho 7:8; often in Pr, as 10:18, 22, 24; 11:28; 13:13; 19:21; 22:9; 24:12; 1 S 1:13 (v. Dr), ψ 68:36. b. when the predic. is a noun, Gn 2:14 and the fourth river, הוּא פְרָת it was the Euphrates, v 19 9:18; 15:2; 42:6 וְיוֹסֵף הוּא הַשַּׁלִּיט and Joseph, he was the ruler etc.: in sentences of the type י׳ הוּא הָאֱלֹהִים, י׳ הוּא הַנִּלְחָם לָכֶם, י׳ הוּא נַחֲלָתְֽךָ, Dt 3:22; 4:35; 7:9; 10:9 Jos 13:14, 33 Is 9:14; 33:6 Ho 11:5 (in these cases, to avoid stiffness, it is convenient often to drop the pron. in translating, as ‘And the fourth river was the Euphrates:’ the pronoun, however, though it then corresponds to the substantive verb in English, does not really express it, the copula, as the exx. shew, being in fact understood. Sts. in AV the pron. is retained for emphasis, as Dt. ll. cc.) So c. after אֲשֶׁר in an affirmative sentence, Gn 9:3 all creeping things אֲשֶׁר הוּא־חַי which are living, Lv 11:39 Nu 9:13; 14:8; 35:31 אֲשֶׁר הוּא רָשָׁע לָמוּת who is guilty of death, Dt 20:20 1 S 10:19 Hg 1:9 Ru 4:15 +. (On 2, cf. Dr§ 199, with Obs.) 3. Where, however, the pron. follows the pred., its position gives it the minimum of emphasis, and it expresses (or resumes) the subject as unobtrusively as possible: thus a. Gn 12:18 why didst thou not tell me כי אשׁתך הוא that she was thy wife? 20:13; 21:13 כי זרעך הוא for he is thy seed, 31:20 because he told him not כִּי בֹרֵחַ הוּא, 37:3 + often (the opp. order rare and emph.: Gn 24:65 Dt 4:6; 30:20 Jos 10:2 1 K 2:22; 3:4; 21:2 Ho 2:4 ψ 45:12). b resuming the subj., Gn 31:16 all the wealther which God hath taken etc., לנו הוא ולבנינו it is ours and our children’s, v 43 and all that thou seest, לי הוא it is mine (or, omitting the pronoun, as not required in our idiom, simply) is mine, 41:25 חלום פרעה אחד הוא the dream of Pharaoh is one, 48:5 (לי הם), Ex 3:5 for the place whereon thou standest, אַדְמַת קֹדֶשׁ הוּא it is holy ground, Nu 13:22; 21:26; Dt 1:17; Jos 5:15; 6:19; Jb 3:19 + often; Gn 23:15 ארץ … מַה־הִוא, so ψ 39:5 Is 41:22 (הֵנָּה); אַתֶּם … הֵמָּה (unusual) Zp 2:12. (In all such cases the predicate is not referred directly to the subject, but, the subject being made a casus pendens, it is resumed by the pron., and the pred. thus referred to it indirectly. By this means the sentence is lightened and relieved, especially if the subject consist of many words: in Gn 31:16 for instance, the direct form of predicate כִּי לָנוּ וּלְבָנֵינוּ כָּל־הָעֹשֶׁר אֲשֶׁר הִצִּיל אֱלֹהִים מֵאָבִינוּ would have been heavy and inelegant.) So c. after אֲשֶׁר in a negative sentence, Gn 7:2; 17:12 אֲשֶׁר לֹא מִוַּרְעֲךָ הוּא which is not of thy seed, Nu 17:5; Dt 17:15; 1 K 8:41 (cf. הֵמָּה 3 c). d. peculiarly, as the subject of לֹא, Je 5:12 לוֹא הוּא He is not; and as embracing its predicate in itself, Is 18:2, 7 a nation terrible מִן־הוּא (= מֵאֲשֶׁר הוּא) from (the time that) it was, Na 2:9 מִימֵי הִיא from the days that (st. c. Ges§ 130.4) it was, 2 K 7:7 they left the camp כַּאֲשֶׁר הִיא as it was (cf. כַּאֲשֶׁר הֵמָּה v 10). (On 3, cf. Dr§ 198, with Obs.) 4. It anticipates (as it seems) the subject viz. a. (rare) Ct 6:9 אַחַת הִיא יוֹנָתִי תַמָּתִי one is she, my dove my perfect one, Lv 25:11; Ez 11:15; 21:16, La 1:18 צַדִּיק הוּא י׳ (often so in NH); Ec 6:10 וְנוֹדָע אֲשֶׁר הוּא אָדָם and that which he, even man, is, is known (De Now); cf. 1 S 6:19 מִקְרֶה הוּא הָיָה לָנוּ an accident is it, (that) hath befallen us. (Cf. הֵמָּה 4 a.) b. after pronouns—(α) 2 S 7:28 אַתָּה הוּא הָאֱלֹהִים Thou art he—God, ψ 44:5 אתה הוא מלכי thou art he—my king, Is 37:16; 43:25 (אנכי), 51:9, 10, 12; 52:6; Je 14:22; 29:23 Kt +; cf. Je 49:12 וְאַתָּה הוּא נָקֹה תִנָּקֶה and art thou he (that) shall be unpunished? (with change of pers. κατὰ σύνεσιν, cf. Ju 13:11; 1 Ch 21:17; Ez 38:17.) So Ew§ 297 b Müll § 499. But others, as GesThes Roo § 563 De Is 37:16; ψ 44:5, treat הוא as emphasizing the pronoun, ‘Thou, he, art God’ i.e. Thou and none else art God; ‘Thou (emph.) art my king.’ (β) מִי הוּא, sq. a ptcp. or subst. Gn 27:33 ψ 24:10 מִי הוּא זֶה מֶלֶךְ הַכָּבוֹד who is he, then—the king of glory? (according to others, as before, ‘Who (emph.), then, is the king of glory?’); sq. a verb Is 50:9 מִי הוּא יַרְשִׁיעֵנִי who is he (that) will condemn me? (al. ‘Who (emph.) will condemn me?’) Jb 4:7; 13:19; 17:3; 41:2 Je 30:21 (so with הֵנָּה Gn 21:29, הֵמָּה Zc 1:9; 4:5). (γ) זֶה־הוּא †1 Ch 22:1; Ec 1:17 (freq. in NH, where the two words coalesce into one זֶהוּ). On the analogous אֵלֶּה הֵם …, v. הֵ֫מָּה" dir="rtl" >הֵמָּה 4 b (γ). (Cf. Dr§ 200, 201.) 5. As an emph. predicate, of God, ‘I am He,’ i.e. I am He Who is (opp. to unreal gods, named in context, or to transitory world), the Unseen, yet Omni-present, and Self-consistent, Ruler of the world, †Dt 32:39 אֲנִי אֲנִי הוּא I, I am he, and beside me there is no God, Is 41:4 (v. Che) 43:10, 13 even from to-day I am he, 46:4; 48:12 ψ 102:28 (v. Che) thou art he, and thy years have no end (𝔊 usually ἐγώ εἰμι: in ψ σὺ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ). So also, according to many, Jb 3:19, but is הוא a mere predicate of identity? v. rather 3 b. 6. In a neuter sense, that, it (of an action, occurrence, matter, etc.)— a. Jos 2:21 כְּדִבְרֵיכֶם כֶּן־הוּא according to your words, so be it; Gn 42:14 הוא אשׁר דברתי that is what I said, Ex 16:23; Lv 10:3; 2 K 9:36; Jb 8:19 הן הוא משׂושׂ דרכו lo that (what has just been described) is the joy of his way, 13:16; 15:9; 31:28; Pr 7:23; Ec 2:1; 3:22; 9:9; Est 9:1b; similarly the fem. הִיא, Ju 14:4 they knew not כי מי׳ היא that it was from י׳, Nu 14:41; Jos 10:13; Is 14:24; ψ 77:10 חַלּוֹתִי הִיא it (this perplexity) is my sickness, Jb 9:22; Pr 18:13; Je 22:16; 2 Ch 25:20 Ec 3:13; ref. to זאת Am 7:6; ψ 118:23 Jb 5:27, זֹה Ec 2:24. (Where there is a predicate, the gender of this usually regulates the choice of m. or f.: hence הִוא Gn 34:14; Ex 8:15; Nu 15:25 (Ec 5:5) Dt 4:6 +.) b. affirming the presence or existence of something (rare): 2 K 18:36 = Is 36:21 כִּי מִצְוַת הַמֶּלֶךְ הִיא for it was the king’s command, saying etc., 1 S 20:33 (text dub.), Je 50:15, 25; 51:6, 11; Mi 2:3, perhaps Jb 32:8. Cf. Dr§ § 198–201. 7. With the art. הַהוּא, הַהִיא, הָהֵ֫מָּה, הָהֵם, הָהֵ֫נָּה: so regularly when joined to a subst. defined itself by the art.: Gn 2:12 הָאָרֶץ הַהִוא that land, 19:35 ובלילה ההוא and in that night, 21:22 בָּעֵת הַהִוא at that time, Dt 1:19 המדבר הגדול והנורא ההוא. Only four times does there occur the anomalous construction בַּלַּיְלָה הוּא Gn 19:33; 30:16; 32:23; 1 S 19:10.

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc.; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται Refs 8th c.BC+; feminine ἕης Refs 8th c.BC+; elsewhere only ἧς Refs; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Refs 8th c.BC+ — _pronoun_ used, __A as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases. __B as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).) __A DEMONSTR. PRON., ={οὗτος},{ὅδε}, this, that; also, he, she, it: __A.I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nominative masculine and neuter ὅς, ὅ, and perhaps nominative feminine ἥ and nominative plural οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό (ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codices have ἥ in Refs 8th c.BC+ before it, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι Refs 8th c.BC+participle, εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms: __A.II.1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 ὃς καὶ ὅς such and such a person, Refs 5th c.BC+ —here also the _Article_ supplied the oblative cases. __A.II.3 ἦ δ᾽ ὅς, ἦ δ᾽ ἥ, said he, said she, see at {ἠμί}. __A.II.4 in oppositions, where it sometimes answers to the Article, Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ᾽ οὔ.. Refs 6th c.BC+; ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neuter) NT+4th c.BC+: so in Doric dialect dative feminine as adverb, ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Refs 4th c.BC+: very frequently in late Prose, Refs 2nd c.AD+: also answering to other Prons., ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Refs 4th c.BC+ __B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A0USAGE of the Relat. pronoun (the following remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relative): __A0.I in respect of CONCORRefs 4th c.BC+ —Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or _pronoun_ in the antecedent clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions: __A0.I.1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antecedent, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Refs 8th c.BC+: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is frequently put in plural in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν.., οὕς.. Refs 8th c.BC+; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; especially after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who.. ) Refs 8th c.BC+ adjective, Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ᾽ ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., Refs 5th c.BC+of me whom.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ᾽ ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ᾽ ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.I.2 when the antec. Noun in singular implies a class, the Relat. is sometimes in plural, ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ..) in some places, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ.. in some places.., in others.., Refs 4th c.BC+ in what part of the earth, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.I.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) NT+5th c.BC+: but in early writers this is falsa lectio, as in Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.II dative feminine ᾗ, Doric dialect ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, see at {ᾗ}. __A0.III old locative οἷ, as adverb, see at {οἷ}. __A0.III.2 old ablative (?) ὧ, in Doric dialect (compare ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ (whence) μ᾽ ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.IV accusative singular neuter ὅ, very frequently ={ὅτι}, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ Refs 8th c.BC+; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος Refs __A0.IV.2 in Attic dialect ὅ, for which reason, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.IV.3 whereas, NT+5th c.BC+ __A0.V ἀφ᾽ οὗπερ from the time that.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.VI ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, see at {ἐπί} Refs 5th c.BC+

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc.: the dual feminine never in Attic dialect, see ὁ, ἡ, τό, [near the start]:—demonstrative pronoun, this, common from Refs 8th c.BC+ __A ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο probably arose from a reduplication of the demonstrative ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of -υ- (= Sanskrit Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα from τα-υ-τα: Doric dialect genitive singular feminine τούτας Refs 5th c.BC+, etc., the latter is uncertain in Refs 5th c.BC+, as genitive singular neuter οὕτω Refs 3rd c.BC+; accusative singular feminine οὕταν Refs 6th c.BC+ —In _Attic dialect_ οὗτος was frequently strengthened by the _demonstrative_ -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, _genitive_ τουτουί, _dative_ τουτῳί, _accusative_ τουτονί; plural nominative οὑτοιί, neuter ταυτί, etc., this man here: sometimes a Particle is inserted between the pronoun and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, Refs 5th c.BC+; τουτογί for τουτί γε, Refs; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, Refs; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, Refs; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, Refs —In codices the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sometimes added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be Attic dialect by Refs 2nd c.AD+. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?~Xί, τουτω?~Xί, οὑτοῐί, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B USAGE in regard to CONCORRefs 4th c.BC+ is frequently used as a pronoun substantive: hence neuter is followed by genitive, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος Refs 5th c.BC+ adjective, in which case its substantive commonly takes the Article, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Article is absent, __B.1 always in Epic dialect Poets (except Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes also in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 sometimes when the Noun is so specified that the Article is not needed, ἐς γῆν ταύτην.., ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.3 when οὗτος is used in local sense, here, see below with Refs __B.4 when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις Refs 5th c.BC+; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] Refs 5th c.BC+ these were the grievances which already existed, Refs 5th c.BC+; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which.., Refs 5th c.BC+ this was notably the greatest movement which.., NT+5th c.BC+ __B.5 when 3rd pers. is used for 2nd pers. to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II though οὗτος usually agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neuter, μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστί Refs 5th c.BC+: and in plural, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή Refs 4th c.BC+: so with an explanatory clause added, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.II.2 so also with a Noun in apposition, τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II.3 the neuter also may refer to a masculine or feminine Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.4 the neuter is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: τοῦτο δ᾽ εἰς ἕν ἐστι συγκεκυφός Refs 5th c.BC+; or of an abstract fact, οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III with Prons., __B.III.1 personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, see below __B.III.2 interrogative, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; what is this that.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; ποίοισι τούτοι; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; Refs; Νέστορ᾽ ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.3 with οἷος, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.4 possessive, πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.5 demonstrative, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.5.b exceptionally, Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ τύπος Refs __B.III.6 ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.IV with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, Refs 5th c.BC+; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS: __C.I this, to designate the nearer, opposed to ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare ὅδε [near the start]: but οὗτος sometimes indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ.. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.2 when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε properly refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes, οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ᾽, ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστι Refs 5th c.BC+ refers to what follows, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὔκουν.. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι..; Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.3 οὗτος is used emphatic, generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ᾽ ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, Refs 5th c.BC+ of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.3.b of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.4 in Attic dialect law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in Refs 4th c.BC+ or defendant (as in Refs; so, in the political speeches of Refs 4th c.BC+ are the opposite party, Refs, etc.; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι frequently means the judges, the court, Refs __C.I.5 much like an adverb, in local sense (compare ὅδε [near the start]), τίς δ᾽ οὗτος κατὰ νῆας.. ἔρχεα; who art thou here that comest.. ? Refs 8th c.BC+; frequently in Attic dialect, τίς οὑτοσ; who's this here? Refs 5th c.BC+; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, Refs 5th c.BC+ ho you! you there! Refs 5th c.BC+: with a proper name, ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας Refs 5th c.BC+ —This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn. __C.II simply as antecedent to ὅς, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.III = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is frequently emphatic repeated by οὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης.., οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω.. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.V καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word, ξυνεστῶτες.. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους Refs 5th c.BC+; see infr. VIII.2. __C.VI repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it, τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν.. κελαδοῦντες Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII ταῦτα is used in some special phrases, __C.VII.1 ταῦτ᾽, ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), Refs 5th c.BC+; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.2 ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.3 καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, frequently in Attic dialect, as Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.4 ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc., probably short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς (= -εὶς) ἀθάνατος: ταῦτα Refs 2nd c.AD+ __C.VIII Adverbial usages: __C.VIII.1 ταῦταabsolutely, therefore, that is why.., Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα.. Refs 5th c.BC+ is rare in this sense, τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως.. εὖ πράξαιμί τι Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.1.b πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, properly used in indignant defiance, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.2 καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that, ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός Refs 4th c.BC+: but mostly with a participle, ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ.., καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον Refs 5th c.BC+; or with a participle omitted, ἥτις.. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (i.e. οὖσα) Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.2.b καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.VIII.3 τοῦτο μέν.., τοῦτο δέ.. on the one hand.., on the other.., partly.., partly.., very frequently in Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦτο μέν is sometimes answered by δέ only,Refs 5th c.BC+; by δὲ αὖ, Refs 5th c.BC+; by ἔπειτα δέ, Refs 5th c.BC+; by ἀλλά, Refs 4th c.BC+; by εἶτα, Refs 5th c.BC+; by τοῦτ᾽ αὖθις, Refs __C.VIII.4 dative feminine ταύτῃ, __C.VIII.4.a on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν.., τῇδε δ᾽ αὖ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.4.b in this point, herein, μηδὲν ταύτῃ γε κομήσῃς Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.4.c in this way, thus, Refs 5th c.BC+; to ὅπῃ, Refs 5th c.BC+; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc., like οὕτω κ., Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.5 ἐκ τούτου or τούτων thereupon, Refs 5th c.BC+; therefore, Refs __C.VIII.6 ἐν τούτῳ in that case, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.6.b in the meantime, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.7 πρὸς τούτοις (-οισι) besides, Refs 5th c.BC+

ὅτῐ, Epic dialect ὅττῐ (both in Refs 8th c.BC+: conjunction, to introduce an objective clause, that, after Verbs of seeing or knowing, thinking or saying; in Refs 8th c.BC+ —Usage: __I when ὅτι introduces a statement of fact: __I.a in Refs 8th c.BC+ always with indicative, the tense following the same rules as in English, ἤγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι μίμνε πυλάων Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.b in Attic dialect, ὅτι takes indicative after primary tenses, indicative or optative after secondary tenses, e.g. ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός Refs 5th c.BC+ news came that Megara had (literal has) revolted, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes optative and indicative are found in the same sentence, ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, Ἀριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς.. εἴη Refs 5th c.BC+.. and the accusative with infinitive are found together, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 when ὅτι introduces a conditional sentence, the Constr. after ὅτι is the same as in independent conditional sentences, εἴ τις ἔροιτο, καθ᾽ ὁποίους νόμους δεῖ πολιτεύεσθαι, δῆλον ὅτι ἀποκρίναισθ᾽ ἄν.. it is manifest that you would answer.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __II ὅτι is frequently inserted pleonastic in introducing a quotation (where we use no conjunction and put inverted commas), λόγον τόνδε ἐκφαίνει ὁ Πρωτεύς, λέγων ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰ μὴ περὶ πολλοῦ ἡγεύμην.. Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον, ὅ. ἡ αὐτή μοι ἀρχή ἐστι.. Refs 5th c.BC+; even where the quotation consists of one word,Refs __II.2 ὅ. is also used pleonastic with the infinitive and accusative Refs 5th c.BC+; but ὅτι has frequently been wrongly inserted by the copyists, as if εἶπεν or λέγουσιν must be followed by it, as in Refs 5th c.BC+ __III ὅτι in Attic dialect frequently represents a whole sentence, especially in affirmative answers, οὐκοῦν.. τὸ ἀδικεῖν κάκιον ἂν εἴη τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι. Answ. δῆλον δὴ ὅτι (i.e. ὅτι κάκιον ἂν εἴη, or ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει) Refs 5th c.BC+; compare οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι, οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι, Refs 5th c.BC+ adverb __III.2 what we make the subject of the Verb which follows ὅτι frequently stands in the preceding clause, Αυκάονας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι.. καρποῦνται (for εἴδομεν, ὅτι Λυκάονες καρποῦνται) Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV ὅτι sometimes = with regard to the fact that, ὅτι.. οὔ φησι.. ὄνομα εἶναι, ὑποπτεύω αὐτὸν σκώπτειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __V οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.., οὐχ ὅ. ὁ Κρίτων ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἦν, ἀλλὰ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ not only Refs 1st c.AD+.., but his friends, Refs 5th c.BC+ not only the powers in Europe, but.., Refs 5th c.BC+., not followed by a second clause, means although, οὐχ ὅ. παίζει καί φησι Refs 5th c.BC+ __V.2 for ὅτι μή, see at {ὅ τι} 11. __B as a causal Particle, for that, because, generally after Verbs of feeling, Refs 8th c.BC+: but without such a Verb, ὃν περὶ πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, ὅτι οἱ φρεσὶν ἄρτια ᾔδη Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.b followed by τί, ὅτι τ; why? (literal because why?) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὅτι τί δ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δὴ τί μάλιστ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δὴ τί γ; Refs; compare ὁτιή. __B.2 seeing that, in giving the reason for saying what is said, γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα.. ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής as is proved by the fact that.., Refs 8th c.BC+ (ὅ τ᾽) probably always represents ὅτε (ὅ τε): there are no examples of ὅττ᾽: hiatus after ὅτι is permitted in Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+

מִן־ and מִ·, before יְ (except Dn 12:2 2 Ch 20:11) contr. to מִי (as מִידֵי from מִיְּדֵי), before gutt. and ר, mostly מֵ, occasionally מִ (Ges§ 102, 1 R.; more fully Köii. 291 ff.), מִן before art. in all books much commoner than מֵ-; מִן before other words most freq. in Ch [51 times: elsewhere 47 times (Kö 292)]; poet. also מִנִּי, with the old י of the gen. (Ges§ 90. 3 a) †Ju 5:14(×2) Is 46:3(×2) ψ 44:11, 19; 68:32; 74:22; 78:2, 42; 88:10 + 19 times Jb, and in לְמִנִּי †Mi 7:12(×2), and מִנֵּי־ (on anal. of עֲדֵי, עֲלֵי) †Is 30:11(×2), prep. expressing the idea of separation, hence out of, from, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not (Ph. מ; Aramaic ܡܶܢ; Arabic مِنْ; Ethiopic እምነ; Sab. בן (DHMZMG xxix. 606 ff.; xxxvii. 375)); with suff. מִמֶּנִּי (the מִן reduplicated, Ol§ 223 c Köii. 289 f. Ges§ 103 m), poet. מִנִּי †Is 22:4; 30:1; 38:12 Jb 16:6, מֶ֑נִּי †ψ 18:23; 65:4; 139:19 Jb 21:16; 22:18; 30:10; מִמְּךָ, מִמֶּ֑ךָּ, מִמֵּךְ; מִמֶּ֫נּוּ (†Jb 4:12 מֶ֫נְהוּ), מִמֶּ֫נָּה; 1 pl. מִמֶּ֫נּוּ (according to Orientals מִמֵּ֫נֿוּ: v. Baer Job, p. 57 Kö 290); מִכֶּם; מֵהֶם (מִנְּהֶם †Jb 11:20), מֵהֵ֫מָּה †Je 10:2 Ec 12:12; מֵהֵ֫נָּה 7 times (v. הֵ֫מָּה 8 c), מֵהֶן (edd. מֵהֵן) †Ez 16:47, 52 (v. Zerweck Heb. Präp. Min, 1894):— 1. with verbs expressing (or implying) separation or removal, whether from a person or place, or in any direction, also from guilt, calamity, etc.:—thus a. to descend from a mountain Ex 19:14, to fall from a roof Dt 22:8, from heaven Is 14:12, to go up from a valley Jos 10:7, to raise up from the dunghill 1 S 2:8, or the ground 2 S 12:17. So constantly with vbs. of going, as בא, הלך, שׁב, ברח (sq. a person, usually מפני), of calling, as Is 24:14 צָֽהֲלוּ מִיָּם, 42:10, 11 ψ 148:1, of asking or exacting, as שׁאל, בקשׁ, דרשׁ, נָקַם, הִנָּקִם, of delivering, as הושׁיע, הציל, etc., of hiding, as נעלם, העלים, etc., of taking or withholding, as לקח, חשׂך, מנע, of keeping (from), as נצר, שׁמר, of being far, or desisting, as רחק Ex 23:7, חֲדַל מִמֶּנּוּ desist from us, 14:12, so הֶרֶף Dt 9:14, הֵנִיחַ 12:10, השׁקיט ψ 94:13, שׁבת Gn 2:2, cf. 5:29; note especially the pregn. constructions, שׁפט to judge (and save) from ψ 43:1, sq. מִיַּד 1 S 24:16 +, ענה to answer (and save) from ψ 22:22, חרשׁ and חשׁה to be silent (turning) from ψ 28:1(×2), החרישׁו ממני Jb 13:13 Je 38:27, ψ 18:22 ולא רשׁעתי מאלהי nor did wickedly (turning) from my God, 30:4 Kt., 73:27 כל־זוֹנֶה ממך, Je 3:20 בָּגַד מִן (𝔊 εἰς = ב), 31:13 c. שִׂמַּח (2 Ch 20:27), Ez 27:34 Pr 25:17 הֹקַר רַגְלְךָ מִבֵּית רֵעֶ֑ךָ, Is 29:4; 63:17 Jo 1:12; Je 51:5 אַלְמָן מֵאֱלֹהָיו widowed (and severed) from etc., Ez 44:22; also Ju 7:17 מִמֶּנִּי תִרְאוּ וְכֵן תַּעֲשׂוּ ye shall see from me, i. e. learn what to do by observing me. Some of the verbs mentioned above are construed more precisely with מֵאֵת, מֵעִם, מֵעַל, q.v.: and others, especially לקח, דרשׁ, הושׁיע, הצּיל, פּדה, פִּלֵּט, idiom. with מִיַּד. With inff., v. infr. 7 b. Often also with adverbs, as מִשָּׁם thence, מֵאַיִן whence? מִזֶּה, מִפֹּה hence. Cf. also מַנְגִּינָה" dir="rtl" >חָפְשִׁי מִן free (safe) from Jb 3:19, עֵזֶר מִצָּרָיו a help from his foes Dt 33:7, Na 3:11 מָעוֹז מֵאוֹיֵב, ψ 32:7 סֵתֶר מִצַּר, 60:13 עֶזְרָת מִצָּ֑ר, Is 4:6 צֵל מֵחֹרֶב a shadow from the heat, 25:4. Here also belong Is 40:15 מַר מִדְּלִי a drop from (hanging from) a bucket; Ct 4:1 goats שֶׁנָּֽלְשׁוּ מהר גלעד that sit up (seeming to hang) from the hills of Gilead (cf. Od. 21. 420 ἐκ δίφροιο καθήμενος: also the Arabic idiom قَرِبَ مِنْ, lit. to be near from a thing): prob. also the difficult passage Dn 8:9, and from one of them there came forth קֶרֶן אַחַת מִצְּעִירָה a horn from (being) a little one, i. e. gradually increasing from small beginnings (but? read אַחֶרֶת צְעִירָה Bev cf. 7:8). b. מן also, without a verb of similar significance, sometimes expresses the idea of separation, away from, far from (cf. Il. 2. 162 φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης): Pr 20:3 שֶׁבֶת מֵרִיב to sit away from strife (cf. قَعَدَ عَنْ ap. De), Nu 15:24 if the thing be done מֵעֵינֵי הָעֵדָה away from the eyes of etc., Ju 5:11 De RV (but Be RVm because of), Is 14:19 cast out מִקִּבְרְךָ away from thy sepulchre, Jb 28:4 דַּלּוּ מֵאֱנוֹשׁ, Gn 4:11 cursed art thou מן־האדמה, De Di away from the (tilled) soil, cf. v 14 (but Kn Ke from, cf. v 12a), 27:39 (prob.) מִשְׁמַנֵּי הָאָרֶץ away from the fatness of the earth shall be thy dwelling; almost = without, Jb 11:15 then shalt thou lift up thy face מִמּוּם away from, without spot, 19:26 (prob.) מִבְּשָׂרִי without my flesh shall I see God, 21:9 בָּֽתֵּיהֶם שָׁלוֹם מִפַּחַד are at peace without fear, Pr 1:33 Je 48:45 fleeing עָֽמְדוּ מִכֹּחַ they stand without strength, Is 22:3 מִקֶּשֶׁת אֻסָּ֑רוּ (Hi De Di Che) they were bound without the bow (being used) (but Ges as 2 e: by the bowmen), Zp 3:18. (On 2 S 13:16 v. We or Dr). See also 7 b. c. of position, off, on the side of, on, especially with ref. to quarters of the heavens (cf. πρὸς Νότου, ἐκ δεξιῶν, a fronte, a tergo, etc.): Gn 2:8 י׳ planted a garden in Eden מִקֶּדֶם off, on the east, 12:8 בֵּיתְאֵל מִיָּם וְהָעַי מִקֶּדֶם Bethel off (on) the West and ‘Ai off (on) the East; so מִמִּזְרָח, מִצָּפוֹן, מִנֶּגֶב Jos 11:3; 15:8; 18:5 1 S 14:5, etc.: similarly מִיָּמִין on the right, מִשְּׂמֹאול on the left, מִמּוּל and (more rarely) מִפָּנִים on the front, מֵאָחוֹר = behind (2 S 10:9), מִסָּבִיב Dt 12:10 + round about, מִמַּעַל, מִלְמַעְלָה, and מֵעָ֑ל (rare) = above, מִתַּחַת Ex 20:4 + beneath, מִבַּיִת on the inside, מִחוּץ on the outside Gn 6:14 +, מִנֶּגֶד in front, at a distance, Gn 21:16 +, מֵרָחוֹק Ex 2:4 + afar off, מִפְּנִ֫ימָה within, מִזֶּה … מִזֶּה and מִפֹּה … מִפֹּה on this side … on that side. And so even with verbs of motion, as Gn 11:2 ויהי בנסעם מִקֶּדֶם as they journeyed—not from, but—on the side of the east, virtually = eastwards, 13:11 and Lot journeyed מקדם east, Is 17:13; 22:3 מֵרָחוֹק ברחו they fled—not from afar but—afar, 23:7 whose feet used to carry her מֵרָחוֹק afar off to sojourn, 57:9 thou didst send thy messengers עד־מרחוק even to afar. With a foll. לְ (or sf.), most of these words are freq. in the sense of on the east (west, etc.) of …, as Jos 8:13 מִיָּם לָעִיר on the west of the city, מִקֶּדֶם לְ Gn 3:24, מִצְּפוֹן לְ (cstr. Ges§ 130 a, n.) Jos 8:11, 13; 24:30, מִימִינֶ֑ךָ ψ 91:7, מִתַּחַת לְ Gn 1:7, מִמַּעַל לְ 22:9, מִבֵּית לְ Lv 16:2: מֵאַחֲרֵי behind Ex 14:19, מִצַּד בֵּיתְאֵל beside Bethel Jos 12:9, מִצִּדּוֹ beside it 1 S 6:8, מֵעֵבֶר לַיַּרְדֵּן on the other side of Jordan Nu 21:1 +; מֵהָֽלְאָה לְ beyond Am 5:27; tablets written מִשְּׂנֵי עֶבְרֵיהֶם on both their sides, מִכָּל־עֲבָרָיו Je 49:32 + (v. further the words cited). So מֵהַבַּיִת on the side of the house Ez 40:7, 8, 9, מֵאֵצֶל beside Ez 40:7; 1 S 20:21 the arrows are מִמְּךָ וָהֵנָּה from thee and hither = on this side of thee, v 22 מִמְּךָ וָהָֽלְאָה, cf. Nu 32:19(×2). 2. Out of, Gk. ἐκ, Lat. ex: thus a. מִמִּצְרַיִם out of Egypt: so (a) with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling, etc., as הוֹצִיא, יָצָא (v. יָצָא), שִׁלַּח Gn 3:23, לָקַח 34:26, גָנַב 40:15, הִכְרִית Ex 8:5 ψ 101:8, גֵּרֵשׁ Ju 11:7, etc.; to draw out of water, a pit, etc. Ex 2:10 ψ 40:3; to cast out of the hand Ju 15:17; to rescue out of the mouth Am 3:12; to drink מִכּוֹס 2 S 12:3; Dt 30:3 וְקִבֶּצְךָ מִן־הָעַמִּים, Ez 11:17; 36:24 +: pregn. with חָרֵד Ho 10:10, 11, רגז Mi 7:17 to tremble (and come) out of, חרג ψ 18:46 (‖ 2 S 22:46 חגר), 74:11 Is 38:17 חָשַׁק (ni חָשַׂךְ leg.), Ez 28:16 חִלֵּל, Ezr 2:62; cf. נִשְׁכַּח מִפֶּה Dt 31:21, מִלֵּב ψ 31:13. In this applic., often made more definite by the use of מִתּוֹךְ …, מִקֶּרֶב … out of the midst of. (b) of the place out of which one looks, speaks, exerts power, etc., Gn 4:10 Nu 24:19 (ψ 110:1), Dt 4:36 מן־השׁמים השׁמיעך את־קלו, Am 1:2 י׳ מציון ישׁאג, ψ 14:2; 20:3 send thee help מִקֹּדֶשׁ, v 7 יַעֲנֵהוּ מִשְּׁמֵי קָדְשׁוֹ, 42:7; 68:36; 85:12; 109:10 ודרשׁו מחרבותיהם seek (their bread) out of their desolate homes (but Ew De as 1 b far from; 𝔊 Gr Che יְגֹֽרְשׁוּ let them be driven from), 128:5; 130:1 Jb 27:23 Is 29:18 to see out of darkness, Ct 2:9 to look out מִן־הַחַלֹּנוֹת from the windows (usually בעד), 5:4 he put forth his hand מִן־הַחוֹר from (i.e. in through) the hole (in the door or wall). (c) with בָּחַר to choose out of, Ex 18:25 + often, cf. with הִבְדִּיל Dt 29:20 1 K 8:53, with יָדַע Am 3:2, Ex 19:5 ye shall be to me סְגֻלָּה מכל־העמים a treasure (chosen) out of all peoples (cf. with בָּחַר Dt 7:6; 14:2). b. of the material out of which anything is formed, or from which it is derived: (a) Gn 2:19 to form מן־האדמה out of the soil, v 23 עֶצֶם מֵעֲצָמַי וּבָשָׂר מִבְּשָׂרִי, Ex 39:1 Nu 6:4 Ho 13:2 to make images מִכַּסְפָּם, ψ 16:1 נִסְכֵּיהֶם מִדָּם, 45:14 Ct 3:9; Is 40:17 מאפס ותהו נחשׁבו־לו as made of nought and unreality are they reckoned by him (‖ כְּאַיִן נֶגְדּוֹ), 41:24 הֵן אַתֶּם מֵאַיִן (‖ מֵאָ֑פַע, read מֵאָ֑פֶס), ψ 62:10 מֵהֶבֶל (al. 6 c), Pr 13:11; Ex 25:19, 31 its cups, its knops, etc., ממנה יהיו shall be from it (i.e. of one piece with it), so v 35, 36; 27:2; 30:2 al.; (b) with verbs of eating, filling, etc., as שׁתה Gn 9:21, Jb 21:20 מֵחֲמַת שַׁדַּי יִשְׁתֶּה, Ct 8:2 הִשְׁקָה, רָוָה ψ 36:9 +, רִוָה Is 34:7, שׂבע Pr 18:20 +, השׂביע ψ 81:17 +, מִלֵּא (rare) 127:5: cf. Dt 32:42 אַשְׁכִּיר חִצַּי מִדָּם, Is 51:21; ψ 28:7 (peculiar) וּמִשִּׁירִי אֲהוֹדֶנּוּ out of my song I will thank him (69:31 ב׳), also (unusual) Is 2:3 וְיוֹרֵנוּ מִדְּרָכָיו i.e. out of (the treasure of) his ways (al. part. = some of), ψ 94:12b מִתּוֹרָֽתְךָ תְלַמְּדֶנּוּ; Ec 7:10 to speak מֵחָכְמָה (cf. Rabb. מִתּוֹךְ). c. of the source or origin: viz. (a) of parents, Gn 16:2 אִבָּנֶה ממנה I shall be built up out of her (so 30:3), 17:16 מלכי עמים ממנה יהיו, 35:11a: often of coming forth מִבֶּטֶן Jb 1:21, מֵחֲלָצֶיךָ Gn 35:11b, ממעיך 15:4, 1 S 2:20 י׳ give thee seed from this woman; cf. Jb 16:4 מִי יִתֵּן טָהוֹר מִטָּמֵא. (b) of the tribe or people, from which a person comes (cf. 1 a), Nu 3:12 כל בכור … מבני ישׂר׳, Jos 12:4 2 S 4:2; 21:2 Je 1:1 +; and so of a person’s native place, as Ju 12:8 אבצן מבית לחם Ibzan from B., 13:2 אִישׁ מִצָּרְעָה, 17:1, 7 1 S 1:1; 9:1 2 S 23:20, 30 Am 1:1 +, cf. Je 46:25 אָמוֹן מִנֹּא; Is 48:1 וּמִמֵּי יְהוּדָה יָצָֽאוּ, v 2 מֵעִיר הַקֹּדֶשׁ נִקְרָֽאוּ, 58:12 וּבָנוּ מִמֵּךְ (those) from thee shall build, ψ 68:27 מִמְּקוֹר ישׂראל ye (sprung) from the fountain of Israel, Mi 5:1 Na 1:11 (v 14 fig. מִשִּׁמְךָ), Zp 3:18; Je 30:21 Zc 10:4. (c) of beasts and things, Gn 2:7 עָפָר מִן־הָאֲדָמָה, Je 5:6 אַרְיֵה מִיַּעַר a lion from the forest, ψ 80:14 חֲזִיר מִיַּעַר; cf. 10:18 אֶנוֹשׁ מִן־הָאָרֶץ man from the earth, 72:16 יָצִיצוּ מֵעִיר; Jb 28:12 וְהַחָכְמָה מֵאַיִן תִּמָּצֵא. (d) מִלֵּב Is 59:13 Jb 8:10, especially with reference to what is self-devised, Nu 16:28 כִּ׳ לֹא מִלִּבִּי, 24:13 1 K 12:33 Ne 6:8; נְבִיאֵי מִלִּבָּם Ez 13:2. d. of the source or author of an action, counsel, or event: 1 S 24:14 מֵרְשָׁעִים יֵצֵא רֶשַׁע, 2 S 3:37 לא היתה מהמלך it was not from the king to, etc.; spec. of י׳, Gn 24:50 כי מי׳ יצא הדבר, Ju 14:4 knew כי מי׳ הוא that it was from J., 1 K 2:15 כי מי׳ היתה לו, Pr 16:1; 20:24 מי׳ מִצְעֲדֵי גֶבֶר, ψ 37:39; 62:2 מִמֶּנּוּ יְשׁוּעָתִי, Ho 8:4 they have made kings, וְלֹא מִמֶּנִּי not from me, i.e. not at my prompting, Is 30:1; 50:11 (מִיָּדִי), Ez 3:17 end = 33:7 and warn them from me, 1 Ch 5:22; 13:2 2 Ch 22:7; 25:20 (syn. מֵאֵת, מֵעִם, which are more frequent in this sense); poet. Ho 7:5 חֲמַת מִיַּיִן heat from wine, ψ 9:14 עָנְיִי מִשּֽׂנְאַי at the hands of my haters, 74:22 Jb 4:13 שְׂעִפִּים מֵחֶזְיֹנוֹת לַיְלָה thoughts (arising) out of, etc., 6:25 הוֹכֵחַ מִכֶּם reproof proceeding from you, 20:29(×2), ψ 78:2 חִידוֹת מִקֶּדֶם indirect lessons (springing) out of antiquity; Dn 11:31 זְרֹעִים מִמֶּנּוּ (Köiii. 241). As marking the author of a judgment (rare), Nu 32:22 (cf. Ju 15:3) נְקִיִּם מי׳ וּמִיִּשְׂרָאֵל guiltless at the hands of (= in the judgment of) J. and Israel (cf. מֵעִם 2 S 3:28 Jb 34:33), Jb 4:17 shall man be just מֵאֱלֹהַּ at God’s hands? (‖ מֵעֹשֵׁהוּ), Je 51:5b (Ges Gf); so in חָלִילָה לִי מי׳. e. of the immediate, or efficient, cause (chiefly poet.), in consequence of, at, by (cf. Gk. ἀπό, as Hd. 2:54 ζήτησιν ἀπὸ σφέων γενέσθαι): (a) the cause, a person Gn 19:36 + הָֽרְתָה מן to be pregnant by, 49:25 1 S 31:3 וַיָּחֶל מֵהַמּוֹרִים was in anguish from the archers, Ho 7:4 בֹּעֵ֫רָה מֵאֹפֶה (ni בֹּעֵר הֵם leg.: v. We), ψ 18:9 Na 1:5 הרים רעשׁו ממנו, Dn 11:31 (accents); with pass. vb., Na 1:6 הצורים נִתְּצוּ ממנו, ψ 37:23 (cf. Pr 20:24 d), Jb 24:1 Ec 12:11 Dn 8:11. (b) the cause, a thing, Gn 49:24 his arms were agile מידי אביר יעקב from the hands, etc., Is 6:4 the thresholds shook מִקּוֹל הַקּוֹרֵא (so מקול elsewhere, as 30:31; 33:3 Je 8:16), 28:7 תָעוּ מִן־הַשֵּׁכָר (‖ ב), 31:4, 9 Je 10:10 Ez 19:10 became fruitful מִמַּיִם רַבִּים, 31:5 Jb 4:9 מִנִּשְׁמַת אֱלוֹהַּ יֹאבֵדוּ at the breath of God, 14:9 מֵרֵיחַ מַיִם יַפְרִחַ, 31:23; 39:26 הֲמִבִּינָֽתְךָ יַאֲבֶר־נֵץ ψ 39:11; 73:19 סָפוּ תַּמּוּ מִן־בַּלָּהוֹת, 78:65 מִתְרוֹנֵן מִיַּיִן, 104:15 להצהיל פנים משׁמן from oil, 107:39, cf. Jb 7:14 (‖ ב); so with מִגַּעֲרַת י׳ at J.’s rebuke, 18:16; 76:7 +; with a pass. vb., Gn 9:11 to be cut off מִמֵּי הַמַּבּוּל, 2 S 7:29 וּמִבִּרְכָֽתְךָ יְבֹרַךְ, Is 28:7 נבלעו מן־היין are undone through wine (22:3 is dub.: see 1 b), Ob 9 Jb 28:4 הַנִּשְׁכָּחִים מִנִּי רָ֑גֶל; cf. Is 34:3 Ho 6:8. (c) with verbs of fearing, to express the source of the emotion, as ירא ψ 3:7 + often (also c. מִפְּנֵי), פָּחַד 27:1, נִבְהַל Ez 26:18, גּוּר Dt 18:22 Jb 41:17, Est 5:9 ולא־קם ולא זָע ממנו; with בּוֹשׁ to be disconcerted or disappointed, to express the source of the disappointment, Is 1:29 + often; with שָׂמֵחַ †Pr 5:18 Ec 2:10. f. of the remoter cause, the ultimate ground on account of which something happens or is done. (N. B. The line between e and f is not always clearly defined): Ex 2:23 they sighed מן־העבדה on account of the bondage, 6:9; 15:23 Dt 7:7 not מֵרֻבְּכֶם through, by reason of, your numbers did J. set his love upon you, Jos 22:24 to do a thing מִדְּאָגָה out of carefulness, 2 S 23:4 מִנֹּגַהּ, 1 K 14:4 Is 53:5 wounded מִפְּשָׁעֵינוּ on account of our transgressions, bruised מֵעֲוֹנוֹתֵינוּ, v 8 Jb 4:9 Ob 10 Hb 2:17 ψ 6:8 עשׁשׁה עיני מִכַּעַם from vexation (cf. Jb 17:7: ψ 31:10 ב׳), 31:12; 38:19 I am concerned on account of my sin, Pr 20:4 מֵחֹרֶף עצל לא יחרשׁ by reason of the winter, Jb 22:4 הֲמִיִּרְאָֽתְךָ יֹכִיחֶ֑ךָ on account of thy fear of him? Ct 3:8 Ru 1:13 כִּי־מַר־לִי מְאֹד מִכֶּם because of you: see also Dt 28:34, 67; 32:19 Ju 2:18 Is 65:14 Je 12:4; 24:2 מֵרֹעַ, 50:13; 51:5b (Ew Ke), Ez 7:27 (but read prob. with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Co כְּדרכם), 16:61; 7:27; 35:11 (AV out of), 45:20 Mi 2:12; 7:13 ψ 5:11; 12:6; 107:17; 119:53; Gn 49:12 red of eyes מִיָּ֑יִן, and white of teeth מֵחָלָב. Often also in מֵרֹב from the abundance of, abs. for abundance, with many different verbs, as Gn 16:10 לֹא יִסָּפֵר מֵרֹב Jos 9:13 1 S 1:16, etc. Similarly in מֵאֵין, מִבְּלִי, מִבִּלְתִּי (pp. 35, 115, 117); and before an inf. (7 a), and in מֵאֲשֶׁר (p. 84). g. the cause being conceived as regulative, מן occasionally approaches in sense to according to (cf. Lat. ex more, ex lege), Jon 3:7 proclaimed in Nineveh מטעם המלך וגדליו at, by, in accordance with, the decree of the king (cf. Aramaic Ezr 6:14 Dn 2:8): so Jb 39:26 (2 e (b)) according to Ges Hi. 3. Partitively (a sense connecting with 2 a (c), above):— a. Gn 6:19 שְׁנַיִם מִכֹּל two out of, from, all, 7:8; 39:11 אישׁ מן … a man (or one) of … (so Nu 25:6 1 S 24:8 +, אנשׁים מן … Nu 16:2 Jos 2:2 +, 2 K 2:7, etc.); Gn 42:16 send מִכֶּם אֶחָד Lv 1:2a; 17:12 כל־נפשׁ מִכֶּם, 19:34; 26:8, Ju 8:14 נַעַר מֵאַנְשֵׁי סֻכּוֹת, 1 S 22:8, etc.; Ju 14:19 2 K 2:24 Is 66:19; אֶחָד מִן … 1 S 16:18 +, אַחַד מִן … (Ges§ 130, 1) Dt 25:5 +; אַחַת מֵהֵ֫נָּה ψ 34:21 Is 34:16; מִי מִן … Jb 5:1 Is 50:1, אֵין מִן … 1 S 14:39 Is 51:18; Is 21:11 מה־מלילה how much of the night? 2 Ch 31:3 וּמְנָת הַמֶּלֶךְ מִן־רְכוּשׁוֹ. b. the number being omitted, מִן is used indefinitely:—(a) = some of,—as subj. Ex 16:27 יצאו מן־העם there went out (some) of the people, Lv 25:49 2 S 11:17, 24, especially in late Hebrew Ezr 2:68, 70; 7:7 Ne 11:4, 25 1 Ch 4:42; 9:30, 32 2 Ch 17:11; 32:21 Dn 11:35; more freq. as obj., especially with לקח, Gn 4:3 וַיָּבֵא מִפְּרִי האדמה brought of the fruit of the ground, 30:14 give me מִדּוּדָאֵי בְנֵךְ (some) of thy son’s love-apples, 33:15 Ex 12:7; 17:5 Lv 18:30; 20:2 Nu 11:17; 13:23 1 K 12:4 Is 39:7; 47:13 Am 2:11 Dn 8:10 +, Ct 1:2 ישׁקני מִנְּשִׁיקוֹת פִּיו let him kiss me (with) some of the kisses etc., ψ 72:15; 137:3 מִשִּׁיר צִיּוֹן (some) of the songs of Zion, Jb 11:6 (Ges RVm) + often; in late Hebr. note also יֵשׁ מִן … there are some of … Ne 5:5; מֵהֶם … מֵהֶם … some … others … 1 Ch 9:28f. (as in Aramaic Dn 2:33, and PS 2155); מִקְצָת … some of … (as in NH) †Dn 1:2 Ne 7:69. (b) to designate an individual (rare), Gn 28:11 and he took מֵאַבְנֵי הַמָּקוֹם (one) of the stones of the place (see v 18), Ex 6:25 מבּנות פוטיאל (one) of the daughters of P., Ez 17:5, 13 Ne 13:28 ψ 132:11; as subj. Lv 25:33 Dn 11:5 the king of the south וּמִן־שָׂרָיו and (one) of his captains, v 7, cf. Je 41:1 Est 4:5 2 Ch 26:11; Ru 2:20 מִגֹּאֲלֵנוּ הוא he is (one) of our kinsmen, Ex 2:6. (c) in a neg. or hypoth. sentence (whether subject or object) = any, aught, Dt 16:4 ולא ילין מן־הבשׂר and there shall not remain any of the flesh, 1 K 18:5 ולא נכרית מן־הבהמה and we shall not destroy any of the beasts, 2 K 10:10 (cf. Jos 21:43; 23:14 1 S 3:19 1 K 8:56 Est 6:10), v 23 פֶּן־יֶשׁ־פֹּה מֵעַבְדֵי י׳, Jb 27:6 לֹא יֶחֱרַף לְבָבִי מִיָּמָ֑י my heart reproacheth not one of my days: with אִם, etc. Ex 29:34 Lv 4:2a (cf. v 22, 27), 11:32 (מהם), v 33, 35, 37–39; 18:29; 25:25 Nu 5:6; מִכֹּל anything whatever, Lv 5:24; 11:34; cf. 1 S 23:23 (?). (d) peculiarly, with a noun of unity, especially אֶחָד, to express forcibly the idea of a single one: Dt 15:7 if there be a poor man in thy midst, מֵאַחַד אַחֶיךָ any one of thy brethren, Lv 4:2b if he doeth מֵאַחַת מֵהֵ֫נָּה any one of these things, 5:13 Ez 18:10 וְעָשָׂה אָח מֵאַחַד מֵאֵלֶּה (where אח is a vox nihili) and doeth aught of these things; 1 S 14:45 if there shall fall מִשַּׂעֲרַת רֹאשׁוֹ אַרְצָה a single hair of his head to the ground! (for שְׂעָרָה as a nom. unit. v. Ges§ 122 t Dr), cf. 2 S 14:11 1 K 1:52. (Probably a rhetorical application of the partitive sense, though the explanation ‘starting from one’=‘even one’ would also be possible. مِنْ is used similarly after neg. and interrog. particles, not merely with collective nouns, as مَا لهُمْ مِنْ عِلْمٍ nought have they of knowledge (Qor 18:4), but also with nouns of unity, as Qor 3:55 Ye have not مِنْ إِلَهٍ aught of (=any) god, except Him; 19:19 dost thou perceive مِنْهُمْ مِنْ أَحَدٍ even one of them? 6:59 there falleth not مِنْ وَرَقَةٍ even a single leaf (nom. unit.) without His knowing it. See further Thes, and WAG. ii. § 48 f. b). (e) (rare) specifying the objects, or elements, of which a genus consists (the Arabic مِنْ لِلْبَيَانِ, min of explication, WAG. ii. § 49.7): Gn 6:2 אשׁר בחרו מכל consisting of all whom they chose, 7:22; 9:10 Lv 11:32 (מכל), 1 Ch 5:18 Je 40:7 (מאשׁר); 44:28 and they shall know דְּבַר־מִי יָקוּם מִמֶּנִּי וּמֵהֶם whose word shall stand, consisting of me and of them (defining the genus embraced by מי: cf. كُلٌّ مِنْ هَابِيلَ وَقَابِيلَ both (of them), Abel as well as Cain, and Qor 3:193: W l.c.).—On מֵאַיִן Je 10:6, 7, v. אַ֫יִן" dir="rtl" >אַיִן ad fin., p. 35. 4. Of time—viz. a. as marking the terminus a quo, the anterior limit of a continuous period, from, since Dt 9:24 מִיּוֹם דַּעְתִּי אֶתְכֶם from the day of my (first) knowing you (so 1 S 7:2; 8:8 +); 1 S 18:9 מהיום ההוא וָהָֽלְאָה from that day and onwards, simil. †Lv 22:27 Nu 15:23 Ez 39:22; Is 18:2, 7 (where מִן־הוּא=מֵאֲשֶׁר הוּא; cf. Na 2:9 מִימֵי הִיא=מִימֵי אֲשֶׁר הִיא); מהיום ההוא וָמָֽעְלָה †1 S 16:13; 30:25 (Hg 2:15, 18 appar. of time backwards); מֵאָז from the time of.… (v. p. 23); מִן־הַבֶּטֶן from the womb Ju 13:5, 7, מִבֶּטֶן אִמִּי 16:17 +; מִימֵי … Ho 10:9 Is 23:7 Je 36:2 +; מִיָּמֶיךָ idiom.=since thou wast born †1 S 25:28 1 K 1:6 (מִיָּמָיו), Jb 38:12; מִקֶּדֶם from antiquity Hb 1:12 ψ 74:12, Is 42:14 הֶחֱשֵׁיתִי מֵעוֹלָם I have been silent since old time; מֵעַתָּה from now, hence-forth Je 3:4 +, מִיּוֹם from to-day †Is 43:13 Ez 48:35, מן־היום הזה Hg 2:19. See also 5 c, 7 c. Cf. Ex 33:6 מֵהַר חוֹרֵב from Horeb, Ho 13:4 I am י׳ thy God מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם. b. as marking the period immediately succeeding the limit, after: Gn 38:24 כְּמִשְׁלֹשׁ חֳדָשִׁים after about three months it was told Judah, מִיָּמִים רַבִּים †Jos 23:1 Ez 38:8, מִיָּמִים after (some) days, †Ju 11:4; 14:8; 15:1, מִיֹּמַיִם after two days †Ho 6:2; מֵרֹב יָמִים Is 24:22: more freq. with קֵץ or קָצֶה, Gn 4:3 מִקֵּץ יָמִים, 8:3 Jos 3:2 + often; Dt 14:28 מִקְצֵה שָׁלֹשׁ שָׁנִים, 15:1 מִקְצֵה שֶׁבַע שָׁנִים (by which is meant not the actual end of the three or seven years, but the period when the third or seventh year has arrived); מִמָּחֳרָת after the morrow (had arrived)=on the morrow, Gn 19:34 + often; מֵהַבֹּקֶר 2 S 2:27.—2 S 23:4 מִמָּטָר; Is 53:11 מֵעֲמַל נַפְשׁוֹ; perhaps 29:18 (Kö 581). Cf. 2 S 20:5 and he delayed מן־המועד beyond the appointed time. c. in such phrases, however, מִן sometimes (cf. 1 c) loses its signif.: thus מֵאָז 2 S 15:34 Is 16:13 not from former time, but in former time, formerly, Gn 6:4 הַגִּבּוֹרִים אֲשֶׁר מֵעוֹלָם which were of old, Jos 24:2 dwelt of old, ψ 77:6 days מִקֶּדֶם aforetime, מֵאַחֲרֵי Dt 29:21 (p. 30).—†מִקָּרוֹב lit. from near, i. e. recently Dt 32:17, of short duration Jb 20:5, shortly Ez 7:8; at hand (in a local sense, 1 c) Je 23:23. 5. מִן … עַד (וְעַד) from … even to: very often:— a. in geogr. or local sense, Gn 10:19; 15:18 מנהר מצרים עד הנהר הגדול, 25:18 Ex 23:31 Dt 2:36 1 S 3:20 2 S 5:25 Je 31:38 ψ 72:8 + often; so with מִלְּבוֹא †1 K 8:65 (2 Ch 7:8), 2 K 14:25 Am 6:14; Dt 13:8 מִקְצֵה הָאָרֶץ וְעַד קְצֵה הָאָרֶץ, 28:64 Je 12:12; Gn 47:21 מִקְצֵה גְּבוּל־מִצְרַיִם וְעַד־קָצֵהוּ, 1 K 6:24; 7:23 מִשְּׂפָתוֹ וְעַד שְׂפָתוֹ; Lv 13:12 מראשׁו ועד רגליו, Dt 28:35 מכף רגלך ועד קדקדך (similarly 2 S 14:25 Jb 2:7 Is 1:6). Cf. 1 S 9:2 מִשִּׁכְמוֹ וָמַ֫עְלָה, 2 S 5:9 Jos 15:46. b. metaph. not of actual space, but of classes of objects, to express idiomatically the idea of comprehension, so that the two preps. may be often represented by both … and: Gn 19:4 מִנַּעַר וְעַד־זָקֵן from young to old (i. e. both included)=both young and old, v 11 1 S 5:9 + מִקָּטֹן וְעַד־גָּדוֹל=both great and small, Je 6:13 מִקְּטַנָּם וְעַד־גְּדוֹלָם from the least of them even to the greatest of them, ib. מִנָּבִיא וְעַד־כֹּהֵן from the proph. even to the priest every one dealeth falsely, Ex 9:25 + מאדם ועד בהמה both man and beast, 11:5 מבכור פרעה … עד בכור השׁפחה וגו׳, 13:15 Nu 6:4 Dt 29:10 מחֹטב עציך עד שֹׁאב מימיך, Jos 8:25 + מאישׁ ועד אשׁה, 1 S 15:3 (4 pairs), 22:19 1 K 5:13 2 K 17:9=18:8, Is 10:18 מנפשׁ ועד בשׂר=both soul and body, Je 9:9; after a word implying a negative=either … or Gn 14:23; 31:24, 29 מטוב עד רע either good or evil. The עַד may be repeated, if required: Gn 6:7 מאדם עד־בהמה עד רמשׂ ועד־עוף השׁמים (so 7:23), Ex 22:3 Jos 6:21 Ju 15:5 מִגָּדִישׁ וְעַד־קָמָה וְעַד־כֶּרֶם זָ֑יִת, 20:48 1 S 30:19: without מן, Lv 11:42 Nu 8:4. Similar is the use of מן in the idiom מִבֶּן … שָׁנָה וָמָֽעְלָה (וָמָֽטָּה) (also וְעַד־בֶּן … שָׁנָה): v. p. 122 a; and cf. 2 K 3:21. c. of time, Gn 46:34 מִנְּעֻרֵינוּ וְעַד עַתָּה from our youth even until now, 1 S 12:2 Je 3:25; Nu 14:19; Ex 10:6; 18:13 מן־הבֹקר עד־הערב, 1 S 30:17 1 K 18:26; Is 9:6 ψ 90:2; + often; with two inff. Hos 7:4: and implying intervals (not duration) Ez 4:10, 11 (cf. with לְ Est 3:7(×2)). d. there occur further (1) מִן … אֶל־, Jos 15:21, Ex 26:28=36:33 מִן־הַקָּצֶה אֶל־הַקָּצֶה from end to end, Ez 40:23, 27 Ezr 9:11 מִפֶּה־אֶל־פֶּה; ψ 144:13 מִזַּן אֶל זַן from kind to kind=kinds of every sort; with a verb of motion, Je 48:11 ψ 105:13 1 Ch 17:5, and expressing a climax, ψ 84:8 יֵֽלְכוּ מֵחַיִל אֶל־חַיִל, Je 9:2 (cf. Rom 1:17): of time, מיום־אל־יום †Nu 30:15, cf. 1 Ch 16:23 (‖ ψ 96:2 לְ); implying intervals, מֵעֵת אֶל־עֵת †1 Ch 9:25. (2) מִן … לְ Ex 32:27 Ez 40:13 Zc 14:10: of time ψ 96:2; Jb 4:20: with intervals, 2 S 14:26. (3) מִן … ָה Nu 34:10 Ez 6:14 מִמִּדְבָּר רִבְלָ֫תָה (so Ges Ew Hietc.) from the wilderness to Riblah, 21:3; 25:13 מִתֵּימָן וּדְדָ֫נֶה (Co Kö Berthol) Je 31:38; without—ָ, Gn 10:30 1 K 5:1. And of time (implying intervals) in מִיָּמִים יָמִ֫ימָה Ex 13:10 + 4 times. 6. In comparisons, beyond, above, hence in Engl. than: so constantly; viz. a. when an object is compared with another distinct from itself, Ju 14:18 מַה־מָּתוֹק מִדְּבַשׁ what is sweet away from, beyond, in excess of, honey? i.e. in our idiom, what is sweeter than honey? Lv 21:10 הַכֹּהֵן הַגָּדוֹל מֵאֶחָיו the priest that is great above his brethren, Nu 14:12 Ez 28:3 חָכָם מִדָּנִאֵל wiser than Daniel, ψ 119:72 + very often; Ho 2:9 כִּי טוֹב לִי אָז מֵעָ֑תָּה; with an inf. (sometimes c. לְ) as subj., Gn 29:19 טוֹב תִּתִּי אֹתָהּ לְךָ מִתִּתִּי אֹתָהּ וגו׳ better is my giving her to thee than my giving her to another, Ex 14:12 1 S 15:22 Pr 21:9, 19; 25:7 ψ 118:8, 9 +; with verbs, Gn 19:9 עתה נָרַע לְךָ מֵהֶם now we will harm thee beyond them, more than them, 25:23 לְאֹם מִלְאֹם יֶאֱמַץ, 26:16; 29:30 ויאהב גם־את־רחל מִלֵּאָה, 38:26 צָֽדְקָה מִמֶּנִּי, 48:19 יִגְדַּל מִמֶּנּוּ, Ju 2:19 השׁחיתו מאבותם they have done corruptly more than their fathers, 1 S 2:29 2 S 20:6 1 K 1:37; 14:9 Je 5:3 Ez 5:6 + often;=in preference to, above, ψ 45:8; 52:5(×2) Ho 6:6 Hb 2:16, after בחר Je 8:3 Jb 7:15; 36:21 ψ 84:11 (מִדּוּר) +: note also נֹפֵל מִן Jb 12:3; 13:2=inferior to (Ew Ges: al. Hi; al. De); שֹׁנֶה מִן different from Est 1:7; 3:8. b. when an obj. is compared with a group or multitude of which it forms one, especially with מִכֹּל, Gn 3:1 עָרוּם מִכֹּל חַיַּת הַשָּׂדֶה subtil out of all beasts of the field, or beyond, above all (other) beasts, v 14 cursed above all cattle (but without implying any judgment whether other cattle are cursed likewise), 37:3 Israel loved Joseph מִכָּל־בָּנָיו out of all his sons, or above all his (other) sons, Dt 7:7; 33:24 בָּרוּךְ מִבָּנִים אָשֵׁר blessed above sons be Asher, Ju 5:24 תְּבֹרַךְ מִנָּשִׁים blessed above women be Jael, 1 S 9:2b; 15:33 כֵּן תִּשְׁכַּל מִנָּשִׁים אִמֶּ֑ךָ, 18:30 Je 17:9 עָקֹב מִכֹּל deceitful above all things, ψ 45:3 Ct 5:10 דָּגוּל מֵרְבָבָה (cf. בָּחַר מִן supr. 2 a c: ex in eximius, egregius; Il. 18:431 ὅσσʼ, ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Κρονίδης Ζεὺς ἄλγεʼ ἔδωκεν, 3:227 ἔξοχος Ἀργείων … κεφαλήν). c. sometimes in poetry the idea on which מן is logically dependent, is unexpressed, and must be understood by the reader, Is 10:10 ופסיליהם מירושׁלם and their idols are (more) than (those of) Jerusalem, Mi 7:4 יָשָׁר מִמְּסוּכָה the uprightest is (sharper) than a thorn-hedge (but We from), Jb 11:7; 28:18; ψ 4:8 מֵעֵת beyond (that of) the time when etc. Ec 4:17; 9:17; cf. Ez 15:2. d. מן not unfrequently expresses the idea of a thing being too much for a person, or surpassing his powers: Gn 18:14 הֲיִפָּלֵא מי׳ דָּבָר can a thing be too hard for J.? (so Dt 17:8 +; cf. ψ 131:1; 139:6 +), 32:11 קָטֹנְתִּי מִן, Dt 14:24 כִּי יִרְבֶּה מִמְּךָ הַדֶּרֶךְ =is too great for thee (1 K 19:7), 32:47 רֵק מִכֶּם: so c. עָצַם Gn 26:16, כָּבֵד be too heavy for Ex 18:18 ψ 38:5, מָךְ Lv 27:8 (too poor to pay), קָשָׁה Dt 1:17, צַר be too narrow for, 2 K 6:1 Is 49:19, קצר Is 50:2, אָמַץ ψ 18:18, ירום ממני is too high for me 61:3, גָּבַר 65:4; הַֽמְעַט מִמְּךָ †Jb 15:11 too little for thee? הַֽמְעַט מִכֶּם †Nu 16:9 Is 7:13 Ez 34:18 (v. מְעַט; also on 16:20); often with an inf., as Gn 4:13 גָּדוֹל עֲוֹנִי מִנְּשׂוֹא is greater than I can bear, 36:7 their substance was רָב מִשֶּׁבֶת יַחְדָּו lit. great beyond dwelling together=too great for (their) dwelling together, Ju 7:2 מִתִּתִּי רַב=too great for me to give, 1 K 8:64 קָטֹן מֵהָכִיל, Ex 12:4 1 S 25:17 Is 28:20; 33:19; 59:1 Hb 1:13 ψ 40:6 Ru 1:12: note especially רַב טִן it is more than that … (=there is enough of), Ex 9:28 1 K 12:28, sq. subst. Ez 44:6 (v. רַב); and Is 49:6 נָקֵל מִהְיוֹתְךָ לִי עֶבֶד לְהָקִים וגו׳ too light for thy being my servant was it to raise up, etc., Ez 8:17 הֲנָקֵל לְבֵית יִשְׂר׳ מֵעֲשׂוֹת וגו׳ was it too trifling to the house of Isr. for the doing etc. (less than the doing etc. deserved)? (but? read עֲשׂוֹת on anal. of 1 K 16:31). 7. מן is prefixed to an infin.: a. with a causal force (rare), from, on account of, through (cf. 2 f): Dt 7:7, 8 מֵאַהֲבַת י׳ אֶתְכֶם through J.’s loving you=because J. loved you, 9:28 (cf. 1:27 בְּ) 2 S 3:11 מִיִּרְאָתוֹ אֹתוֹ=because he feared him, Is 48:4 מִדַּעְתִּי …=because I knew … So in מִבְּלִי …, מִבִּלְתִּי. b. after verbs implying restraint, prevention, cessation, etc., as עֲצָרַנִי מִלֶּדֶת Gn 16:2 hath restrained me from bearing, וַתַּעֲמֹד מִלֶּדֶת 29:35; 30:9: so with חשׂך 20:6 +, חדל Ex 23:5 +, כִּלָּה 34:33 +, נִכְלָא 36:6, מָנַע 1 S 25:26 +, שׁבת Je 31:36 +, יָרֵא מֵהַבִּיט Ex 3:6 +, שִׁמְרוּ מִן־הַחֵרֶם †Jos 6:18, 2 Ch 25:13 הֵשִׁיב מִלֶּכֶת. Especially (a) after similar verbs, expressing concisely a negative consequence, lit. away from …, i.e. so as not to, so that not: Gn 23:6b; 27:1 Jacob’s eyes were dim, מֵֽרְאֹת away from seeing=so that he could not see, 31:29 נִשְׁמַר מִן (‖ v 24 פֶּן), Ex 14:5 Lv 26:13 Nu 32:7 Dt 28:55 (his eye shall be envious etc.) מִתֵּת from giving=so that he will not give, Ju 6:27 1 S 2:31; 7:8 do not be silent from us מִזְּעֹק so as not to call (cf. 1 K 22:3), 8:7 me have they rejected מִמְּלֹךְ עליהם, 16:1 (Ho 4:6), 2 S 14:11 (read מֵהַרְבּוֹת), Is 5:6; 8:11; 21:3; 23:1 is destroyed מִבּוֹא so that none can enter in, 24:10; 33:15; 44:18; 49:15; 54:9; 56:6; 58:13 Je 10:14 נִבְעַר … מִדַּעַת is stupefied so that he has no knowledge, 13:14; 33:21, 24, 26 Ez 20:17 Mi 3:6 Zc 7:11, 12 ψ 30:4 Qr, 39:2; 69:24; 102:5 (after שָׁכַח, peculiarly), 106:23 La 3:44; 4:18 Jb 34:30a 2 Ch 36:13. So in חָלִילָה לִּי מֵעֲשׂוֹת that I should not do Gn 44:17 +. (b) still more concisely, especially in poetry, with a noun alone: 1 S 15:23 has rejected thee מִמֶּלֶךְ from (being) king (v 26 מִהְיוֹת מֶלֶךְ), Lv 26:43 מֵהֶם, Is 7:8 יֵחַת מֵעָם shall be shattered from (being) a people, that it be no more a people, 17:1 מוּסָר מֵעִיר, 25:2b; 52:14 כֵּן מִשְׁחַת מֵאִישׁ מַרְאֵהוּ marred away from (being) a man(’s), Je 2:25 מִיָּחֵף, 17:16 מֵרֹעֶה, 48:2 וְנַכְרִיתֶנָּה מִגּוֹי, v 42 מֵעָם, ψ 8:6 hast made him lack but little מאלהים ut non esset Deus, 83:5 מִגּוֹי, Pr 30:2 בַּעַר אָנֹכִי מֵאִישׁ too boorish to be a man; cf. Dn 4:13; 1 K 15:13 וַיְסִרֶהָ מִגְּבִירָה removed her from (being) queen-mother, Ez 16:41 וִהִשְׁבַּתִּיךְ מִזּוֹנָה; and even to express absol. the non-existence of a thing not named in the principal clause, as Is 23:1 כִּי שֻׁדַּד מִבַּיִת so that there is no house, Ez 12:19 (32:15), 25:9 מֵהֶעָרִים, Ho 9:11(×3), 12 Mi 3:6 Hg 1:10 מִטָּ֑ל, Zc 7:14; 9:8 ψ 39:3; 49:15 מִזְּבֻל־לוֹ so that it has no dwelling, 52:7 יִסָּֽחֲךָ מֵאֹהֶל pluck thee up tentless, 109:24 is lean מִשָּׁ֑מֶן so that there is no fatness, Jb 28:11; 33:21; 34:30b. Often strengthened by pleon. אֵין or בְּלִי, as מֵאֵין יוֹשֵׁב Is 5:9, מִבְּלִי יוֹשֵׁב v. pp. 35 a, 115 b. Cf. Köiii. 592 ff. c. with a temporal force, since, after (cf. 4), chiefly late: Nu 24:23 מִשֻּׂמוֹ אֵל after God’s establishing him, Is 44:7 מִשֻּׂמִי עַם־עוֹלָם since I appointed the ancient people, Ho 7:4 Hg 2:16(?) Ru 2:18 Ne 5:14 1 Ch 8:8 מִן־שִׁלְחוֹ אוֹתָם (cf. 6:16) 2 Ch 31:10 Dn 11:23; 12:1 (cf. 9:25), ψ 73:20 כַּחֲלוֹם מֵהָקִיץ after (one’s) awaking, Jb 20:4. 8. Once Dt 33:11 as a conj. before a finite verb. Smite … his haters מִן־יְקוּמוּן that they rise not again, poet. for מִקּוּם (7 b): cf. Dr§ 41.—On מֵאֲשֶׁר adv. and conj., v. p. 84. 9. In compounds:— a. מֵאַחֲרֵי, מֵאֵת, מִבֵּין, מִבַּלְעֲדֵי, מִבַּ֫עַד, מִלְּ (common in NH, especially before inf.; in O.T. only in מִלְּבַד, מִלִּבוֹא (supr. 5 a), for מִלְּ in Mish. see e.g. Bab. Mez 7:10, Kil 8:1 Ter 8:11 Pes 1:6 Taan 2:7 Yeb 8:2; Ec 4:17 מִלַּעֲשׂוֹת (have no knowledge so as not to do evil) is read by Siegfr Wild.מִלְמַ֫עְלָה, מִלְמַ֫טָּה, מִלְּעֻמַּת, מִלְּפָנִים, מִלִּפְנֵי, and, si vera l., מִלְמַעֲלֵה הֶחָ֑רֶס Jd 8:13, v. מַעֲלֶה), מִנֶּגֶד, מֵעַל, מֵעִם, מִתַּ֫חַת; see אַחֲרַי" dir="rtl" >אַחֲרֵי, אֵת²" dir="rtl" >אֵת, etc. b. לְמִן (לְמִנִּי †Mi 7:12(×2)), with לְ pleon., from=מִן, but used almost exclusively of the terminus a quo, whether of space or time (cf. מִן 5);—(1) of space, Dt 4:32 Ju 20:1 לְמִדַּן וְעַד־בְּאֵר שֶׁבַע, Mi 7:12(×2) (both לְמִנִּי), Zc 14:10 1 Ch 5:9; לְמֵרָחוֹק from afar Jb 36:3; 39:29 (on Ezr 3:13 2 Ch 26:15, v. sub עַד לְ); לְמִתַּחַת לְ=underneath 1 K 7:32. Idiom., especially sq. וְעַד, to denote comprehensively an entire class, לְמֵאִישׁ וְעַד בְּהֵמָה †Ex 11:7 Je 51:62 (לְמֵאָדָם), לְמֵאִישׁ וְעַד אִשָּׁה †2 S 6:19 2 Ch 15:13, לְמִקָּטֹן וְעַד גָּדוֹל †2 K 23:2 Je 42:8, simil. 2 Ch 15:13 Je 31:34 Est 1:5, 20, לְמֵרָע וְעַד־טוֹב †2 S 13:22, לְמִבֶּן עֶשְׂרִים שָׁנָה וּלְמָ֑טָּה †1 Ch 27:23, cf. 2 Ch 25:5.—On לְמִבֵּית Nu 18:7, see p. 110 b. (2) of time (often foll. by עַד), לְמִן הַיּוֹם אֲשֶׁר … from the day when …, †Dt 4:32; 9:7 2 S 7:11 (‖ 1 Ch 17:10 וּלְמִיָּמִים אֲשֶׁר) Je 7:25; 32:31 Hg 2:18; לְמִקְצָת הַיָּמִים אֲשֶׁר … †Dn 1:18; לְמִן הַיּוֹם sq. inf. (in appos.) †Ex 9:18 2 S 19:25; לְמִיּוֹם sq. inf. (genit.) †Ju 19:30 2 S 7:6 Is 7:17; לְמִימֵי … †2 K 19:25 (‖ Is 37:26 מימי) Mal 3:7; למן־עולם ועד עולם †Je 7:7; 25:5; לְמֵרָחוֹק from afar=long before, 2 S 7:19=1 Ch 17:17, 2 K 19:25=Is 37:26.

זֶה demonstr. pron. and adv. fem. זֹאת, once זֹאתה, Jer 26:6 Kt (also זֹה and זוֹ, q.v.); comm. זוּ (q.v.): this, here (the element ז = ذ = ܕ is widely diffused in the Semitic languages, as a demonstr. particle, often acquiring, like Engl. that, Germ. der, die, das, the force of a relative. Thus a. Ph. זֶ this (e.g. קבר ז this grave), also sometimes זן, f. זא, comm. אז (v. CIS I. i. 1:4, 5, 6, 12; 44:1; 88:2 etc.); Aramaic of Nineveh, Babylon, Têma, Egypt, זי as mark of the genit. [lit. that of] (CIS II. i. 1, 2, 3, 4, etc., 65, 67–71, 113, 114, 141, 142, etc.), זנה this (ib. 113:22; 145 C2), f. זא 113:15; 145 B5; Aramaic of Zinijirli ז, זן, זנה this, זי which (DHMSendsch. 56); Ethiopic ዝ ze, this, f. ዛ zā, ዘ za, who (masc.), also (like זִי, and דִּי, דְּ [v. infr.]) in common use as a mark of the genitive; b. Arabic ذَا this, fem. ذِى, ذُو (gen. ذِى, acc. ذَا, fem. ذَاتُ), possessor of (lit. that of …, i.e. one who owns), or in the Ṭayyite dialect, who, which: from ذَا, with هَا lo! prefixed, هَاذَا this, f. هَاذِهِ, with the pron. element -k affixed, ذَاكَ = this: with ’al (= the art.) + a demonstr. element la prefixed, أَلَّذِى who, which (in origin = Heb. הַלָּזֶה this, q.v.); Sab. דֿן this, f. דֿת, דֿ who, which, f. דֿת (PräZMG. 1872, 419, DHMZMG. 1883, 338 f., also Epigr. Denkm. 65); c. Biblical Aramaic דִּי which, דֵּךְ, דִּכֵּן, דְּנָה (q.v.) this, f. דָּא (= זֹאת), דָּךְ; Palm. and Nab. די which, דנה this; 𝔗 דְּ which, דֵּין, דֵּיכֵי this, f. דָּא; with הא lo! prefixed, הָדֵין, הָדָא (Syriac ܗܳܢ, ܗܳܢܳܐ, contr. from ܗܳܕܶܢ), ܗܳܕܶܐ; Syriac ܕ who, which; Sam. ד who, which, דנ this, f. דה; Mand. ד who, which, דהֿ this (rare), more commonly האדין, האזין (NöMand § 80, 81). Alike in Heb. and the other dialects, the corresp. plur. is derived from a different source: Heb. אֵלָּה, Ph. אל, Ethiopic ’ellū, ’ellā, these, ’ella, who, Arabic أُولَى, these, أُولُوا, أُولَى owners of, Sab. אלן these, אל, אלי who, which, Aramaic אִלֵּין, with הא lo! prefixed, ܗܳܠܶܝܢ, Sam. ࠀࠋࠉࠍ, Mand. עלין. Only the Arabic اَلَّذِى forms its own pl. اَلَّذِينَ V. further WSG 107 ff.)— 1. standing alone: a. this one, sometimes contemptuously (especially with אֵת), Gn 2:23 לָזֹאת יִקָּרֵא אִשָּׁה כִּי מֵאִישׁ לֻקֳּחָה־זֹּאת, 5:29 זֶה יְנַחֲמֵנוּ …, 12:12; 38:28 Ex 10:7 עַד מָתַי יִהְיֶה זֶה לָנוּ לְמוֹקֵשׁ, 1 S 10:27 מַה יּוֹשִׁיעֵנוּ זֶה how shall this man save us? 16:8, 9; 21:16 that ye have brought אֶת־זֶה this fellow to play the madman against me? 25:21 in vain have I kept אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר לָזֶה all that this fellow hath etc. 2 S 13:17 אֶת־זֹאת, 1 K 22:27 אֶת־זֶה, Mi 5:4 Is 66:2; as a genit., Gn 29:27, 28 1 K 21:2; with a collective force Lv 11:4, 9 (= Dt 14:7, 9), v 21, 29 Ju 20:16, 17 (כָּל־זֶה), Jb 19:19 (with a plural verb). In a purely neuter sense (of an act, event, announcement, etc.) זאת is most common, as with עשׂה to do this Gn 3:14; 20:5, 6; 45:19 and often, שׁמעו זאת Am 8:4 Is 47:8; 48:1, 16; 51:21 al.; Gn 41:39 Ex 17:14 Dt 32:6 Ju 7:14; 21:3 לָמָה … הָֽיְתָה זֹאת (cf. Jb 1:13 ψ 118:23) 1 K 11:39 2 S 7:19 2 K 3:18 +; אֵין זֹאת 1 Sa 20:2b cf. Am 2:11; rarely so with אֶת־ †Jos 22:24 Je 9:11 ψ 92:7; as an accus. of limit., as regards this, in this, Ez 20:27; 36:37 Jb 19:26 (si vera l.), 33:12 in this thou art not just; (late) אַחֲרֵי זֹאת †Jb 42:16 Ezr 9:10, א׳ כל־זאת †2 Ch 21:18; 35:20; pointing forward to a foll. a clause, Gn 42:18; 43:11 Nu 8:24; 14:35 Is 56:2 Jb 10:13 etc.; Ex 9:16 1 S 25:31 Is 1:12 מִי בִקֵּשׁ זאת מִיֶּדְכֶם רְמֹס חֲצֵרָֽי׃; to one introduced by כִּי 2 S 19:22 ψ 102:19; 119:50, 56 (see also בְּזֹאת 6 b β): but זֶה also sometimes occurs similarly Ex 13:8 Pr 24:12 Jb 15:17 Ne 2:2 Ec 1:17; 2:15 גם זה הבל (so v 19, 21, 23 +), 7:18(×2); of a concrete obj., Ex 30:31 2 K 4:43 מָה אֶתֵּן זֶה לִפְנֵי מֵאָה אִישׁ: in late Heb., Ne 13:6 בְּכָל־זֶה during all this, 2 Ch 32:9 אַחַר זֶה; pointing forwards La 5:17 f. to כִּי ψ 56:10 Je 22:21. (See also below, 6 g.) b. repeated זֶה … זֶה, this … that, the one … the other or (if indefinite) another, Gn 29:27 (זֹאת), Ex 14:20 וְלֹא קָרַב זֶה אֶל זֶה, 1 K 3:23; 22:20 Is 6:3; 44:5 (3 times), ψ 75:8 זֶה יַשְׁפִּיל וְזֶה יָרִים, Jb 1:16–18; 21:23, 25 +. 2. In appos. to a subst.: a. preceding it (rare) Ex 32:1, 23 זֶה מֹשֶׁה, Ju 5:5 (= ψ 68:9) זֶה סִינַי this Sinai, Jos 9:12 זֶה לַחְמֵנוּ this our bread, 1 K 14:14 2 K 6:33 Is 23:13 זֶה הָעָם, ψ 34:7; 49:14; 104:25 זה הים גדול וג׳ this sea there is great and broad, 118:20 Ct 7:8 Ezr 3:12. (Cf. זוּ Hb 1:11.) b. following it:—(α) when the subst. is determined by a pron. affix, Gn 24:8 שְׁבוּעָתִי זֹאת, this my oath, Dt 5:29(26) O that לְבָבָם זֶה this their heart (their present temper) might continue always! 21:20 Jos 2:14, 20 דְּבָרֵנוּ זֶה, Ju 6:14 go בְּכֹחֲךָ זֶה in this thy strength, Dn 10:17 2 Ch 24:18 (Cf. אֵלָּה, a.) Rarely when it is undetermined, 2 K 1:2 חֳלִי זֶה (so 8:8, 9), ψ 80:15. (β) with the art., הַזֶּה, הַזֹּאת, after a subst. determained also by the art., Gn 7:1 בַּדּוֹר הַזֶּה, v 13 הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה, 12:7 הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת, 15:7; 17:21, 23 Dt 4:6 הגוי הגדול הזה, and continually. Not however after a n.pr., except such as are construed with the art., as הַיַּרְדֵּן הַזֶּה Gn 32:11 Dt 3:27; 31:2 Jos 1:2, 11; 4:22, הַלְּבָנוֹן הַזֶּה Jos 1:4, cf. Nu 27:12 = Dt 32:49 (2 K 5:20 הַזֶּה belongs to הָאֲרַמִּי): and hardly ever (2 Ch 1:10) after a noun with a pron. affix (Jos 2:17 מִשְּׁבֻעָתֵךְ הַזֶּה the gender of הזה shews that the text is in error: v. Dr§ 209 Obs.). 3. More often as pred., as 1 S 24:17 הֲקוֹלְךָ זֶה, 2 K 3:23 דָּם זֶה this is blood, 9:37 זֹאת אִיזָֽבֶל׃, Ez 5:5 etc.; הֲזֶה Is 14:16, הֲזֹאת 23:7 La 2:15; often at the beginning or close of enumerations (especially P), descriptions, injunctions, etc., as Gn 5:1 זה ספר this is the book …, 9:12 זֹאת אוֹת הַבְּרִית, 17:10; 20:13 זֶה חַסְדֵּךְ אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשִׂי עִמָּדִי, Lv 6:2, 13, 18; 7:1, 11 Dt 6:1; 33:1 Jos 13:2 Jb 27:13 Is 58:6 etc.; זה הדבר אשׁר … Ex 16:16; 35:4 Jos 5:4 Ju 20:9; 21:11 Is 37:22 Je 38:21 +, cf. זה אשׁר … this is what (or how) … Gn 6:15 Ex 29:38 Je 33:16; זֶה לְךָ הָאוֹת Ex 3:12 1 S 2:34 +; at the end, Lv 7:37; 11:46; 13:50 Nu 5:21; 7:17, 23 etc., Jos 19:8, 16, 23 etc., Is 14:26; 16:13 (זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר …), 17:14; 54:17 Je 13:25 ψ 109:20 Ct 5:16(×2) Jb 5;27, in the latter case sometimes with the force of such (i.e. such as has been described), 18:21; 20:29 (cf. אֵלֶּה ψ 73:12), ψ 24:6; 48:15 such (= such a one) is God, our God, for ever (Hi De) Zp 2:15; cf. Jb 14:3 אַף־עַל־זֶה upon one such as this (v 1, 2) dost thou open thy eyes? 4. It is attached enclitically, almost as an adv., to certain words, especially interrog. pronouns, to impart, in a manner often not reproducible in Engl. idiom, directness and force, bringing the question or statement made into close relation with the speaker. (Contrast from this point of view מי זה and מי הוא: v. הוא 4 b.) Thus a. אֵי־זֶה15 where, then? Jb 28:12 אֵי־זֶה מְקוֹם בִּינָה, v 20 38:19 b (v. other exx. sub אַי 1 b, p. 32). b. מִי־זֶה, †1 S 17:55, 56 בֶּן־מִי־זֶה֖ הָעָֽלֶם׃ the son of whom, here, is the lad? Je 49:19 (= 50:44) וּמִי זֶה רֹעֶה אֲשֶׁר וג׳ and who (emph.) is the shepherd that etc., La 3:37 ψ 24:8 Who is the King of glory? (for which in v 10 the stronger מִי הוּא זֶה is said: so Je 30:21 Est 7:5), 25:12. Elsewhere, the rend. Who is this … is admissible: Is 63:1 Je 46:7 Jb 38:2; 42:3; cf. מִי־זֹאת Ct 3:6; 6:10; 8:5. c. מַה־זֶּה how, now? Gn 27:20 Ju 18:24 וּמַה־זֶּה תֹּאמְרוּ אֵלַי and how, now, do ye say to me …? 1 K 21:5 2 K 1:5; what, now? (τίποτε;) 1 S 10:11 מַה־זֶּה הָיָה לְבֶן־קִישׁ; עַל־מַה־זֶּה for what? Ne 2:4: contracted into מַזֶּה Ex 4:2. (Cf. Aramaic מָדֵין why? ܡܳܕܶܝܢ used as a conj. therefore, e.g. 2 S 18:22 𝔖, PS2013: both formed similarly.) d. מַה־זֹּאת in the phrase (עֲשִׂיתֶם, עָשִׂית) מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ Gn 3:13; 12:18; 26:10; 29:25; 42:28 Ex 14:11 Ju 2:2 15:11 +. Either What, now, hast thou (have ye) done? (Fl De) or What is this (that) thou hast (ye have) done? (The Arabic grammarians dispute on the precise construction of the corresp. phrase in Arabic مَا ذَا صَنَعْتَ; De Gen. 3:13 (ed. 4), and especially FlKl.Schr. i. 356 Lane p. 948.) e. לָֽמָּה־זֶּה wherefore, now? Gn 18:13; 25:22; 32:30 Ex 5:22 Nu 11:20 + often Cf. Arabic لِهَا ذَا f. הַאַתָּה זֶה †2 S 2:20 האתה זה עשׂהאל Art thou Asahel? 1 K 18:7, 17, without הֲ Gn 27:24; in an indirect question Gn 27:21. g. הִנֵּה זֶה behold, here … †1 K 19:5 (in narrative), Is 21:9 Ct 2:8, 9. Cf. Nu 13:17 (unusual) עֲלוּ זֶה בַּנֶּגֶב go up here in the South. h. עַתָּה זֶה, †1 K 17:24 עַתָּה זֶה יָדַעְתִּי now I know that …, 2 K 5:22 just now. Also i. prefixed to expressions denoting a period of time: Gn 27:36 he hath supplanted me זֶה פַעֲמַיִם now two times (so 43:10), 31:38 now, already twenty years, v 41 (זֶה־לִּי …), 45:6 Nu 14:22 now ten times, 22:28, 32 זֶה שָׁלשׁ רְגָלִים, Dt 8:2, 4 Jos 22:3 זֶה יָמִים רַבִּים, 2 S 14:2 +; Zc 7:3 זֶה כַּמָּה שָׁנִים already how many years! cf. Ru 2:7 Je 50:17. 5. In poetry, as a relative pron. (rare: but see also זוֹ, זוּ): ψ 74:2 athe hill of Zion זה שׁכנת בּוֹ wherein thou dwellest, 78:54; 104:8 אל־מְקום זה to the place (st. c. Ges§ 130. 3) which … v 26 Pr 23:22 Is 25:9; = that which Jb 15:17, those who 19:19 (so once, Ex 13:8, even in prose). In some of the passages cited the punctuators, by coupling זה with the preceding subst., and separating it from what follows by a disj. accent (as הַר־זֶ֝֗ה), appear not to have recognised its relative sense, but to have construed, ‘this mountain, (which) thy right hand,’ etc. 6. With prefixes (in special senses):— a. בָּזֶה15 in this (place), here, Gn 38:21, 22 Ex 24:14 Nu 23:1(×2) 1 S 1:26; 9:11 +; of time, then, †Est 2:13 Once בַּזֶּה 1 S 21:10. b. בְּזֹאת (α) with this = on these conditions, Gn 34:15, 22 1 S 11:2 Is 27:9; = herewith, thus provided Lv 16:3. (β) by or through this (especially with יָדַע), Gn 42:15, 33 Ex 7:17 Nu 16:28 Jos 3:10 ψ 41:12; so בָּזֹאת Mal 3:10. (γ) in spite of this, Lv 26:27 ψ 27:3, for which the fuller בְּכָל־זֹאת occurs, Is 5:25; 9:11, 16, 20; 10:4 ψ 78:32 Je 3:10 Ho 7:10. (δ) בָּזֹאת for this cause (late style) †1 Ch 27:24 2 Ch 19:2; in this matter 20:17. c. כָּזֶה (α) †Gn 41:38 הֲנִמְצָא כָזֶה אִישׁ אשׁר …, Is 56:12; 58:5 Je 5:9 גּוֹי אֲשֶׁר כָּזֶה (so v 29; 9:8). (β) כָּזֹה וְכָזֶה thus and thus, †Ju 18:4 2 S 11:25 1 K 14:5. d. כְּזֹאת the like of this = as follows, †Gn 45:23; כָּזֹאת the like of this = things such as these Ju 13:23 (c. השׁמיע), 15:7; 19:30 לא נראתה כָּזֹאת, 1 S 4:7 (cf. Je 2:10 2 Ch 30:26), 2 S 14:13 (c. חשׁב), Is 66:8 (c. שׁמע), Ezr 7:27; = accordingly, to that effect (c. דִּבֶּר) 2 Ch 34:22; = in like manner Ju 8:8; = thus (as has been described) 1 K 7:37 1 Ch 29:14 2 Ch 31:20; 32:15: כָּזֹאת וְכָזֹאת thus and thus †Jos 7:20 2 S 17:15(×2) 2 K 5:4; 9:12. e. מִזֶּה from here, hence Gn 37:17; 42:15; 50:25 Ex 11:1(×2) 13:3 Dt 9:12 + often: מִזֶּה … מִזֶּה on one side … on the other side Ex 17:12 מזה אחד ומזה אחד, 25:19; 26:13; 32:15 מזה ומזה הם כתובים, Nu 22:24 1 S 14:4 1 K 10:19, 20 Zc 5:3 +; מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה לְ on one side and on the other side of … Ex 38:15 Jos 8:33 Ez 45:7; 48:21. f. עַל זֶה on this account (rare), La 5:17 (pointing forwards), Est 6:3. So עַל זֹאת Am 8:8 Mi 1:8 Je 2:12 (Jb 17:8) 4:8, 28 ψ 32:6; in late prose Ezr 8:23; 9:15; 10:2 Ne 13:14 2 Ch 16:9, 10; 29:9; 32:20. g. עִם זֶה in spite of this †Ne 5:18.—On אֵי זֶה which? אֵי מִזֶּה whence? אֵי לָזֹאת how? v. sub אַי" dir="rtl" >אַי 2, p. 32; and on הַלָּז, הַלָּזֶה, הַלֵּזוּ, v. p. 229. Note. —זֶה in 1 S 17:34 (in many edd.) is a typographical error (not a Kt) of Jacob b. Chayim’s Rabbin. Bible of 1525 for שׂה sheep, which has been perpetuated hence in other subseq. edd. The reading of MSS. and of the best ancient edd. is שֶׂה (cf. de RossiVar. Lect. ii. 151).

הִנֵּה Once הִנֶּה־ Gn 19:2, demonstr. part. lo! behold! (Arabic إِنَّ certainly, surely, lit. lo!), with sf. (the pron. being conceived as accus., Ew§ 262 c; cf. إِنَّ, which takes an accus., whether of a noun or pron. sf.) הִנְנִי Gn 6:13 + often (also הִנֶּ֣נִּי Gn 22:7), הִנֵּ֑נִי Gn 22:1, 11 +, (הִנֶּ֔נִּי Gn 27:18), †Is 65:1 הִנֵּ֣נִי הִנֵּ֔נִי (but הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי is also said Gn 24:13, 43; 25:32; 48:21 Ex 4:23; 7:17 +; and, more rarely, הִנֵּה אֲנִי Ez 37:5, 12, 19, 21 2 Ch 2:3, cf. 2 K 10:9 Je 32:27); הִנְּךָ Gn 20:3 + (†2 K 7:2 הִנְּכָה), הִנֶּ֑ךָּ †ψ139:8, fem. הִנָּךְ Gn 16:11 + 6 times; הִנּוֹ †Nu 23:17 Jb 2:6 1 Ch 11:25, הִנֵּ֫הוּ †Je 18:3 Kt (הִנֵּה הוּא is more usual, as Gn 20:16; 42:27; 1 S 10:22 Je 38:5 Ru 3:2): 1 pl. הִנְנוּ †Jos 9:25 2 S 5:1 Je 3:22 Ezr 9:15, הִנֶּ֫נּוּ †Gn 44:16; 50:18 Nu 14:40, הִנֵּ֑נוּ Jb 38:35; הִנְּכֶם †Dt 1:10 Je 16:12; הִנָּם Gn 40:6 + often (37 times)—lo! behold! a. pointing to persons or things, Gn 12:19 and now הִנֵּה אִשְׁתְּךָ behold thy wife! 18:9 הִנֵּה בָאֹהֶל behold (she is) in the tent (the suffix, when the noun to which הנה refers has immediately preceded, being not unfrequently omitted, 16:14: cf. Dr§ 135. 6, 2), 30:3; 31:51(×2) Ex 24:8 1 K 2:29. With sf. of 1 ps., especially in response to a call, indicating the readiness of the person addressed to listen or obey, Here I am! (lit. Behold me!) Gn 22:1, 7, 11; 27:1, 18; 31:11; 37:13; 46:2 Ex 3:4 1 S 3:4, 5, 6, 8, 16; 22:12 2 S 1:7 Is, 6:8, cf. 1 S 12:3 הִנְנִי עֲנוּ בִי here I am, answer against me, 14:43 (cf. Drp. 292), 2 S 15:26 (in resignation: cf. Gn 44:16; 50:18 Jos 9:25 Ezr 9:15): of God Is 52:6; 58:9; 65:1(×2) (repeated for emphasis). In the pl. הננו Nu 14:40 Je 3:22 Jb 38:35.—Emph. הִנְנִי אָ֕נִי Ez 34:11, 20, cf. 6:3. On הִנְנִי אֶל …, v. אֵל" dir="rtl" >אל 4, p. 40. b. introducing clauses involving predication: (a) with ref. to the past or present, it points generally to some truth either newly asserted, or newly recognised, Gn 1:29 behold! I have given to you all herbs etc. 17:20; 27:6 1 S 14:33 etc.; often one upon which some proposal or suggestion is to be founded, Ex 1:9 (cf. הן Gn 11:6) 1 S 20:2, 5; 2 K 5:20. When the proposal is to be of the nature of an entreaty or request, הִנֵּה־נָא is often used, instead of the simple הִנֵּה Gn 12:11; 16:2; 18:27 1 K 20:31; 22:13 al. (v. נָא). (b) with ref. to the future. Here it serves to introduce a solemn or important declaration Ex 32:34; 34:10 Is 7:14; and is used especially with the ptcp. (the fut. instans, Dr§ 135, 3) in predictions or threats, Gn 20:3 הִנְּךָ מֵת (lit.) behold thee (accus.) about to die, thou art about to die, Ex 4:23; 7:17; 9:3 Dt 31:16 1 S 3:11 1 K 20:35; 22:25 Is 3:1; 10:33; 17:1; 19:1; 22:17; 24:1 + often; in the phrase הנה ימים באים †1 S 2:31 2 K 20:17 = Is 39:6 Am 4:2; 8:11; 9:13 + Je 15 times; very often with the suffix of 1 ps. sg., as הִנְנִי מֵבִיא Behold, I bring (lit. behold me bringing, or about to bring) … Gn 6:17 Ex 10:4 & often, especially in Je; Gn 9:9 Ex 8:17; 9:18; 34:11 2 K 22:20 Is 13:17; 29:14; 43:19 Je 8:17; 11:22 (הִנְנִי פֹקֵד; so 23:2 +) 16:16; 20:4, etc.; anomalously, with change of person, Is 28:16 הִנְנִי יִסַּד (according to points) behold me, one who has founded, 29:14 הִנְנִי יוֹסִף behold me, one who will add (so 38:5); but it is dub. whether the ptcp. יֹסֵד, יוֹסֵף should not be read. c. וְהִנֵּה … very freq. in historical style, especially (but not exclusively) after verbs of seeing or discovering, making the narrative graphic and vivid, and enabling the reader to enter into the surprise or satisfaction of the speaker or actor concerned: Gn 1:31 and behold, it was very good, 6:12; 8:13; 15:12; 18:2; 37:29 Ex 2:6 Dt 9:13 etc.: in the description of a dream Gn 37:7, 9; 40:9, 16; 41:1, 2, 3 Is 29:8, or of a vision Am 7:1, 4; 8:1 etc. With a ptcp. (the context fixing the sense to the past), Gn 24:30; 37:15 (both without suffix); Ju 9:43; 11:34 1 K 19:5, 11 +. d. like II. הֵן (b), nearly = if (rare): Lv 13:5, 6, 8, 10 (& elsewhere in this and the next ch.) וְהִנֵּה and behold = and if, Dt 13:15 and 17:4 וְהִנֵּה אֱמֶת and behold it is true = and if it be true, 19:18 1 S 20:12; cf. 1 S 9:7 2 S 18:11 Ho 9:6; with ו׳ in apod. 2 K 10:9.

† אֲנוּ pron. 1 pl. comm. we (common in postB. Heb.; cf. also Amh. እና ) pl. of אֲנִי (WSG 98), only Je 42:6 Kt. (אֲנַחְנוּ Qr).

הֵ֫מָּה and הֵם (without appreciable distinction in usage, except prob. in so far as the longer or shorter form was better adapted to the rhythm of particular sentences: on the whole הֵמָּה (alone) is somewhat more freq. than הֵם, הָהֵם on the contrary is said regularly, הָהֵמָּה occurring only 12 times, viz. Nu 9:7 (P), Je 14:15 Zc 14:15, and in the phr. בַּ(הַ)יָּמִים הָהֵמָּה 2 K 18:4 Je 3:16, 18; 5:18; 50:4; Jo 3:2; 4:1; Zc 8:23; Ne 13:15, though בַּיָּמִים הָהֵם is much more common) pron. 3 pl. masc. (הֵמָּה used incorrectly for the fem. Zc 5:10; Ru 1:22; Ct 6:8), fem. הֵ֫נָּה [NH also הֵן, which occurs however in Bibl. Heb. only after a prefix: v. infr. 8], pr. 3 pl. they (Biblical Aramaic הִמּוֹ, q.v.; هُنَّ, هُمْ; Ethiopic (one form) እሙንቱ: እማንቱ: ʾemūn-tū, ʾemān-tū; cf. also for the dissyl. form, the sf. –ōmū [fem. –ōn]; perhaps also Assyrian suff. šunu, šina[ni], cf. reff. sub הוּא). In usage not different in genl. from הוּא, הִיא (which see, under the corresponding headings, for fuller explanations), thus:— 1. a. Gn 6:4; Ex 5:7 הֵם יֵֽלְכוּ let them (emph.) go and gather straw, Nu 31:16; Is 24:14; Ho 4:14; 7:3 etc.; after כִּי Je 5:5; 34:7. (For the use in circumst. clauses v. Dr§ 160, 169.) b. Ju 1:22 ויעלו … גַם הֵם, Dt 2:11 (אַף הֵם), 3:20; Jos 9:4; Ez 30:17. c. Ex 18:22 every small matter יִשְׁפְּטוּ־הֵם let them judge themselves, v 26 Je 15:19; 17:18 ψ 109:28; Est 9:1. d. Gn 33:6; 44:3 Jud 6:5 etc. e. cf. Ne 10:38. 2. a. (Resuming the subj. with emph.) Gn 14:24 (note accents), Dt 1:39 ψ 23:4; 27:2 (accents), 37:9; 107:24; Ez 36:7; 44:15. b. Is 30:7; Ez 27:13, 17, 21; cf. Is 44:11. c. Nu 14:27a Je 27:9; Ez 43:19 אֲשֶׁר הֵם מִזֶּרַע צָדוֹק, Ec 4:2; Ne 2:13.—הֵמָּה כִּדְוֵי לַחֻמִי Jb 6:7 read perhaps וַהֲמָה וגו׳ (or זָֽהֲמָה) it is loathesome (√ זהם). 3. a. Gn 3:7; Ex 5:8 כִּי נִרְפִּים הֵם for they are idle, 14:3; 15:23; 29:33 etc. (the opp. order rare: Nu 11:16 Is 61:9, cf. De ψ 94:11). b. Gn 34:21, 23; 41:26; 48:5 שׁני בניך … לִי הֵם thy two sons …, they are mine, Ex 32:16 + often: Is. 41:22 הָרִאשֹׁנוֹת מָה הֵנָּה, 49:21 אֵלֶּה אֵיפֹה הֵם these—where were they? Zp 2:12 after אַתֶּם, peculiarly (cf. Dr§ 198 Obs. 2). c. Dt 20:15 אֲשֶׁר לֹא־מֵעָרֵי הַגּוֹיִם הָאֵלֶּה הֵנָּה, Ju 19:12 1 K 9:20. d. 2 K 7:10 כַּאֲשֶׁר הֵמָּה. (Pr 19:7 Kt לֹא־הֵמָּה is prob. corrupt: v. Comm.) 4. a. Pr 30:24 אַרְבָּעָה הֵם קְטַנֵּי־אָ֑רֶץ four things are they, the little ones of the earth, v 29 (cf. before a rel. clause v 15, 18; 6:16) Ct 6:8; Is 51:19 שְׁתַּיִם הֵנָּה קֹרְאֹתַיִךְ, 1 Ch 9:26 (v. הוא 4 a). b. (β) Gn 21:29 מָה הֵנָּה שֶׁבַע … lit. What are they—these seven sheep? Zc 1:9; 4:5. (γ) אֵלֶּה … הֵם †Gn 25:16 (= 1 Ch 1:36) Lv 23:2; Nu 3:20, 21, 27, 33 1 S 4:8 1 Ch 8:6; 12:15 (v. Dr§ 201, 3). 6. a. In a neuter sense (rare), Jb 6:7 הֵמָּה כִּדְוֵי לַחְמִי they (i.e. such sufferings as mine) are as loathsomeness in my meat, Je 7:4 הֵיכַל י׳ הֵמָּה they (i.e. these buildings) are the temple of י׳; and in the fem., Lv 5:22 of all that a man doeth to sin בָּהֵנָּה therein, 1 Ch 21:10 מֵהֵנָּה (‖ 2 S 24:12 מֵהֶם); 2 S 12:8 Jb 23:14 כָּהֵנָּה things such as these. 7. With art. הָהֵם, Gn 6:4; Ex 2:11; Nu 14:38 + often; הָהֵמָּה 12 times (v. supr.); הָהֵנָּה †1 S 17:28. N.B.—Ez 8:6 Kt מָהֵם stands for מָה הֵם (so Qr), cf. מָזֶה" dir="rtl" >מַזֶּה for מַה־זֶּה Ex 4:2; 2 K 9:18 עַד־הֵם is irreg. for עֲדֵיהֶם; 2 S 4:6 וְהֵנָּה וג׳ is textual error for וְהִנֵּה שֹׁעֶרֶת הַבַּיִת סֹקְלָה חִטִּים וג׳ v. We Dr (𝔊 & RVm). 8. With preps. (in lieu of the normal, and more usual, forms with suffixes בָּהֶם, לָהֶם, מֵהֶם etc. [כָּהֶם & כָּהֶן, however, each once only, כְּמוֹהֶם thrice: v. כְּ])— a. בָּהֵמָּה †Ex 30:4; 36:1 (both P), Hb 1:16; כָּהֵמָּה †Je 36:32; לָהֵמָּה †Je 14:16; מֵהֵמָּה †Je 10:2 Ec 12:12. b. כָּהֵם †2 S 24:3 Yahweh add to the people כָּהֵם וְכָהֵם מֵאָה פְעָמִים the like of themselves and the like of themselves 100 times, = 1 Ch 21:3 (but כָּהֵם here only once, cf. Dt 1:11 כָּכֶם), 2 Ch 9:11; Ec 9:12. c. בָּהֵנָּה †Lv 5:22 (P) Nu 13:19 (JE) Je 5:17: כָּהֵנָּה †Gn 41:19 2 S 12:8 וְאֹסִפָה לְךָ כָּהֵנָּה וְכָהֵנָּה, Jb 23:14: לָהֵנָּה †Ez 1:5, 23(×2); 42:9; Zc 5:9: מֵהֵנָּה †Lv 4:2 (P) Is 34:16; Je 5:6; Ez 16:51; 42:5 ψ 34:21 1 Ch 21:10 (‖ 2 S 24:12 מֵהֶם). d. בָּהֵן †Gn 19:29 (P) 30:26, 37 Ex 25:29; 37:16 (both P) Lv 10:1; 11:21; 14:40 Nu 10:3; 16:7 (all P) Dt 28:52; Jr 4:29; 48:9; 51:43(×2) (בָּהֶן thrice only, v. p. 88); כָּהֵן †Ez 18:14 (edd.; Baer כָּהֶן); לָהֵן (= therefore) †Ru 1:13(×2) (also Biblical Aramaic); מֵהֵן †Ez 16:47, 52 (edd.; Baer מֵהֶן). (With the exception of כָּהֵנָּה, these forms are found mostly in P and writers not earlier than Je.; b and d, however, depend solely on the punctuation.)

שְׁנַ֫יִם, שְׁתַּיִם (PhilipiZMG xlix (1895), 202 Ges§ 97b note)768 n.m. et f.du. two (NH id.; Ph. אשנם (and שני second), Pun. שנם Lzb380; Arabic اِثنَانِ; Sab. תֿני HomChr 47, Aramaic תְּרֵין, ܬܪܶܝܢ (תִּנְיָנָא, ܬܶܢܝܳܢܳܐ second); Nab. תרין, Palm. f. תרתן, תרתיא, Lzb388; Assyrian šinâ; on etym v. √, and especially PhilippiZMG xxxii (1878), 21–98);—m. (c. n.m.) שְׁנַיִם Am 3:3 +; cstr. שְׁנֵ�� Is 7:16 +, sf. שְׁנֵיהֶם Gn 2:25 +, etc.; f. (c. n.f.) שְׁתַּיִם Am 4:8 +; cstr. שְׁתֵּי Gn 4:19, וּשְׁתֵּי Is 7:21 +, etc., מִשְּׁתֵֿי Ju 16:28 (v. GFM); sfs. v. infr. (2 + 10 = 12, v. infr.); Hex chiefly P:—two: 1. no other num.: a. usually cstr. before n.pl. (צְמִידִים) שְׁנֵי Gn 24:22 + 194 times + 2 S 23:20 ‖ 1 Ch 11:22 (ins. בְּנֵי 𝔊 Th mod., otherwise RSSem. i. 469, 2nd ed., 488); (נָשִׁים) שְׁתֵּי Gn 4:19 + 132 times, 1 S 10:4 ins. כִּכְּרוֹת Klo HPS Bu Now; Lv 16:21 read du. יָדָיו Qr, + Ju 16:28 (v. supr.) + שְׁתֵּי־אֵלֶּה Is 47:9 both these thing; before n.sg., שְׁנֵי Ex 16:22 (Ges§ 134e); sf. שְׁנֵיהֶם the two of them Gn 2:25 + 62 times, + Pr 24:22 (> their years 𝔖 𝔗 De al.; prob. crpt., v. Toy), שְׁנֵינוּ Gn 31:37 + 2 times, שְׁנֵיכֶם †Gn 27:45; שְׁתֵּיהֶם (msf.! Ges§ 135 o) †Ru 1:19; 4:11, יהֶן—ֵ †1 S 25:43; Ez 23:13. b. abs. (1) שְׁנַ֫יִם (90 times), before n.pl. Ju 11:37 + 26 times; after n.pl. 2 S 1:1; Ex 29:1 + 21 times (usually P Chr), n.sg. (coll.) Gn 46:27 Nu 7:17 + 11 times Nu 17; n. om. Gn 7:2; 44:27 + 26 times; שׁ׳ שׁ׳ distrib. Gn 7:9 +; לִשׁ׳ cut in two †2 K 3:25; Je 34:18; = double amount †Ex 22:3, 6, 8 (E); פִּי שׁ׳ †Dt 21:17 two-thirds, + בְּרוּחֲךָ †2 K 2:9 in (of) thy spirit, + בָּהּ †Zc 13:8; (2) שְׁתַּ֫יִם (55 times), bef. n.pl.; 1 K 3:16 + 16 times; after n.pl. (usually P and late) 2 Ch 24:3 + 9 times; n. om., = two things †Is 51:19 Jb 13:20 Pr 30:7; שְׁתַּיִם = twice †2 K 6:10 Jb 40:5 ψ 62:12 (or as Pr 30:7), בִּשׁ׳ Jb 33:14 either so, or in two ways RVm (v. De); as ordin. בִּשְׁנַת שְׁתַּיִם לְ 1 K 15:25 + 9 times, etc.; (3) as round number, שְׁנַיִם עֵצִים 1 K 17:12 a few sticks (Germ. ‘ein paar’), cf. 2 K 9:32 Is 17:6; שְׁתַּיִם שָׁלשׁ Am 4:8, פַּעַם וּשְׁתָּ֑יִם Ne 13:20, cf. Je 3:14 אֶחָד מֵעִיר וּשְׁנַיִם מִמִּשְׁפָחָה = a small no.; Ezr 10:13 not for one or two days (but for many), 2 K 6:10. 2. twelve: c. n.m. שְׁנֵים עָשָׂר Gn 42:13 + 87 times, לִשְׁנֵי עָשָׂר Ex 28:21 + 4 times; c. n.f. שְׁתֵּים עֶשְׂרֵה Ex 24:4 + 34 times, שְׁתֵּי עֶשְׂרֵה †Ez 32:1, 17; 33:21; before n.pl. Gn 17:20; Ex 15:27 +; after n.pl. Nu 7:84(×2) +; before n.sg. Ex 28:21 +, Gn 14:4 (12 year) +, etc.; as ord., בְּיוֹם שְׁנֵים עָשָׂר יוֹם Nu 7:78, בִּשְׁתֵּי עֶשְׂרֵה שָׁנָה Ez 32:1 +, etc. 3. with large num.: 10 (etc.) + 2, 2 S 8:5; Ju 10:3 + 56 times; 2 + 10 (etc.) Nu 1:35 (P), 2 Ch 22:2 + 18 times (Köii. 1, 215 ff. Ges§ 97 f.); 200 + 2 + 30, 1 K 20:15; 50 + 2 as ord. 2 K 15:27 + 2 times; cf. 2 + 20, 1 Ch 24:17.

מָה rarely מָה־ (e.g. Gn 31:43; Jos 22:16; Ju 8:1), מַה־, מַה·, מֶה, מַ· (†Ex 4:2; Is 3:15; Mal 1:13; 1 Ch 15:13; 2 Ch 30:3), מָ (only in מָהֵם †Ez 8:6 Kt., Qr. מָה הֵם)—on the distinction in the use of these forms, see Ges§ 37—pron. interrog. and indef. what? how? aught; used of things, as מִי of persons (Aramaic ܡܳܐ, מָא, Arabic مَا; prob. apoc. from a longer form with n or nt, Assyrian minû (DlHWB 417 f.), Ethiopic ምንት: ment; cf. WCG 123 ff. Köii. 368):— 1. interrog. what? a. in a direct question, before either verbs or nouns Gn 4:10 מֶה עשׂית what hast thou done? 15:2 מה־תתן־לי what wilt thou give me? Ex 3:13 מַה־שְּׁמוֹ, 12:26; 13:14 and so very often: מַה־הִיא Zc 5:6; מה אלה Zc 1:9; מָה אַתָּה רֹאֶה Je 1:11; Am 7:8 +; Jl 4:14 מה אתם לי; Ju 18:8 מה אתם vid. Comm., v 24 מה לי עוד what have I still? Is 21:11 מה־מלילה what (= how much) of the night (is past)? = as what? (qualem?) Hg 2:3 (cf. מִי Am 7:2); to express surprise, Jb 9:12 who shall say to him, מה תעשׂה what doest thou? 22:13 Ec 8:4; Is 45:9, 10; sq. כִּי, Gn 20:10 מה ראית כי עשׂית what hadst thou in view, that thou hast done, etc.? 31:36 Ex 16:7 וְנַחְנוּ מָה כִּי and what are we, that …? 32:21 Nu 22:28; Hb 2:18, etc. Note in partic.—(a) מָה is followed sometimes by a subst. in appos. (against Arabic usage, which does not permit this: WAG. ii. § 170), so that it becomes virtually an adj.: מַה־בֶּצַע what profit …? Gn 37:26 ψ 30:10 Mal 3:14; Is 40:18 מַה־דְּמוּת, Mal 1:13 ψ 89:48 זְכָר־אֲנִי מֶה חָ֑לֶד (inverted for מַה חֶלֶד אָ֑נִי) remember (of) what (short) duration I am, Ec 1:3; 5:10, 15; 6:8, 11 (Da § 8, R. 2 Köiii. 23 f.); as exclam., ψ 89:48b (?) Jb 26:14. And with the subst. idiom. at the end (in Arabic preceded then by مِنْ: WAG. ii. § 49. 7), 1 S 26:18 ומַה־בידי רעה and what is there in my hand, evil? 20:10 (vid. 3), 2 S 19:29; 24:13; 1 K 12:16; Je 2:5 מה־מצאו אבותיכם בי עָוֶל, Ec 11:2 Est 6:3. (b) מַה־זֶּה what, now? 1 S 10:11, contr. מַזֶּה †Ex 4:2 (זֶה 4 c); Gn 3:13 מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ; 12:18; 29:25 מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָה לִּי; similarly 26:10; 42:28 +, either what, now, hast thou done? or what is this that thou hast done? (vid. זֶה 4 d). (c) מַה־לְּךָ what to thee? i.e. what aileth thee? or what dost thou want? Gn 21:17 מַה־לָּךְ הָגָר; Jos 15:18; 2 S 14:5; 1 K 1:16; 2 K 6:28; Ez 18:2 (accents); sq. כִּי, Ju 18:23 מה־לך כי נזעקת, Gn 20:9 (cf. 1 S 11:5 מה לעם כי יבכו), Is 22:1 מַה־לָּךְ כִּי עָלִית (cf. τί παθὼν τοῦτο ποιεῖς;), ψ 114:5; without כִּי Is 3:15 (cf. Qor 57:8, 10); with a ptcp., Jon 1:6 what is it to thee as a sleeper? (accus.: Da § 70a cites Qor 74:50), Ez 18:2 (if אתם be treated as strengthening לכם). (d) מַה־לְּךָ (לִי) פֹה = what hast thou (have I) here? Ju 18:3; 1 K 19:9; Is 22:16; 52:5. (e) in the genit., Jer 8:9 וְחָכְמַת־מֶה לָהֶם, and wisdom of what (= what kind of wisdom) is theirs? Nu 23:3 (v. infr. 3). b. often in an indirect question, as after ראה, Gn 2:19 to see מה־יקרא־לו what he would call it, 37:20 וְנִרְאֶה מה־יהיו חלֹמֹתיו to what his dreams will come, Nu 13:19f.; Hb 2:1; הִכִּיר Gn 31:32; ידע 39:8; Ex 2:4 לדעת מה־יֵּעָשֶׂה לו, 16:15; 32:1; Jb 34:4; שׁמע Nu 9:8 וְאשׁמעה מה־יצוה י׳ (cf. ψ 85:9), 2 S 17:5; פֹּרַשׁ Nu 15:34; שׁאל 1 K 3:5; 2 K 2:9; הֵבִין Jb 6:24; 23:5: Nu 13:18 וראיתם את הארץ מה היא, ψ 39:5 Is 41:22 הראשׁנות מָה הֵנָּה הַגִּידוּ.—In some such cases it approximates in meaning to the simple rel., as Jer 7:17; 33:24; Mi 6:5, 8; Jb 34:33. c. = of what kind? (Germ. was für ein …?), with an insinuation of blame, or reproach, or contempt: Gn 37:10 מה החלום הזה what is this dream which thou hast dreamt? 44:15 Jos 22:16 Ju 8:1; 15:11; 20:12 1 S 29:3 מָה הָעִבְרִים האלה, 1 K 9:13 מה הערים האלה אשׁר נתתה לי, 2 K 9:22; 18:19. d. מה is often used in questions to which the answer little, or nothing, is expected, and it thus becomes equivalent to a rhetorical negative (cf. הֲ b, מִי f c): (a) Gn 23:15 land worth 400 shekels ��, מה היא what is it? (i.e. it is something quite insignificant), 27:37 Ju 8:3 ומה־יכלתי עשׂות ככם, 14:18 Ho 9:5; 10:3 ψ 30:10; 56:5; Jb 15:9; 16:6; 21:21; 22:13, 17; La 2:13; Ct 5:9 מַה־דּוֹדֵךְ מִדּוֹד what is thy beloved (more) than a(nother) beloved? ‖ לא, 1 K 12:16 מַה־לָּנוּ חֵלֶק בְּדָוִד וְלֹא־נַחֲלָה בְּבֶן יִשַׁי (2 S 20:1 אֵין־לָנוּ חֵלֶק וג׳), Jb 16:6. (b) sq. כִּי (כִּי 1 f), Gn 20:9; 37:26 מַה־בֶּצַע כִּי נַהֲרֹג what profit (is it) that we should slay him? Ex 16:7 Nu 16:11 Hb 2:18 2 K 8:13 what is thy servant, the dog, that he should do, etc.? and often in poetry, as ψ 8:5 מָה אנושׁ כי תזכרנו what is man that thou rememberest him? Jb 6:11 מַה־כֹּחִי כִּי אֲיַחֵל, v 11b; 7:17; 15:12f, 14; 16:3; 21:15 + (cf. מִי f b). Hence, (c) in the formula of repudiation, or emphatic denial, (וְלָכֶם) מַה־לִּי וָלָךְ what is there (common) to me and to thee? i.e. what have I to do with thee? †Ju 11:12; 2 S 16:10 מה לי ולכם, 19:23; 1 K 17:18; 2 K 3:13; 2 Ch 35:21; cf. Jos 22:24; 2 K 9:18, 19; rather differently, without וְ, †Je 2:18 מה לך לדרך מ׳ what is there to thee with reference to the way to Egypt? Ho 14:9 מַה־לּוֹ לַעֲצַבִּים, cf. ψ 50:16 (לְסַפֵּר); with את, †Je 23:28 מַה־לַתֶּבֶן אֶת־הַבָּר beside (or in comparison with) the wheat? cf. τί ἐμοὶ (ἡμῖν) καὶ σοί; Mt 8:29 Mk 5:7 Jn 2:4; and Arabic مَا لِى وَلَهُ e. = whatsoever (cf. מִי g): (a) Ju 9:48 מה אתם ראיתם עשׂיתי מהרו עשׂו כמוני, lit. what do you see (that) I have done? hasten, and do like me (= whatever ye see, etc.), 2 S 21:4 מה אתם אמרים אעשׂה לכם, Jb 6:24; with the apod. introd. by וְ, 1 S 20:4 מה תאמר נפשׁך ואעשׂה לך; Est 5:3 מַה־ בַּקָּשָׁתֵךְ … וְיִנָּתֵן לָךְ, v 6; 7:2; 9:12; hence in the late and strange idiom of Ch., it sinks twice almost to the rel. what, 1 Ch 15:13 כי לְמַבָּרִאשׁוֹנָה לא אתם because ye were not (employed) for what was at first (on the former occasion), J etc., 2 Ch 30:3 לְמַדַּי according to what was sufficient (= in sufficient numbers), cf. Est 9:26. (b) מַה־שֶּׁ- (late: frequently in Mishn., etc.), whatever, what (cf. מִי אֲשֶׁר, מִי g end): †Ec 1:9 מַה־שֶּׁהָיָה הוּא שֶׁיִּהְיֶה, lit. what is that which hath been? it is that which shall be (= whatever hath been, it is that which shall be), v 9 3:15, 22; 6:10; 7:24; 8:7; 10:14. 2. Used adverbially: a. as an interrogative: (a) how? especially in expressing what is regarded as an impossibility, Gn 44:16 מַה־נִּצְטַדָּ֑ק how shall we justify ourselves? Nu 23:8(×2) 1 S 10:27 מַה־יּשִׁעֵנוּ זֶה, 2 K 4:43; Jb 9:2; 25:4(×2) 31:1 I made a covenant with my eyes, וּמָה אֶתְבּוֹנֵן עַל ב׳ and how should I look upon a maid? (𝔊 οὐ, 𝔙 non), Pr 20:24 וְאָדָם מַה־יָּבִין דַּרְכּוֹ; in an indirect question, Ex 10:26; ψ 39:5 אֵֽדְעָה מֶה־חָדֵל אָ֑נִי; מַה־זֶּה how, now? (in surprise), Gn 27:20 מַה־זֶּה מִהַרְתָּ לִמְצֹא בְּנִי, Ju 18:24; 1 K 21:5; 2 K 1:5. (b) why? Ex 14:15 מַה תִּצְעַק אֵלַי, 17:2(×2) 2 K 6:33; 7:3 ψ 42:6 מַה־תִּשְׁתּוֹחֲחִי עלי, Jb 15:12 +; Ct 8:4 I adjure you מַה־תָּעִירוּ וּמַה־תְּעוֹרֲרוּ, why will ye stir up, etc.? (i.e. do not: ‖ אִם 2:7; 3:5).—The transition from the interrog. to the neg., to which in Heb. there is an approx. (especially 1 K 12:16 [cf. 2 S 20:1] Jb 6:5; 31:1; Ct 5:8; 8:4), is in Arabic complete, مَا being there used constantly in the sense of not (cf. WalkerHbr. xii. 244 ff.; Köiii. 478). b. as an exclam., how …! with adjectives and verbs, Gn 28:17 מַה־נּוֹרָא הַמָּקוֹם הַזֶּה how dreadful is this place! 38:29 Nu 24:5 מַה־טֹּבוּ אֹהָלֶיךָ, Is 52:7 ψ 3:2 מה רבו, 8:2 מה אדיר, 21:2; 36:8, etc., Ct 4:10(×2); 7:2; ironically, 2 S 6:20; Je 2:33, 36; Jb 26:2, 3. 3. Indef. pron. anything, aught, Nu 23:3 וּדְבַר־מַה־יַּרְאֵנִי וְהִגַּדְתִּי ל��֑ךְ and he will shew me the matter of aught, and I will tell thee (= if he shew me … I will, etc., Dr§ 149), 1 S 19:3 וְרָאִיתִי מָה וִהִגַּדְתִּי לָ֑ךְ = and if I see aught, I will, etc., 20:10 אוֹ מַה־יַּעַנְךָ אָבִיךָ קָשָׁה if perchance thy father shall answer thee aught that is harsh (order, 1 a a), 2 S 18:22 וִיהִי־מָה אָרוּצָה־נָּא but let there happen what may (lit. aught), I will run, v 23 (cf. Jb 13:13 וְיַעֲבֹר עָלַי מָה), v 29 וְלֹא יָדַעְתִּי מָה (cf. Pr 9:13), Pr 25:8. Cf. Köiii. § 65. 4. With preps.: a. בַּמָּה9, בַּמֶּה19 wherein? Ex 22:26; Ju 16:5; 1 S 14:38 (indirect question; We בְּמִי); and so according to the various senses of בְּ: whereby? Gn 15:8; Ex 33:16; Mal 1:2, 6, 7; 2:17; 3:7–8; wherewith? 1 S 6:2 2 S 21:3 Mi 6:6; by what means? Ju 16:5 וּבַמֶּה נוּכַל לוֹ; at what (worth)? Is 2:22; for what? 2 Ch 7:21 (‖ 1 K 9:8 על־מה). b. יַעַן מֶה †Hg 1:9 because of what? †c. כַּמָּה, כַּמֶּה, proposes the like of what? (Arabic كَمْ, Syriac ܟܡܳܐ ); hence (a) how much? how many? כַּמָּה יְמֵי וגו׳ Gn 47:8; 2 S 19:35; ψ 119:84 Jb 13:23; עַד כַּמֶּה פְעָמִים 1 K 22:16 (= 2 Ch 18:15); כַּמָּה how often? Jb 21:17 (i.e. how seldom!); in an indirect question, how much? Zc 2:6(×2). As an exclamation, Zc 7:3 as I have done זֶה כַמֶּה שָׁנִים now (זֶה 4 i), how many years! ψ 78:40 כַּמָּה how often! (b) for how long? ψ 35:17 כמה תראה, Jb 7:19. d. לָ֫מָּה, לָמָ֫ה (לָמָ֫ה mostly before the gutturals א, ה, ע, and י׳ [i.e. אֲדֹנָי], but twice besides, ψ 42:10; 43:2; לָ֫מָּה also occurs before gutt., in five places noted by Mas. on ψ 43:2, viz. 1 S 28:15; 2 S 2:22; 14:31; ψ 49:6 Je 15:18, and before ח †Gn 4:6; 2 S 14:13; 24:3; Ec 2:15), לָ֫מָה †Jb 7:20, לָ֫מֶה †1 S 1:8(×3), for what reason? why? Gn 4:6 למה חרה לך why art thou angry? 24:31, etc.; often strengthened by זֶה (זֶה 4 e), Gn 18:13; 32:30 (= Ju 13:18) למה זה תשׁאל לשׁמי, 33:15; Ex 2:20; 5:22; 17:3, etc., Je 6:20; 20:18 +; Gn 25:22 אם כן למה־זה אנכי if so, why, then, am I? (why do I continue to live?); = to what purpose (sq. לִ pers.), Gn 27:46 למה לי חיים, Is 1:11; Je 6:20 Am 5:18 למה זה לכם יום י׳, Jb 30:2; in an indirect question, 1 S 6:3 Dn 10:20. Note especially (a) in expostulations, Gn 12:18 למה לא הגדת לי why didst thou not tell me, etc.? v 19; 29:25; 31:27; 42:1; 43:6; 1 S 21:15; 22:13; 24:10; ψ 22:2; 44:24, 25; 74:1, 11 + often; (b) with an impf., often deprecating, or introducing rhetorically, the reason why something should, or should not, be done, why should …? 1 S 19:5, 17; 20:8 but to thy father (emph.) למה זה תביאני, why shouldst thou bring me? 20:32 למה יומת מה עשׂה why should he be put to death? 2 S 13:26; 16:9; 20:19; 2 K 14:10, etc.: in such cases, it approximates in meaning to lest (cf. Ph. CIS i. 2, 21 לָםָ יסגרינם אלנם ne tradant eos dii), and is in 𝔊 often rendered by μήποτε, as Gn 27:45 למה אשׁכל why should I be bereaved, etc.? Ex 32:12 למה יאמרו מצרים Ne 6:3 ψ 79:10; 115:2; Ec 7:16, μή, Jer 40:15, ἵνα μή, Gn 47:19; 2 S 2:22; 2 Ch 25:16; Ec 5:5; 7:17, or ὅπως μή, Jo 2:17 (in 1 S 19:17; 2 S 13:26, paraph. by εἰ μή); and, connected with the foreg. sentence by אשׁר, or שֶׁ, in late, or dial., Heb. it actually has that meaning, Dn 1:10 אֲשֶׁר לָמָּה יִרְאֶה lest he see, Ct 1:7 שַׁלָּמָ֫ה אֶהְיֶה lest I become (so in Aramaic דִּי לְמָה Ezr 7:23, דִּילְמָא 𝔗, Syriac ܕܰܠܡܳܐ, both regularly = lest). e. עַד־מָה (ψ 4:3 עַד־מֶה) until when? how long? †Nu 24:22 (aposiop.), ψ 4:3; 79:5; 89:47; in indirect qu., ψ 74:9 (cf. עד אנה, עד מתי). f. עַל־מָה, and עַל־מֶה, upon what? Jb 38:6; 2 Ch 32:10; upon what ground? wherefore? Nu 22:32 עַל־מָה הִכִּיתָ אֶת־אֲתֹנְךָ, Dt 29:23 (cf. 1 K 9:8; Je 22:8), Is 1:5; Je 8:14; 9:11; 16:10; Ez 21:12; ψ 10:13 Jb 13:14 (probably dittogr. from v 13); על־מה־זה Ne 2:4. In an indirect question, Jb 10:2 הוֹדִיעֻנִי עַל מַה־תְּרִיבֻנִי, Est 4:5 לָדַעַת מַה־זֶּה וְעַל־מַה־זֶּה.

אֵ֫לֶּה (أُولَى, እሉ: እላ: Rabb. אֵלּוּ, Aramaic אִלֵּין, & compd. with ܗܳܐ and ܐܰܝ in ܗܳܠܶܝܢ, ܐܰܝܠܶܝܢ ) pr.pl.m. & f. these, in usage the pl. of זֶה. a. Gn 2:4 & often: in appos. to a subst. with a pron. suff. (always without the art.) Ex 9:14 (read with Hi. אֵלֶּה בְּךָ for אֶל־לִבֵּךָ) 10:1 אֹתֹתַי אֵלֶּה these my signs, 11:8 Dt 11:18 1 K 8:59; 10:8; 22:23 2 K 1:13 Je 31:21 Ezr 2:65 Ne 6:14; in the genit. 2 K 6:20 Is 47:9 Dt 18:12 ψ 15:5; and after כל Gn 14:3 + often Standing alone in a neuter sense, these things (rare in best prose, & not very common in poetry), with עָשָׂה Dt 18:12; 22:5; 25:16 2 S 23:17, 22 ψ 15:5 +; with other vbs. Ezr 9:1 Is 44:21; 47:7 Je 13:22 Ho 14:10 ψ 42:5; 50:21; 107:43 Jb 8:2; with אֶת־ Nu 15:13 Is 48:14; with כָּל־ Ju 13:23 Is 66:2 +; v. also some of the cases with preps. sub d. אלה may point indifferently to what follows, Gn 6:9; 10:1; 25:7, 12, 13 ψ 42:5; or to what has preceded, Gn 9:19; 10:20, 31, 32; 25:4 Lv 21:14; 22:22 ψ 15:5; = such as these (τοιαῦτα), ψ 73:12 Jb 18:21. b. repeated, אלה … ואלה, these … those Dt 27:12, 13 Jos 8:22 Is 49:12 (3 times) ψ 20:8 +. c. with art. (only after a subst. determined by art. (except Gn 21:29 Jos 17:9 עָרִים הָאֵלֶּה read הֶעָרִים, cf. 17:12; 19:8, 16, 31, 48, etc. Ez 42:9)) הָאֵלֶּה Gn 15:1 +. d. with preps.: בְּאֵלָּה Lv 25:54; 26:23 1 K 22:11 (7 times), בָּאֵלֶּה †1 S 16:10; 17:39; לְאֵלֶּה Lv 11:24 (4 times), לָאֵלֶּה 1 K 22:17 (5 times); מֵאֵלֶּה Gn 9:19 (16 times); עַד אֵלֶּה Lv 26:18; עַל־אֵלָּה on account of these things Is 57:6; 64:11 Je 5:9 al.; כְּאֵלֶּה †Jb 16:2 Je 10:16 = 51:19, כָּאֵלֶּה †Gn 27:46 Lv 10:19 (things like these, so Is 66:8 Je 18:13) Nu 28:24 P (cf. Ez 45:25) 2 K 25:17 = Je 52:22, כְּמוֹ־אֵלֶּה †Jb 12:3.

ἵνα, adverb, __I of Place, __I.1 in that place, there, once in Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.2 elsewhere relative, in which place, where,Refs 8th c.BC+: rarely in Attic dialect Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵ. ἡ Νίκη (i.e. ἐστίν) Refs 8th c.BC+ [same place]; ἵν᾽ ἄν with subjunctive, wherever, Refs 5th c.BC+; as indirect interrogative, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2.b after Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔμαθε ἵ. ἦν κακοῦ in what a calamity, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵν᾽ ἕσταμεν χρείαςRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.2.c with Verbs of motion, whither, Refs 8th c.BC+ __II of circumstance, γάμος.., ἵ. χρή at which, when, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἵ. μὲν ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς.., ἐνταῦθα.. when it was in their power, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ={ἐάν}, uncertain in Refs 8th c.BC+ __B Final conjunction, that, in order that, from Refs 8th c.BC+ downwards, mostly first word in the clause, but sometimes preceded by an emphatic word, Refs 8th c.BC+ or κε (if found, these particles belong to the Verb, as in Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I general usage: __B.I.1 with subjunctive, __B.I.1.a after primary tenses of indicative, also subjunctive and imperative: present indicative, Refs 8th c.BC+: perfect indicative, Refs 8th c.BC+: future, Refs 8th c.BC+; subjunctive, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.1.b after historical tenses, in similes, where the aorist is gnomic, Refs 8th c.BC+; where aorist is treated as equivalent to perfect, Refs 8th c.BC+: when the purpose is regarded from the point of view of the speaker's present, σὲ παῖδα ποιεύμην ἵ. μοι.. λοιγὸν ἀμύνῃς Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.1.c after optative and ἄν, when optative with οὐκ ἄν is used with sense of imperative, Refs 8th c.BC+; after βουλοίμην ἄν.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.1.d after imperfect with ἄν, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.2 with optative, __B.I.2.a after historical tenses, Refs 8th c.BC+: after the historical present, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes both moods, subjunctive and optative, follow in consecutive clauses, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2.b after optative, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2.c rarely after primary tenses, by a shifting of the point of view, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.3 with past tenses of indicative, __B.I.3.a after unfulfilled wishes, Refs __B.I.3.b after indicative with ἄν, to express a consequence which has not followed or cannot follow, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3.c after such Verbs as ἐχρῆν, ἔδει, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀντὶ τοῦ κοσμεῖν (={δέον κοσμεῖν}).. ἵ... Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.3.d after present indicative in general statements (including the past), οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ εἶναι ἔχει ἡ ὕλη, ἱ. ἀγαθοῦ ταύτῃ μετεῖχεν Refs 3rd c.AD+ __B.I.4 ἵ. μή as the negative of ἵνα, that not, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II special usages: __B.II.1 like{ὅπως}, after Verbs of command and entreaty, is common only in later Gr. (butNT+8th c.BC+; also for ὥστε, LXX+1st c.AD+ __B.II.2 because, ἵ. ἀναγνῶ ἐτιμήθην I was honoured because I read, Refs 2nd c.AD+; not found in literature. __B.II.3 elliptical usages, __B.II.3.a where the purpose of the utterance is stated, Ζεὺς ἔσθ᾽, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς 'tis Zeus,— [I tell thee this] that thou may'st know it, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵ. δῶμεν.. granted that.. , Refs 2nd c.AD+ __B.II.3.b in commands, introducing a principal sentence, ἵ. συντάξῃς order him.., Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἵ. λαλήσῃς Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἵ. ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ LXX+NT+5th c.BC+ __B.II.3.c ἵ. τί (i.e. γένηται); to what end? either absolutely or as a question, Refs 5th c.BC+; or with a Verb following, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵ. δὴ τ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.3.d in indignant exclamations, to think that.. ! Σωκράτης ἵ. πάθῃ ταῦτα Refs 2nd c.AD+ __B.III in later Gr. with indicative, LXX+NT

זֶה demonstr. pron. and adv. fem. זֹאת, once זֹאתה, Jer 26:6 Kt (also זֹה and זוֹ, q.v.); comm. זוּ (q.v.): this, here (the element ז = ذ = ܕ is widely diffused in the Semitic languages, as a demonstr. particle, often acquiring, like Engl. that, Germ. der, die, das, the force of a relative. Thus a. Ph. זֶ this (e.g. קבר ז this grave), also sometimes זן, f. זא, comm. אז (v. CIS I. i. 1:4, 5, 6, 12; 44:1; 88:2 etc.); Aramaic of Nineveh, Babylon, Têma, Egypt, זי as mark of the genit. [lit. that of] (CIS II. i. 1, 2, 3, 4, etc., 65, 67–71, 113, 114, 141, 142, etc.), זנה this (ib. 113:22; 145 C2), f. זא 113:15; 145 B5; Aramaic of Zinijirli ז, זן, זנה this, זי which (DHMSendsch. 56); Ethiopic ዝ ze, this, f. ዛ zā, ዘ za, who (masc.), also (like זִי, and דִּי, דְּ [v. infr.]) in common use as a mark of the genitive; b. Arabic ذَا this, fem. ذِى, ذُو (gen. ذِى, acc. ذَا, fem. ذَاتُ), possessor of (lit. that of …, i.e. one who owns), or in the Ṭayyite dialect, who, which: from ذَا, with هَا lo! prefixed, هَاذَا this, f. هَاذِهِ, with the pron. element -k affixed, ذَاكَ = this: with ’al (= the art.) + a demonstr. element la prefixed, أَلَّذِى who, which (in origin = Heb. הַלָּזֶה this, q.v.); Sab. דֿן this, f. דֿת, דֿ who, which, f. דֿת (PräZMG. 1872, 419, DHMZMG. 1883, 338 f., also Epigr. Denkm. 65); c. Biblical Aramaic דִּי which, דֵּךְ, דִּכֵּן, דְּנָה (q.v.) this, f. דָּא (= זֹאת), דָּךְ; Palm. and Nab. די which, דנה this; 𝔗 דְּ which, דֵּין, דֵּיכֵי this, f. דָּא; with הא lo! prefixed, הָדֵין, הָדָא (Syriac ܗܳܢ, ܗܳܢܳܐ, contr. from ܗܳܕܶܢ), ܗܳܕܶܐ; Syriac ܕ who, which; Sam. ד who, which, דנ this, f. דה; Mand. ד who, which, דהֿ this (rare), more commonly האדין, האזין (NöMand § 80, 81). Alike in Heb. and the other dialects, the corresp. plur. is derived from a different source: Heb. אֵלָּה, Ph. אל, Ethiopic ’ellū, ’ellā, these, ’ella, who, Arabic أُولَى, these, أُولُوا, أُولَى owners of, Sab. אלן these, אל, אלי who, which, Aramaic אִלֵּין, with הא lo! prefixed, ܗܳܠܶܝܢ, Sam. ࠀࠋࠉࠍ, Mand. עלין. Only the Arabic اَلَّذِى forms its own pl. اَلَّذِينَ V. further WSG 107 ff.)— 1. standing alone: a. this one, sometimes contemptuously (especially with אֵת), Gn 2:23 לָזֹאת יִקָּרֵא אִשָּׁה כִּי מֵאִישׁ לֻקֳּחָה־זֹּאת, 5:29 זֶה יְנַחֲמֵנוּ …, 12:12; 38:28 Ex 10:7 עַד מָתַי יִהְיֶה זֶה לָנוּ לְמוֹקֵשׁ, 1 S 10:27 מַה יּוֹשִׁיעֵנוּ זֶה how shall this man save us? 16:8, 9; 21:16 that ye have brought אֶת־זֶה this fellow to play the madman against me? 25:21 in vain have I kept אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר לָזֶה all that this fellow hath etc. 2 S 13:17 אֶת־זֹאת, 1 K 22:27 אֶת־זֶה, Mi 5:4 Is 66:2; as a genit., Gn 29:27, 28 1 K 21:2; with a collective force Lv 11:4, 9 (= Dt 14:7, 9), v 21, 29 Ju 20:16, 17 (כָּל־זֶה), Jb 19:19 (with a plural verb). In a purely neuter sense (of an act, event, announcement, etc.) זאת is most common, as with עשׂה to do this Gn 3:14; 20:5, 6; 45:19 and often, שׁמעו זאת Am 8:4 Is 47:8; 48:1, 16; 51:21 al.; Gn 41:39 Ex 17:14 Dt 32:6 Ju 7:14; 21:3 לָמָה … הָֽיְתָה זֹאת (cf. Jb 1:13 ψ 118:23) 1 K 11:39 2 S 7:19 2 K 3:18 +; אֵין זֹאת 1 Sa 20:2b cf. Am 2:11; rarely so with אֶת־ †Jos 22:24 Je 9:11 ψ 92:7; as an accus. of limit., as regards this, in this, Ez 20:27; 36:37 Jb 19:26 (si vera l.), 33:12 in this thou art not just; (late) אַחֲרֵי זֹאת †Jb 42:16 Ezr 9:10, א׳ כל־זאת †2 Ch 21:18; 35:20; pointing forward to a foll. a clause, Gn 42:18; 43:11 Nu 8:24; 14:35 Is 56:2 Jb 10:13 etc.; Ex 9:16 1 S 25:31 Is 1:12 מִי בִקֵּשׁ זאת מִיֶּדְכֶם רְמֹס חֲצֵרָֽי׃; to one introduced by כִּי 2 S 19:22 ψ 102:19; 119:50, 56 (see also בְּזֹאת 6 b β): but זֶה also sometimes occurs similarly Ex 13:8 Pr 24:12 Jb 15:17 Ne 2:2 Ec 1:17; 2:15 גם זה הבל (so v 19, 21, 23 +), 7:18(×2); of a concrete obj., Ex 30:31 2 K 4:43 מָה אֶתֵּן זֶה לִפְנֵי מֵאָה אִישׁ: in late Heb., Ne 13:6 בְּכָל־זֶה during all this, 2 Ch 32:9 אַחַר זֶה; pointing forwards La 5:17 f. to כִּי ψ 56:10 Je 22:21. (See also below, 6 g.) b. repeated זֶה … זֶה, this … that, the one … the other or (if indefinite) another, Gn 29:27 (זֹאת), Ex 14:20 וְלֹא קָרַב זֶה אֶל זֶה, 1 K 3:23; 22:20 Is 6:3; 44:5 (3 times), ψ 75:8 זֶה יַשְׁפִּיל וְזֶה יָרִים, Jb 1:16–18; 21:23, 25 +. 2. In appos. to a subst.: a. preceding it (rare) Ex 32:1, 23 זֶה מֹשֶׁה, Ju 5:5 (= ψ 68:9) זֶה סִינַי this Sinai, Jos 9:12 זֶה לַחְמֵנוּ this our bread, 1 K 14:14 2 K 6:33 Is 23:13 זֶה הָעָם, ψ 34:7; 49:14; 104:25 זה הים גדול וג׳ this sea there is great and broad, 118:20 Ct 7:8 Ezr 3:12. (Cf. זוּ Hb 1:11.) b. following it:—(α) when the subst. is determined by a pron. affix, Gn 24:8 שְׁבוּעָתִי זֹאת, this my oath, Dt 5:29(26) O that לְבָבָם זֶה this their heart (their present temper) might continue always! 21:20 Jos 2:14, 20 דְּבָרֵנוּ זֶה, Ju 6:14 go בְּכֹחֲךָ זֶה in this thy strength, Dn 10:17 2 Ch 24:18 (Cf. אֵלָּה, a.) Rarely when it is undetermined, 2 K 1:2 חֳלִי זֶה (so 8:8, 9), ψ 80:15. (β) with the art., הַזֶּה, הַזֹּאת, after a subst. determained also by the art., Gn 7:1 בַּדּוֹר הַזֶּה, v 13 הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה, 12:7 הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת, 15:7; 17:21, 23 Dt 4:6 הגוי הגדול הזה, and continually. Not however after a n.pr., except such as are construed with the art., as הַיַּרְדֵּן הַזֶּה Gn 32:11 Dt 3:27; 31:2 Jos 1:2, 11; 4:22, הַלְּבָנוֹן הַזֶּה Jos 1:4, cf. Nu 27:12 = Dt 32:49 (2 K 5:20 הַזֶּה belongs to הָאֲרַמִּי): and hardly ever (2 Ch 1:10) after a noun with a pron. affix (Jos 2:17 מִשְּׁבֻעָתֵךְ הַזֶּה the gender of הזה shews that the text is in error: v. Dr§ 209 Obs.). 3. More often as pred., as 1 S 24:17 הֲקוֹלְךָ זֶה, 2 K 3:23 דָּם זֶה this is blood, 9:37 זֹאת אִיזָֽבֶל׃, Ez 5:5 etc.; הֲזֶה Is 14:16, הֲזֹאת 23:7 La 2:15; often at the beginning or close of enumerations (especially P), descriptions, injunctions, etc., as Gn 5:1 זה ספר this is the book …, 9:12 זֹאת אוֹת הַבְּרִית, 17:10; 20:13 זֶה חַסְדֵּךְ אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשִׂי עִמָּדִי, Lv 6:2, 13, 18; 7:1, 11 Dt 6:1; 33:1 Jos 13:2 Jb 27:13 Is 58:6 etc.; זה הדבר אשׁר … Ex 16:16; 35:4 Jos 5:4 Ju 20:9; 21:11 Is 37:22 Je 38:21 +, cf. זה אשׁר … this is what (or how) … Gn 6:15 Ex 29:38 Je 33:16; זֶה לְךָ הָאוֹת Ex 3:12 1 S 2:34 +; at the end, Lv 7:37; 11:46; 13:50 Nu 5:21; 7:17, 23 etc., Jos 19:8, 16, 23 etc., Is 14:26; 16:13 (זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר …), 17:14; 54:17 Je 13:25 ψ 109:20 Ct 5:16(×2) Jb 5;27, in the latter case sometimes with the force of such (i.e. such as has been described), 18:21; 20:29 (cf. אֵלֶּה ψ 73:12), ψ 24:6; 48:15 such (= such a one) is God, our God, for ever (Hi De) Zp 2:15; cf. Jb 14:3 אַף־עַל־זֶה upon one such as this (v 1, 2) dost thou open thy eyes? 4. It is attached enclitically, almost as an adv., to certain words, especially interrog. pronouns, to impart, in a manner often not reproducible in Engl. idiom, directness and force, bringing the question or statement made into close relation with the speaker. (Contrast from this point of view מי זה and מי הוא: v. הוא 4 b.) Thus a. אֵי־זֶה15 where, then? Jb 28:12 אֵי־זֶה מְקוֹם בִּינָה, v 20 38:19 b (v. other exx. sub אַי 1 b, p. 32). b. מִי־זֶה, †1 S 17:55, 56 בֶּן־מִי־זֶה֖ הָעָֽלֶם׃ the son of whom, here, is the lad? Je 49:19 (= 50:44) וּמִי זֶה רֹעֶה אֲשֶׁר וג׳ and who (emph.) is the shepherd that etc., La 3:37 ψ 24:8 Who is the King of glory? (for which in v 10 the stronger מִי הוּא זֶה is said: so Je 30:21 Est 7:5), 25:12. Elsewhere, the rend. Who is this … is admissible: Is 63:1 Je 46:7 Jb 38:2; 42:3; cf. מִי־זֹאת Ct 3:6; 6:10; 8:5. c. מַה־זֶּה how, now? Gn 27:20 Ju 18:24 וּמַה־זֶּה תֹּאמְרוּ אֵלַי and how, now, do ye say to me …? 1 K 21:5 2 K 1:5; what, now? (τίποτε;) 1 S 10:11 מַה־זֶּה הָיָה לְבֶן־קִישׁ; עַל־מַה־זֶּה for what? Ne 2:4: contracted into מַזֶּה Ex 4:2. (Cf. Aramaic מָדֵין why? ܡܳܕܶܝܢ used as a conj. therefore, e.g. 2 S 18:22 𝔖, PS2013: both formed similarly.) d. מַה־זֹּאת in the phrase (עֲשִׂיתֶם, עָשִׂית) מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ Gn 3:13; 12:18; 26:10; 29:25; 42:28 Ex 14:11 Ju 2:2 15:11 +. Either What, now, hast thou (have ye) done? (Fl De) or What is this (that) thou hast (ye have) done? (The Arabic grammarians dispute on the precise construction of the corresp. phrase in Arabic مَا ذَا صَنَعْتَ; De Gen. 3:13 (ed. 4), and especially FlKl.Schr. i. 356 Lane p. 948.) e. לָֽמָּה־זֶּה wherefore, now? Gn 18:13; 25:22; 32:30 Ex 5:22 Nu 11:20 + often Cf. Arabic لِهَا ذَا f. הַאַתָּה זֶה †2 S 2:20 האתה זה עשׂהאל Art thou Asahel? 1 K 18:7, 17, without הֲ Gn 27:24; in an indirect question Gn 27:21. g. הִנֵּה זֶה behold, here … †1 K 19:5 (in narrative), Is 21:9 Ct 2:8, 9. Cf. Nu 13:17 (unusual) עֲלוּ זֶה בַּנֶּגֶב go up here in the South. h. עַתָּה זֶה, †1 K 17:24 עַתָּה זֶה יָדַעְתִּי now I know that …, 2 K 5:22 just now. Also i. prefixed to expressions denoting a period of time: Gn 27:36 he hath supplanted me זֶה פַעֲמַיִם now two times (so 43:10), 31:38 now, already twenty years, v 41 (זֶה־לִּי …), 45:6 Nu 14:22 now ten times, 22:28, 32 זֶה שָׁלשׁ רְגָלִים, Dt 8:2, 4 Jos 22:3 זֶה יָמִים רַבִּים, 2 S 14:2 +; Zc 7:3 זֶה כַּמָּה שָׁנִים already how many years! cf. Ru 2:7 Je 50:17. 5. In poetry, as a relative pron. (rare: but see also זוֹ, זוּ): ψ 74:2 athe hill of Zion זה שׁכנת בּוֹ wherein thou dwellest, 78:54; 104:8 אל־מְקום זה to the place (st. c. Ges§ 130. 3) which … v 26 Pr 23:22 Is 25:9; = that which Jb 15:17, those who 19:19 (so once, Ex 13:8, even in prose). In some of the passages cited the punctuators, by coupling זה with the preceding subst., and separating it from what follows by a disj. accent (as הַר־זֶ֝֗ה), appear not to have recognised its relative sense, but to have construed, ‘this mountain, (which) thy right hand,’ etc. 6. With prefixes (in special senses):— a. בָּזֶה15 in this (place), here, Gn 38:21, 22 Ex 24:14 Nu 23:1(×2) 1 S 1:26; 9:11 +; of time, then, †Est 2:13 Once בַּזֶּה 1 S 21:10. b. בְּזֹאת (α) with this = on these conditions, Gn 34:15, 22 1 S 11:2 Is 27:9; = herewith, thus provided Lv 16:3. (β) by or through this (especially with יָדַע), Gn 42:15, 33 Ex 7:17 Nu 16:28 Jos 3:10 ψ 41:12; so בָּזֹאת Mal 3:10. (γ) in spite of this, Lv 26:27 ψ 27:3, for which the fuller בְּכָל־זֹאת occurs, Is 5:25; 9:11, 16, 20; 10:4 ψ 78:32 Je 3:10 Ho 7:10. (δ) בָּזֹאת for this cause (late style) †1 Ch 27:24 2 Ch 19:2; in this matter 20:17. c. כָּזֶה (α) †Gn 41:38 הֲנִמְצָא כָזֶה אִישׁ אשׁר …, Is 56:12; 58:5 Je 5:9 גּוֹי אֲשֶׁר כָּזֶה (so v 29; 9:8). (β) כָּזֹה וְכָזֶה thus and thus, †Ju 18:4 2 S 11:25 1 K 14:5. d. כְּזֹאת the like of this = as follows, †Gn 45:23; כָּזֹאת the like of this = things such as these Ju 13:23 (c. השׁמיע), 15:7; 19:30 לא נראתה כָּזֹאת, 1 S 4:7 (cf. Je 2:10 2 Ch 30:26), 2 S 14:13 (c. חשׁב), Is 66:8 (c. שׁמע), Ezr 7:27; = accordingly, to that effect (c. דִּבֶּר) 2 Ch 34:22; = in like manner Ju 8:8; = thus (as has been described) 1 K 7:37 1 Ch 29:14 2 Ch 31:20; 32:15: כָּזֹאת וְכָזֹאת thus and thus †Jos 7:20 2 S 17:15(×2) 2 K 5:4; 9:12. e. מִזֶּה from here, hence Gn 37:17; 42:15; 50:25 Ex 11:1(×2) 13:3 Dt 9:12 + often: מִזֶּה … מִזֶּה on one side … on the other side Ex 17:12 מזה אחד ומזה אחד, 25:19; 26:13; 32:15 מזה ומזה הם כתובים, Nu 22:24 1 S 14:4 1 K 10:19, 20 Zc 5:3 +; מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה לְ on one side and on the other side of … Ex 38:15 Jos 8:33 Ez 45:7; 48:21. f. עַל זֶה on this account (rare), La 5:17 (pointing forwards), Est 6:3. So עַל זֹאת Am 8:8 Mi 1:8 Je 2:12 (Jb 17:8) 4:8, 28 ψ 32:6; in late prose Ezr 8:23; 9:15; 10:2 Ne 13:14 2 Ch 16:9, 10; 29:9; 32:20. g. עִם זֶה in spite of this †Ne 5:18.—On אֵי זֶה which? אֵי מִזֶּה whence? אֵי לָזֹאת how? v. sub אַי" dir="rtl" >אַי 2, p. 32; and on הַלָּז, הַלָּזֶה, הַלֵּזוּ, v. p. 229. Note. —זֶה in 1 S 17:34 (in many edd.) is a typographical error (not a Kt) of Jacob b. Chayim’s Rabbin. Bible of 1525 for שׂה sheep, which has been perpetuated hence in other subseq. edd. The reading of MSS. and of the best ancient edd. is שֶׂה (cf. de RossiVar. Lect. ii. 151).

I. שׂוּם, שִׂים, vb. put, place, set (cf. NöZMG xxxvii (1883), 532; NH סוּם Pi. designate, fix, שׂום Ecclus 45:5c; 49:6; Ph. שם, Assyrian šâmu, fix, determine; Sab. שׂים set, set up, SabDenkmNo. 7, 1. 6 CISiv. 1; Arabic شَامَ (ى) is insert, sheathe, also compute; Ethiopic ሤመ: put, place; 𝔗 שׂוּם, Syriac ܣܳܡ, Old Aramaic שים);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. שָׂם Gn 21:14 + (2 Ch 1:5 read שָׂם 𝔊 𝔙 Gi Be Kau Benz), sf. שָׂמוֹ Ez 17:4 +, שָׂמָ֫הוּ 7:20; 3 fs. שָׂ֫מָה 1 S 19:13, sf. שָׂמָ֫תְהוּ Ez 19:5; 24:7; 2 ms. שַׂמְתָּ Je 32:20 +; 3 pl. שָׂמוּ Gn 40:15 +; 1 pl. שַׂמְנוּ Is 28:15, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יָשׂוּם Ex 4:11, יָשִׂים Gn 30:42 +, יָשִׂם Jb 23:6; juss. יָשֵׂם 1 S 22:15 +; וַיָּ֫שֶׂם Gn 2:8 +; sf. יְשִׂמֵנִי 2 S 15:4, וַיְשִׂימְךָ 1 K 10:9; 2 fs. וַתָּשִׂימִי Is 51:23; וָאָשִׂים 1 S 28:21 +, וָאָשִׂ֫ימָה Ezr 8:17; Ju 12:3 Qr (Kt ואישׂמה); 2 mpl. תָּשִׂימוּ Gn 32:17 +, תְּשִׂימ֫וּן Ex 22:24 +, etc.; Imv. ms. שִׂים Gn 24:2 +, etc.; Inf. abs. שׂוֹם Dt 17:15 +, cstr. שׂוּם 44:7 +, שִׂים Jb 20:4 + 2 S 14:7 Qr (Kt שׂום), שׂימו Is 10:6 Kt (Qr שׂוּמוֹ), etc.; Pt. שָׂם Am 7:8 +, fs. הַשָּׂמָ֫ה Is 51:10 (so read for MT הַשָּׂ֫מָה); pl. שָׂמִים Mal 2:2 +; pass. שִׂים Nu 24:21 (cf. Di), Ob 4; f. according to most שׂוּמָה 2 S 13:32 (van d. H. שׂימה Kt), but v. infr.; שִׂימָ֫ה ψ 56:9 Bae Buhl, but most Imv. ms.;—put, set (often ‖ נָתָן 2, q.v.), c. acc. pers. vel rei (expr. or impl.): 1. a. put, set, in a place, + שָׁם Gn 2:8 (J), + acc. loc. 28:11 (E) + 5 times +, c. 2 acc. + loc., 2 K 10:8 heads (in) heaps at (acc. loc.), cf. Lv 24:6 (עַל); + ב 40:15 (E), fig. of י׳, put his name, בִּירוּשׁ׳ 2 K 21:7 = 2 Ch 33:7, cf. c. שָׁם 1 K 9:3; Dt 12:5 + 6 times; especially ב of receptacle Gn 31:34 (E), Ex 2:3 (E), Ju 6:19 + often; sackcloth on (ב) loins Gn 37:34 (J), 1 K 20:31, crown on head Zc 6:11; Est 1:17, shoes on feet Ez 24:17; hook, etc., in nose 2 K 19:28 = Is 37:29; Jb 40:26, incense בְּאַפֶּ֑ךָ Dt 33:10, i.e. cause thee (י׳) to smell it; feet in stocks (fig.) Jb 13:27; 33:11; knife into throat Pr 23:2 (fig. of self-restraint, Fl in De); words into mouth Ex 4:15 (J), Nu 22:38 (E) + 8 times, + Dt 31:19 teach to say or sing; into heart Jb 22:22, ins. also 1 S 29:10 𝔊 Th We Dr Kit Bu HPS; trust in God ψ 78:7; (guilt of) blood into house Dt 22:8, cf. Ju 9:24 (עַל pers.; so, c. נָתַן Dt 21:8; Je 26:15; Jon 1:14); something into hand Ex 4:21 (E), of wonders, i.e. enable hand to do them; elsewhere = take, of hammer Ju 4:21, booty 1 K 20:6, so (fig.) take one’s life (נֶפֶשׁ) into one’s palm (i.e. risk it) Ju 12:3; 1 S 19:5; 28:21; Jb 13:14; put eyes בַּפּוּךְ 2 K 9:30 (v. פּוּךְ, cf. Is 54:11); נֶפֶשׁ (= person), בַּחַיִּים ψ 66:9 (subj. י׳); set men at (the use of) implements 2 S 12:31 (prob., cf. Dr HPS; > וַיָּשַׂר(ם) sawed them with, as ‖ 1 Ch 20:3, Th We); 1 K 2:5 (‖ נתן) is dub.; 𝔊L Klo Kit read וַיִּקֹּם; charge something against (ב pers.; properly put in, i.e. attribute, impute, to) 1 S 22:15; Jb 4:18; so, c. ל pers. Dt 22:14, cf. (ל om.) v 17; put בְּקֶרֶב Am 7:8; Is 63:11, בְּתוֹךְ Ez 26:12. b. put something upon (עַל) Nu 21:8, 9 (E) + often; jewels, clothes, on person Gn 24:17 (J), 41:42 (E), Lv 8:8 (P), Ru 3:3, turban Zc 3:5(×2); Ex 29:5 (P), Lv 8:9 (P) cf. (prep. om.) Jb 24:15; 36:13 (fig.), girdle Je 13:1, 2, sackcloth 1 K 21:27; שׂ׳ אָדָם עַל־הָאָרֶץ Jb 20:4 (of man’s creation); of siege and siege engines, עַל = against, Mi 4:14; Ez 4:2; 23:24; put, lay, upon (עַל), 2 K 4:29 +; hand Gn 48:18 (J) + 3 times, + upon mouth, in silence Ju 18:19; Jb 21:5, and awe Mi 7:16, so c. ל Jb 29:9, לְמוֹ 40:4, 40, upon (עַל) head 2 S 13:19 (in despair, cf. Je 2:37); acc. of disease Ex 15:26 (J), so (ב pers.) v 26 Dt 7:16; fig., spirit (עַל) Nu 11:17 (JE), name 6:27 (P), duty Jb 37:15 (?), reproach 1 S 11:2, רָעָה תַּחַת טוֹבָה ψ 109:5 (𝔖 Bae וַיָשִׁיבוּ, so, or וַיְשַׁלְּמוּ, Hup Che); שׂ׳ עַל לֵב Ct 8:6 (sim.), so, fig., = remember, treasure up, Is 42:25; 47:7 (‖ זָכַר), + 6 times, c. אֶל 2 S 13:33; 19:20 (‖ id.); c. ב 1 S 21:13; cf. שׂ׳ בְּאָזְנֵי Ex 17:14 (E), impress upon. c. put, lay, set, c. ל, 2 K 11:16 lay (violent) hands on = 2 Ch 23:15; put end to Jb 18:2; 28:3; set לְמָרוֹם 5:11; render glory to Jos 7:19 (JE; ‖ נָתַן), Is 42:12; make covenant with 2 S 23:5; set food for Gn 43:32 (J), 2 S 12:20, prep. om. Gn 43:31 (J), so c. לִפְנֵי 1 S 9:24; 28:22; 2 K 6:22; שׂ׳ לִפְנֵי elsewhere Ju 18:21, of precedence Gn 48:20b (E); set laws (as authoritative) לִפְנֵי Ex 19:7; 21:1 (both E), Dt 4:44; God (as moral ruler) לְנֶגְדָּם ψ 54:5; 86:14; שׂ׳ נֶגֶד also Gn 31:37 (E), נֹכַח Ez 14:4, 7; לְעֵינֵי Gn 30:41 (J). d. put, c. בֵּין Jos 24:7 (E) + 5 times (Ex 8:19 v. פְּדוּת p. 804), + Gn 30:36 (J), 32:17 (E), put space between; c. תַּחַת Ex 17:12 (E), + 3 times (Ob 7 del. לַחְמְךָ We GASm Now al.) + שׂ׳ יָד תַּחַת יָרֵךְ in oath Gn 24:2, 9; 47:29 (all J); put, c. אֶל loc. 1 S 6:11, 15; 19:13a Hb 2:15, אֶל pers. Jb 5:8 commit unto; c. אֵצֶל rei Lv 6:3 (P), מִצַּד rei Dt 31:26 (P); שׂ׳ עִמְּךָ 1 S 9:23 lay up something with thee, reserve it; put, c. יַחַד Mi 2:12 put together = collect (‖ אָסַף, קִבֵּץ); without modifier 1 K 18:23, 25; Jb 14:15; Ez 30:21 apply bandage (‖ נָתַן). 2. set, direct: a. sword against (ב) Ju 7:22; fig. extend compassion, ל pers. Is 47:6 b. direct לֵב, לֵבָב (mind) toward, pay attention to, c. ל, Dt 32:46; 1 S 9:20; Ez 40:4; 44:5b; c. אֶל Ex 9:21 (J), 1 S 25:25; 2 S 18:3(×2); Jb 2:3; 34:14 (Bu Du del. לֵב and read יָשִׁיב רוּחוֹ); c. עַל Hg 1:5, 7; Jb 1:8; compl. om. Ez 44:5 a Hg 2:15, 18(×2); Is 41:22; Ju 19:30 read perhaps לְבַבְכֶם for לָכֶם (or עֵצָה for עֻצוּ); לֵב om. Jb 4:20, Is 41:20 (+ רָאָה, יָדַע, הִשְׂכִּיל), c. ב pers. Jb 23:6 (so Bu, who cps. 4:20; 24:12; 34:23, but all cases dub.); שִׂים לֵב, c. עַל = intend Dn 1:8 (obj. cl.). c. set face (פָּנִים) toward (acc. loc.) Gn 31:21 (E), + לָבוֹא Je 42:15(×2), 17; 44:12, cf. 2 K 12:18; Dn 11:17; c. אֶל, toward or against (implying opposition) Ez 6:2 + 5 times Ez, c. עַל Ez 29:2; 35:2, c. דֶּרֶךְ of direction 21:2; c. ב (fig. of oppos., subj. י׳): הִנְנִי שָׂם פָּנַי בָּכֶם לְרָעָה Je 44:11, cf. 21:10 Ez 15:7 (‖ נתן), Lv 20:5 (P); c. ל rei (human subj.) Dn 11:18 Qr (ישׁב); c. עַל pers. + לִמְלֹךְ of purpose 1 K 2:15; set eyes (עֵינַים) upon, c. עַל pers. = behold Gn 44:21 (J), = look after, take care of, Je 39:12; 40:4, לְטוֹבָה 24:6, but לְרָעָה Am 9:4. 3. a. set, ordain, c. acc. rei Nu 24:23 (> acc. pers. Di). b. set, establish a law, statute, + ל pers. Ex 15:25; Jos 24:25 (both E), cf. Pr 8:29; + ב loc. Is 42:4 ψ 78:5 (‖ הֵקִים), also 81:6; Je 33:25 + 2 S 20:19 (שָׂמוּ for שְׁלֻמֵי 𝔊 Ew We Kit Bu HPS, cf. Dr); establish something as (ל) law Gn 47:26 (J), 1 S 30:25 (+ ל pers.); establish bazaars (as a right), ב loc., 1 K 20:34; appoint a set time Ex 9:5 (J), Jb 34:23 (reading מוֹעֵד for עוֹד GHBWr Bu), ins. (perhaps) 1 S 13:8 so Dr Klo HPS (> ins. אמר Th We Bu Kit, after 𝔊 𝔗); a place, + ל pers. Ex 21:13; 2 S 7:10 = 1 Ch 17:9, ל rei 1 K 8:21 (+ שָׁם). c. set, found a nation, Is 44:7 (si vera l.), establish it ψ 89:30 (לָעַד). d. set, appoint (as ruler, official) + עַל pers. vel gent., Ex 1:11; 18:21 (all E), Dt 17:14, 15(×3); Ju 11:11 (+ ל of office), 2 S 17:25 (+ תַּחַת instead of) + 6 times + Gn 47:6 (J; second acc. = ruler, expressed), 2 S 23:23 (אֶל), עַל in ‖ 1 Ch 11:25; also 2 acc. + ל and ב loc. ψ 105:21, ב loc. 2 S 15:4; 2 Ch 33:14, בְּרֹאשׁ at the head of, Dt 1:13, 2 acc. alone Ct 1:6; c.acc. pers. + ל pers. Gn 27:37 (E), Ho 2:2; 1 S 8:5 (+ inf.); + ל of title Gn 45:8, 9 Ex 2:14 (+ עַל; all E) + 4 times + Ju 8:33 (+ ל pers.), + Ez 44:8 (perhaps read וַתְּשִׂימוּם Hi Sm Co and most); + ל of purpose Hb 1:12; + ב of position, ל pers. 1 S 8:11; c. acc. of office alone 1 S 8:12 (+ ל pers.), so Co Ez 21:27a (שָׂרִים for כָּרִים, v. כַּר sub כרר), 1 K 20:24 (+ תחת), cf. 2 Ch 23:18, + עַל, אֶל, of task Nu 4:19 (P); Jb 7:20 set me as (ל) mark for (ל) him. e. set, constitute, make, c. כ pers. vel rei, Gn 13:16 (J) I will make thy seed as the dust, 32:13 (J) 48:20 (E), Dt 10:22; Ho 11:8 + 16 times + (bad sense) Ho 2:5; Na 3:6; 1 K 19:2. f. set, determine, fix, bounds Je 5:22 (2 acc.) Jb 38:5, 33 ψ 104:9; pass. determined, settled, + עַל־פֶּה 2 S 13:32 (but v. II. שׂום); appoint, send, frogs לְפַרְעֹה Ex 8:8 (J), c. acc. pers. + עַל against 2 K 18:14. 4. a. set, station, at a post, etc., acc. pers. Jos 8:13 (JE), + ב loc. 2 K 10:24; Je 9:7 + 5 times, + adv. acc. Gn 33:2 (J), + בֵּין loc. Jos 8:12, + ל (against) and אַחֲרֵי loc. v 2 (both JE), + ל against Ju 9:25 (+ עַל loc.), + אֶל against 20:29, 36; doubtful are 1 S 15:2 (c.ל pers.), 1 K 20:12(×2) (עַל־הָעִיר), where no obj. expr. (in MT); either an obj. has fallen out, or vb. (in techn. military sense), here intrans. or inwardly trans. (Dl ZK ii. 397 forward! take direction toward; cf.also [on Sm] We Dr Löhr), or else שׂ׳ is corrupt (cf.HPSSm). b. put in position, sacred bread, sword, staves, bars, c.acc. 1 S 21:7; Ez 21:27; Nu 4:6, 8, 11, 14 + 4 times P, Jb 38:10; + עַל Ex 32:27 (E), 40:20 (P), מִמַּעַל ל Je 43:10, מֵעַל Est 3:1; + (various modifiers) 8 times; set in place, תֵּבֵל Jb 34:13 (De al.), but context favours שָׁמַר Bu; Du שׂ׳ לִבּוֹ בְּתֵבֵל. c. set up throne 1 K 2:19, altars Je 11:13, memorial stone Gn 18:18 (J), 28:22 (E), 1 S 7:12 (cf.הֵקִים Gn 31:45 +), image, etc. Ju 18:31 (‖ הֵקִים), Dt 27:15; 1 K 12:29 (ב loc., ‖ נָתַן), 2 K 21:7 (ב loc.) = 2 Ch 33:7, cf. ψ 74:4; Is 57:8 and, + ב loc., Je 7:30; 32:34; rods before (לְעֵינֵי) cattle Gn 30:41 (‖ וַיַּצֵּג v 38), cf. v 42, guide-posts Je 31:21, bed 2 K 4:10 (+ ל pers.). d. = plant, wheat Is 28:25, tree 41:19 (ב loc.; ‖ נָתַן), slip Ez 17:5 (עַל by). e. set, fix (countenance) 2 K 8:11, so usually, but acc. om., and sense dub.; read perhaps וַיִּשֹּׁם (√ שׁמם, cf. e.g. 1 K 9:8), so Klo Kmp Kit Benz. 5. a. make a thing, or pers. (acc.), for transform into (ל), Jos 6:18 (J) make camp לְחֵרֶם, Mi 1:6 make Samaria לְעִי, Gn 21:13, 18 (E), Ex 14:21 (JE), Mi 4:7 (both good sense), Is 28:17; 42:15, 16 + 12 times Is. (25:2 read עִיר for מֵעִיר Vrss Comm.), Je 2:7 + 8 times Je, + 14 times + Ju 1:28 they made the Can. into the corvée; וְיָשֵׂם לְדֶרֶךְ פְּעָמָיו ψ 85:14 maketh his steps into a way (so RV Hup Che Dr, but meaning obscure; De Bae attend to the way of (לֵב om.); Schr Hup-Now read וְיִשְׁמֹר ד׳); c. 2 acc. Jos 8:28 (J), ψ 39:9; 66:2 Mi 1:7; 4:13 1 K 5:23 (prægn. c. עַד loc.), + 29 times b. make, constitute, 2 acc., 1 S 8:1; 18:13 (+ ל pers.) 22:7 (לְכֻלְּכֶם, ל of acc.; or וְכֻלְּכֶם), Is 3:7; 60:17 + 6 times, + 1 S 11:11 form people in bands, cf. Jb 1:17 (one acc., form bands), + (acc. pers. om.) Ex 4:11b (J), cf. (beast, in fig.) Ez 19:5; 2 acc. and acc. + ל in same ver., Is 54:12 I will make rubies thy pinnacles, and (transform) thy gates into carbuncles; in phr. of naming, שָׂם שְׁמוֹ יִשְׂרָאֵל 2 K 17:34, cf. Ju 8:31; Ne 9:7; c. ל, וַיָּשֶׂם לָהֶם שֵׁמוֹת Dn 1:7, וַיּ׳ לְדָנִיֵּאל בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר v 7; make, fashion, c. acc. rei + ל pers. Ex 4:11a (J; י׳ subj.); grave Na 1:14 (but on text and meaning v. Now Bi SB Wiener Akkadian 1894, Abh. v); c. acc. דֶּרֶךְ Is 43:19 (ב loc.), cf. Ez 21:24, 25 (+ ל inf.); ψ 50:23 is dub., usually order (one’s) way, De Dr prepare way (which), etc., Gr Che תֹּם for שָׂם; make name + ל pers. 2 S 7:23 = 1 Ch 17:21, 2 S 14:7; make for, ל pers. (or give to), c.acc. of posterity Gn 45:7 (E); 1 S 2:20 read prob. יְשַׁלֵּם 𝔊 We Kit Bu HPS, cf. Dr; Ezr 10:44 b is obscure, Gu-Batten del. וַיָּשִׂימוּ and read וַיְשַׁלְּחוּ bef. נָשִׁים, cf. 3 Esdr 9:36 Be Ry Ryle. c. work, bring to pass, c. acc. rei, of י׳’s signs, etc., + ב loc. Ex 10:2 (J), Je 32:20; Is 66:19 ψ 46:9; 78:43; 105:27. d. appoint, give, acc. rei Nu 6:26 (P), Is 61:3 (‖ נָתַן; both c. ל pers.); a pledge Jb 17:3 (‖ עָרְבֵנִי go surety for me, but read perhaps עֶרְבֹנִי as obj., v. p. 786 b); וְשׂוֹם שֵׂכֶל Ne 8:3 giving understanding (making sense clear). †Hiph. Pf. 1 s. consec. וַהֲשִׂמֹתִיהוּ Ez 14:8, acc. pers. + ל, I will make him for a sign (שׁ for שׂ van d. H., √ שׁמם; Co Berthol Toy וְשַׂמְתִּיהוּ (Qal), Krae וְהִשְׁמַדְתִּיהוּ); Imv. fs. הָשִׂימִי 21:21, prob. del as dittogr. Co Krae after 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 𝔗 Nö ZMG xxxvii (1883), 530 (> Bö Toy al. הִקְדִּימוּ); Pt. מֵשִׂים Jb 4:20 = Qal (לֵב) שׂום (v 2 b), but phr. dub., and text perhaps crpt., v. Me Nöl.c.. †Hoph. Impf. 3 ms. וַיּוּשַׂם Gn 24:33 Qr (Kt ויישׂם Ges§ 73 f) there was set before him (לְפָנָיו) to eat, cf. Ol MB Ak. 1870, 389 Kö i. 435, who read also וַיּוּשַׂם 50:26 he was laid in (ב) a mummycase (for MT וַיִּישֶׂם Di (ed. 4.5.6) allows this.

τίς __B Interrog. pronoun τίς, Elean and Laconian dialect τίρ (which see), τί:—genitive Epic dialect and Ionic dialect τέο Refs 8th c.BC+; Trag. and Attic dialect τοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+; Ionic dialect, Trag., and Attic dialect τίνος Refs 5th c.BC+; dative Ionic dialect τέῳ Refs 5th c.BC+; no dative in Refs 8th c.BC+; Trag. and Attic dialect τῷ Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect τίῳ Refs 7th c.BC+; τίνι first in NT+8th c.BC+; genitive Epic dialect τέων Refs 8th c.BC+, and as monosyllable Refs; Trag. and Attic dialect τίνων Refs 5th c.BC+; dative τίσι first in Refs 8th c.BC+; Ionic dialect τέοισι Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect τίοισι Refs 7th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τά Refs 5th c.BC+; Megarian dialect σά Refs 5th c.BC+: of the plural Refs 8th c.BC+ with genitive τέω; ποῖος (what? which?) is sometimes preferred (especially in neuter plural) to the adjective τίς, e.g. τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα χρήματ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I in direct questions, who? which? neuter what? which? ὦ ξεῖνοι, τίνες ἐστ; Refs 8th c.BC+; τίς ἀχώ, τίς ὀδμὰ προσέπτα μ᾽ ἀφεγγή; Refs 4th c.BC+; properly at the beginning of the sentence; but this position may be varied, __B.I.a for grammatical reasons, as between the Article and participle or noun, τοὺς τί ποιοῦντας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ἀποκαλοῦσι; Refs 5th c.BC+; τῆς περὶ τί πειθοῦς ἡ ῥητορική ἐστιν τέχν; Refs; ὁ σοφιστὴς τῶν τί σοφῶν ἐστι; Refs __B.I.b for emphasis, ἃ δ᾽ ἐννέπεις, κλύουσα τοῦ λέγει; Refs 5th c.BC+; πόλις τε ἀφισταμένη τίς πω.. τούτῳ ἐπεχείρησ; Refs 5th c.BC+; especially when the Verb begins the sentence, δράσεις δὲ δὴ τ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ἦλθες δὲ κατὰ τ; Refs 5th c.BC+; διαφέρει δὲ τ; Refs 8th c.BC+; and of things or conditions, τί is frequently with the genitive singular, of all genders, πρὸς τί χρεία; Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐλπίδων ἐς τ; Refs __B.I.2 sometimes as the predicate, τίς ὀνομάζετα; what is he named? Refs 5th c.BC+; so also may be explained the union of τίς with a demonstrative or possessive pronoun, or with a Noun preceded by the Article, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί ἐστι τουτ; τίς ὁ τρόπος τοῦ τάγματο; Refs; also with pronoun in plural, τί ταῦτ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί γὰρ τάδ᾽ ἐστί; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί ποτ᾽ ἐστίν, ἂ διανοούμεθ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί ποτ᾽ ἐστὶ ταῦταRefs; so τί is used as predicate of a masculine or feminine subject, τί νιν προσείπ; Refs 4th c.BC+; τί σοι φαίνεται ὁ νεανίσκο; Refs 5th c.BC+ —also τίς δ᾽ ὅδε Ναυσικάᾳ ἕπεται; who is this that follows N.? Refs 8th c.BC+; τίς δ᾽ οὗτος ἔρχεα; Refs 8th c.BC+; and in the reverse order, τήνδε τίνα λεύσσω..; who is this I see? Refs 5th c.BC+; τίνι οὖν τοιούτῳ φίλους ἂν θηρῴη; with what means of such kind.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί τοσοῦτον νομίζοντες ἠδικῆσθα; Refs; τί με τὸ δεινὸν ἐργάσ; what is the dreadful thing which.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; τίν᾽ ὄψιν σὴν προσδέρκομα; what face is this I see of thine? Refs 5th c.BC+; παρὰ τίνας τοὺς ὑμᾶ; who are 'you' to whom [I am to come]? Refs 5th c.BC+ —the _Article_ is exceptionally added to τίς, when it leads up to a word which requires the Article, ληφθήσει.. Πανήμου εἰκάδι· καὶ Λῴου τῇ--τίν; τῇ δεκάτῃ on the twentieth of the month Panemus and of Loüs on the --what day? the tenth, Refs 3rd c.BC+ —in Comedy texts also τὸ τί; what is that? Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦ τίνος χάρι; Refs 2nd c.BC+; and with plural Article, τὰ τ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 with properly names treated as appellatives (see. τις indefinite Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς σε Θηρικλῆς ποτε ἔτευξ; Refs 4th c.BC+; τίς.. Χίμαιρα πύρπνοο; Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.4 τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοί; like{πῶς ἄν}, would that some one.. , Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.5 a question with τίς often amounts to a strong negation, τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων τίς κεν οὐνόματ᾽ εἴπο; Refs 8th c.BC+; τίς ἂν ἐξεύροι ποτ᾽ ἄμεινο; Refs 5th c.BC+; τίνες ἂν δικαιότερον.. μισοῖντ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.6 sometimes two questions are asked in one clause by different cases of τί; ἡ τίσιν τί ἀποδιδοῦσα τέχνη δικαιοσύνη ἂν καλοῖτ; Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.7 τίς with Particles:—τίς γά; why who? who possibly? τίς γάρ σε θεῶν.. ἧκε; Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.7.b τίς δ; ὦ κοῦραι, τίς δ᾽ ὔμμιν.. πωλεῖτα; Refs __B.I.7.c τίς δ; who then? τίς δή κεν βροτὸς.. ἅζοιτ᾽ ἀθανάτους Refs 6th c.BC+; τίς δῆτ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.7.d τίς ποτ; who in the world? who ever? τίς ποτ᾽ ὢν γενεὰν καὶ ποίαν τινὰ φύσιν ἔχω; Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς δήποτ; Refs __B.I.8 the usages of the neuter τ; are very various: __B.I.8.a τ; alone, as a simple question, what? τί γά; Refs 4th c.BC+:—on ὅτι τ; ὅτι τί δ; ὅτι δὴ τ; see at {ὅτι} Refs 5th c.BC+; on ὡς τ; see {ὡς} F.1. __B.I.8.b τί τοῦτ; τί ταῦτ; see above 2. __B.I.8.c τί μο; τί σο; what is it to me? to thee? Refs 5th c.BC+; with genitive, τί μοι ἔριδος καὶ ἀρωγῆ; what have I to do with.. ? Refs 8th c.BC+; τί δέ σοι ταῦτ; Refs 5th c.BC+ (where the answerer repeats the question in indirect form, ὅ τί μοι τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι;); ἀλλὰ δὴ τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; Refs 4th c.BC+; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; what have I to do with thee? LXX+2nd c.AD+; τί σοὶ καὶ εἰρήν; LXX; τί πρὸσσ; NT+2nd c.AD+; σοὶ δὲ καὶ τούτοισι τοῖσι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; what have you to do with these matters? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; Refs 4th c.BC+; or with infinitive, τί γάρ μοι τοὺς ἔξω κρίνει; NT __B.I.8.d τίμαθώ; τί παθώ; see at {μανθάνω} see, πάσχω Refs __B.I.8.e τ; also often stands absolutely as adverb how? why? wherefore? Refs 8th c.BC+; so too in Attic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; δόμων γὰρ ζῶσι τῶνδε δεσπόται. Answ. τί ζῶσι; how do you mean ζῶσι ζῶσι forsooth! Refs 5th c.BC+; Κιθαιρὼν--Answ. τί Κιθαιρώ; what aboutK.? Refs; compare τίη. __B.I.8.f τί with Particles: -τί γά; why not? how else? and so it came to mean of course, no doubt, Refs 4th c.BC+; used in affirmative answers, Refs 5th c.BC+; to introduce an argument, Refs 4th c.BC+ —τί δαί; see at {δαί}:—τί δ; serving to pass on quickly to a fresh point, Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δέ, εἰ..; but what, if.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἄν, εἰ..; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἢν..; Refs; τί δέ, εἰ μὴ..; what else but.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; so τί δὲ δ; τί δ; τί δή ποτ; why ever? why in the world? what do you mean? Refs 5th c.BC+ —so also τί δῆτα; how, pray? τί δῆτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ..; Refs 5th c.BC+ — (τί μή; falsa lectio in Refs 5th c.BC+ —τί μήν; i.e. yes certainly, much like{τί γάρ}; Refs 5th c.BC+ —τί μὴν οὔ; in reply to a question, Refs —τί νυ; why now? Refs 8th c.BC+ —τί δ᾽ οὔ; parenthetic, why not? as an affirmative answer, Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὐ καλοῦμε; i.e. let us call, Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὐ βαδίζομε; etc., Refs 5th c.BC+ —τί οὖν; how so? making an objection, Refs 4th c.BC+; τί οὖν οὐκ ἐρωτᾷ; Refs 5th c.BC+ —τί ποτε; see at {τίπτε}; __B.I.8.g with Conjunctions following:—τί ὅτι..; why is it that.. ? NT+5th c.BC+; see at {ἵνα} Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.8.h with Preps.:—διὰ τ; wherefore? Refs 5th c.BC+ —ἐκ τίνος; from what cause? Refs 5th c.BC+ —ἐς τί; to what point? how long? Refs 8th c.BC+; but also, to what end? Refs 5th c.BC+ —κατὰ τί; for what purpose? Refs 5th c.BC+ —πρὸς τί; wherefore? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II τίς is sometimes used for ὅστις in indirect questions, εἰρώτα δὴ ἔπειτα τίς εἴη καὶ πόθεν ἔλθοι Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in later Gr., where ὅστις is very rare, εἰς τὸ λογιστήριον γράφων.. τί ὀφείλεται Refs 3rd c.BC+; οὐθεὶς ἐσήμηνεν παρὰ τί ἂν τοῖς προστεταγμένοις.. οὐ κατηκολούθησαν nobody indicated why they should not have obeyed orders, Refs 2nd c.BC+; ὅστις and τίς are sometimes combined, ὡς πύθοιθ᾽ ὅ τι δρῶν ἢ τί φωνῶν ῥυσαίμην Refs 5th c.BC+ —later with infinitive, τί πράττειν οὐκ ἔχω I do not know what to do, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.b sometimes not in indirect questions, whoever, whatever, αἰτοῦ τί χρῄζεις ἕν Refs 5th c.BC+; ταῦτα οὐκ ἀπέστελλον πάντα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκλεγόμενοι τίνων αἱ τιμαὶ ἐπετέταντο whatever things had risen in price, Refs 4th c.BC+; τίνα δ᾽ ἁ Κύπρις οὐκ ἐφίλησεν whomsoever K. has not loved, Refs 3rd c.BC+; τίνι ἡ τύχη δίδωσι, λαβέτω Antiochusap.Refs 3rd c.BC+, see aboveRefs 4th c.BC+; τίς σοφός, αὐτῷ προσκολλήθητι LXX+NT; τίς σοφίῃ πάντων πρῶτος, τούτου τρίποδ᾽ αὐδῶ Oracle texts cited in Refs 1st c.BC+ Cobet from Refs 5th c.BC+; in other places, as Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.c τίς ={ὅστις} after a negative, μή τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ.., τίνος ἡ διάνοια ἐξέκλινεν κτλ.; LXX __B.II.d = {ὅς} or ὅσπερ, τέων.. Ζεὺς ἐπὶ σαλπίγγων ἱρὰ βοῇ δέχεται Κᾶρες ὁμοῦ Λελέγεσσι Refs 3rd c.BC+, compare 5.2,8; τίνας ἱερεωσύνας εἶχον ἐπενεγύων Refs 2nd c.BC+; τίνα με ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ NT; τίς ἔζησεν ἔτη β who lived.., Refs; εὗρον γεωργόν, τίς αὐτὰ ἑλκύσῃ Refs 2nd c.AD+ __B.II.2 τί; τ; in direct or indirect questions may be construed with a participle, σὺ δὲ τίς ὢν ταῦτα λέγει; being who, i.e. who are you that.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; καταμεμάθηκας.. τοὺς τί ποιοῦντας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ἀποκαλοῦσ; Refs 5th c.BC+; νῦν δ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τίνος τέχνης ἐπιστήμων ἐστί, τίνα ἂν καλοῦντες αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς καλοῖμε; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III = {πότερος}; NT+5th c.BC+ __B.IV τί as exclamatory adverb, how.. ! τί ὡραιώθησαν σιαγόνες σου ὡς τρυγόνες LXX; τί θέλω how I wish! NT; τί στενή variant in NT __C Prosody: τις and τίς keep ῐ in all cases (digamma operates in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.II τί was never elided; but hiatus is allowed after τί in Epic dialect τί ἢ (see. τίη), also in Comedy texts, as τί ο; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὖ; Refs; τί ἔστ; Refs; τί, ὦ πάτε; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὖ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί εἶπα; Refs

τις, τι, Indef. pronoun any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions see below):—but τί; τί; Interrog. pronoun who? what?, oxytone in the monosyllable cases, paroxytone in the others:—Dialectal forms: Refs 5th c.AD+ σις (si se) Refs 4th c.AD+ σις (with ?? for σ) Refs 5th c.BC+; Thess. κις Refs, neuter κι in διεκί, ποκκί (which see); neuter plural Doric dialect σά, Boeotian dialect τά, Aeolic dialect dative τίω, τίοισι (see. infr. B). (I.-Refs 5th c.BC+ q[uglide]i-, cf. Latin quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, see at {ἄσσα}, σά μά; with τέο (see. infr. B) cf. OSlav. genitive česo) __A Indef. pronoun τις, τι, genitive Ionic dialect τεο Refs 8th c.BC+; more frequently τευ Refs 8th c.BC+; Trag. and Attic dialect του Refs 5th c.BC+; του is rare after NT+4th c.BC+, but found in Refs 3rd c.BC+, revived by the Atticists, Refs 1st c.BC+; τινος Refs 5th c.BC+; dative Ionic dialect τεῳ Refs 8th c.BC+; Trag. and Attic dialect τῳ (also in Refs 8th c.BC+; τινι Refs 8th c.BC+ in the form οὔ τινι Refs 8th c.BC+; accusative τινα Refs 8th c.BC+, neuter τι Refs 8th c.BC+: plural τινες Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect τινεν Refs 3rd c.BC+; nominative and accusative neuter τινα (ὅτινα Refs 8th c.BC+, never in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἄσσα (which see) Refs 8th c.BC+, never in Trag. or Refs 5th c.BC+; Attic dialect ἄττα first in LXX+5th c.BC+, revived by the Atticists, Refs 1st c.BC+; genitive Ionic dialect τεων Refs 5th c.BC+; τινων not in Refs 5th c.BC+; dative τισι, τισιν, first in Refs 5th c.BC+; N.-W. Doric dialect τινοις Refs 3rd c.BC+; Ionic dialect τεοισι Refs 5th c.BC+ (for τεοις and τεον see at {τεός}); accusative τινας Refs 8th c.BC+; neuter τινα (see. above):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as adjective any, some, and serving as the Indef. Article a, an; θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II special usages: __A.II.1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one, ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes with meiosis, implying all or men,Refs 8th c.BC+; so in Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 any one concerned, every one, εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself,Refs; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, even with the imperative, τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, Refs 4th c.BC+:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words, τις ἕκαστος Refs 8th c.BC+. In these senses, τις is frequently combined with plural words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially after εἴ or ἤν τις, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Refs 5th c.BC+; so also euphemistic for something bad, ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Refs 5th c.BC+: hence for the 1st pers. or 2nd pers. pronoun, ἅ τιν᾽ οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Refs 8th c.BC+; ποῖ τις τρέψετα; for ποῖ τρέψομα; Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sometimes with an ironical force, φοβεῖταί τις Refs 4th c.BC+; as vocative, τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, Refs 5th c.BC+; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, NT+3rd c.BC+; also in neuter, οἴονταί τι εἶναι ὄντες οὐδενὸς ἄξιοι Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.5.b τις is sometimes opposed to to another word, ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν᾽ εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. LXX+5th c.BC+; ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codices BT) αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ᾽ ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Refs; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισί; Refs __A.II.6 with (Proper name)s τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so, ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Refs 8th c.BC+; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.6.b one of the same sort, converting the (Proper name) into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, Refs 4th c.BC+; [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyric poetry in Refs 5th c.BC+; ἰσθμόν τιν᾽ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.7 with adjectives τις combines to express the idea of a substantive used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dullard, Refs 5th c.BC+; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a coward, Refs 4th c.BC+; ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion (={ταχέως πως}), Refs 5th c.BC+; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Refs __A.II.8 with numerals and adjectives expressing number, size, or the like, εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, NT+8th c.BC+; sometimes the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Refs 5th c.BC+; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Refs; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Refs; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Refs; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὀλίγοι τινές or τινὲς ὀλίγοι Refs; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Refs 5th c.BC+; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Refs 8th c.BC+; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.10 with the Article, __A.II.10.a when a noun with the Article is in apposition with τις, as ὅταν δ᾽ ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (variant τινα) Refs __A.II.10.b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Article to show that the Article is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opposed to ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Refs 4th c.BC+; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opposed to ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Refs 5th c.BC+, the Article is used as in Refs 8th c.BC+ cc. (which see) ὁ, ἡ, τό Refs 5th c.BC+, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, Refs __A.II.10.c frequently in opposed clauses, ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.: also combined with other alternative words, ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Refs; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.., etc., Refs 5th c.BC+: also in neuter, τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Refs 5th c.BC+; in adverbial sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.. , Refs 2nd c.BC+; and τι remains unaltered even when the Article is plural, τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι Refs 5th c.BC+; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.10.d later τις is used as in b above but without the Article, γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, Refs 2nd c.AD+; τίς τινι χαίρειν Refs 2nd c.AD+ __A.II the neuter τι is used, __A.II.a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.. , Refs 5th c.BC+; so perhaps τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ᾽ Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ᾽ ἀνθρώπων no class, Refs (but masculine τις in Refs __A.II.b euphemistic for something bad, see above Refs __A.II.c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all, ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, see at {πάνυ} Refs; also in conjunction with οὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, Refs 5th c.BC+ —also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.12 τίς τε frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.14 τις is pleonastic in such phrases as οὐδέν τι or μηδέν τι, see above Refs __A.II.14.b repeated in successive clauses, ὅσα λέγει τις ἢ πράσσειτις ἢψέγειν ἔχει Refs 5th c.BC+ (whereas τις is sometimes omitted in the first clause, οὔτε φωνὴν οὔτε του μορφὴν βροτῶν Refs 5th c.BC+, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.II.15 τις is sometimes omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (i.e. τις) Refs 8th c.BC+; ὡς δ᾽ ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (i.e. τις) φεύγοντα διώκειν Refs 5th c.BC+: τις must often be supplied from what goes before,Refs __A.II.15.b sometimes also τις is omitted before a genitive case which must depend upon it, as ἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς Refs 5th c.BC+; ἢν γαμῇ ποτ᾽ αὐτὸς ἢ [τις] τῶν ξυγγενῶν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III Accentuation and position of τις: __A.III.1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc.,Refs 4th c.AD+ or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Refs __A.III.1.a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον..; is any one within? Refs 4th c.BC+; τί φημ; ={λέγω τι}; am I saying anything? Refs 5th c.BC+; <τίς ἦλθ;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Refs 2nd c.BC+; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), Refs 2nd c.AD+; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Refs 5th c.BC+; τι οὖν (τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγει; Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.III.1.b when τις is opposed to to another τις or to some other word, τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ᾽ οὐ συμφέρει Refs 5th c.BC+ for a certain person, Refs 5th c.BC+. Codices are not consistent; in significationRefs they make it enclitic; in signification Refs; sometimes enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence, πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2 position: __A.III.2.a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (see. above Refs; it may stand second word, ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Refs 8th c.BC+; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δή τινα μάντιν ἐρείομεν Refs __A.III.2.b in Ionic dialect Prose it sometimes stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive, τῶν τις Περσέων Refs 5th c.BC+; so also in late Prose, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __A.III.2.c it stands between the Article and substantive in significationRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2.d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, “IG” 12.110.46, 5th c.BC: Thucydides Historicus 7.10, 5th-6th c.BC: Xenophon Historicus “Anabasis” 4.1.14 (codices dett.), 4th c.BC: Demosthenes Orator 22.22, etc. __A.III.2.e whereas in _Attic dialect_ the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in _Doric dialect_ the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Refs 5th c.BC+: later Doric dialect εἴ τί κα Refs; καἴ τι ἂν (={καὶ εἴ τι ἂν}) Refs 1st c.BC+, see below Refs 5th c.BC+:—this Doric dialect order influenced the Koine, as in the rare εἴ τις ἂν Refs 1st c.AD+

מִי423 pron. interrog. who? of persons, as מָה (q.v.) of things (Ethiopic ሚ but only = What? and How? Assyrian mî, me (rare) JägerBAS. ii. 277, the usually Sem. form for Who? has n, viz. Assyrian mannu, manu (DlHWB 419), Ethiopic መኑ man(n)ū, Aramaic ܡܰܢ, Arabic مَنْ, vulg.-Arabic min, mīn, from a form resembling which, by rejection of n, prob. Heb. מִי: WSG 123 f.):—who? (τίς; quis?) Gn 3:11 מִי הִגִּיד לְךָ who told thee? 24:65 מִי הָאִישׁ הַלָּזֶה who is this man? 27:18 מי אתה בני who art thou, my son? Nu 22:9 Ju 1:1; 6:29; 15:6; 18:3; 20:18; 2 S 1:8 + often; Ru 3:9 מִי אָ֑תְּ who art thou (fem.)? Is 51:12; of more than one, מִי אֵלֶּה who are these? Gn 33:5; 48:8 Is 60:8; מי אתם 2 K 10:13; once, more explicitly, מִי וָמִי הַהֹלְכִים Ex 10:8; = as who? (i.e. in what condition, or capacity), Am 7:2 מי יקום יעקב, v 5 Is 51:19 מִי אֲנַחֲמֵךְ (but Vrss Che Lag Brd Du מִי יְ׳, as ‖ מִי יָנוּד), Ru 3:16 (Be Ke Köiii. 388). Note in partic.: a. מִי is rarely used of things, and usually where persons are understood or implied: Gn 33:8 מי לך כל־המחנה הזה who (or what) to thee is all this camp? Dt 4:7 Ju 9:28 מִי שְׁכֶם who is Shechem (i.e. the Shechemites)? Mi 1:5 מִי־פֶשַׁע יַעֲקֹב הֲלֹא שֹׁמְרוֹן, v b Ct 3:6 Ju 13:17 מִי שְׁמֶ֑ךָ (but מה Gn 32:28 Ex 3:13: with מי cf. מַן in Aramaic Ezr 5:4 Gn Ex. ll. cc. 𝔗; and see NöM. p. 341). On 1 S 18:18, v. חַי³" dir="rtl" >II. חַי. b. in the gen., בַּת־מִי אַתְּ whose daughter art thou? Gn 24:23, 47 1 S 12:3(×3); 17:55 Je 44:28 Jb 26:4; 33:28; after various preps., as אַחֲרֵי מִי 1 S 24:15(×2); אֶל־מִי 1 S 6:20 2 K 9:5 +; בְּמִי by whom? †1 K 20:14, לְמִי20 to whom? whose? Gn 32:18 לְמִי אַתָּה, 38:25 Pr 20:29 (6 times) +; מִמִּי †Ez 32:19 ψ 27:1(×2); עַל־מִי 2 K 18:20; 19:22 Is 57:4 +; אֶת־מִי (so always in acc.), 1 S 12:3(×2); 28:11 Is 6:8; = with whom? Jb 12:3. c. in an indirect qu., as Gn 21:26; 43:22 לא ידענו מי שׂם we do not know who put, etc., Dt 21:1 ψ 39:7 Jos 24:15 בַּחֲרוּ … אֶת־מִי תַעֲבֹד֑וּן choose whom ye will serve, after ראה 1 S 14:17, שׁאל 17:56, הגיד 1 K 1:20, הודיע v 27. d. מי ב׳ who among …? 1 S 22:14 Is 36:20; 43:9; 48:14 (בהם); 42:23; 50:10 Hg 2:3 (all בכם); מי מן who of …? Ju 21:8 2 K 6:11 Is 50:1. e. strengthened and emph. forms of interrog.: (a) מי זה (v. זה 4 b), מי הוא (v. הוא 4 b β), מי הוא זה †ψ 24:10 Je 30:21 Est 7:5 (v. ibid.); (b) מִי אֶ��ָד what single one …? Ju 21:8, cf. 2 S 7:23 (= 1 Ch 17:21). f. various rhetorical uses (often repeated in ‖ cl., as ψ 15:1; 18:32 Is 28:9; 29:15):—(a) sq. impf. it expresses a wish (the question implying a desire that the person asked for were present), 2 S 15:4 מִי יְשִׂמֵנִי שֹׁפֵט who will set me judge? i.e. would that some one would make me judge! 23:15 מִי יַשְׁקֵנִי מַיִם = O that one would give me to drink, etc.! cf. Nu 11:4, 18 Mal 1:10 ψ 4:7; 60:11; 94:16 Is 42:23, and very often in the phr. מִי יִתֵּן who will give? i.e. would that there were …! as Nu 11:29 ומי יתן כל עם י׳ נביאים = and would that all י׳’s people were prophets! Dt 28:67 מי יתן ערב = would it were even! Ju 9:29 + (v. נָתַן). (b) it expresses contempt (who? implying the answer no one at all), Ex 5:2 מי י׳ אשׁר אשׁמע בקולו who is י׳ that I should listen to his voice? Ju 9:28 מִי אֲבִימֶלֶךְ וּמִי שְׁכֶם כִּי נַעַבְדֶנּוּ, v 38 1 S 17:26 who is this Phil. that he should have reproached, etc.? 25:10 מי דוד ומי בן ישׁי, Is 28:9 Jb 26:4 Pr 30:9 מי י׳; or modesty (real or assumed), Ex 3:11 מִי אָנֹכִי כִּי אֵלֵךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹה, 1 S 18:18 מי אנכי ומי חיי who am I, and who is my clan (חַיִּי), that I should be the king’s son-in-law? 2 S 7:18 1 Ch 29:14 2 Ch 2:5; or surprise, Is 44:10; 49:21. (c) in impassioned prose, and especially in poetry, implying the answer few or none, it is equiv. to a rhetorical negative, Dt 9:2 מִי יִתְיַצֵּב לִפְנֵי בְנֵי עֲנָק who can stand, etc.? 30:12 מִי יַעֲלֶה־לָּנוּ הַשָּׁמַיְמָה, v 13 1 S 4:8 מִי יַצִּילֵנוּ וגי, 6:20; 22:14; 26:9, 15 2 S 16:10; מי יאמר who shall (or can) say? Jb 9:12 Pr 20:9 Ec 8:4; with the perfect (of experience), who has ever …? Nu 23:10 Dt 5:23 Is 36:20; 66:8(×2) Je 18:13 מִי שָׁמַע כָּאֵלֶּה, 23:18 (MT), 30:21 Jb 4:7; 9:4 מִי הִקְשָׁה אֵלָיו וַיִּשְׁלָ֑ם, 41:3 Pr 30:4 La 3:37; poet., very often, as Gn 49:9 וּכְלָבִיא מִי יְקִימֶנּוּ who can rouse him up? (i.e. no one), Ex 15:11(×2) מִי כָמוֹךָ (so ψ 35:10 al.), Nu 24:9, 23 1 S 2:25 מי יתפלל לו who shall intercede for him? (i.e. no one), Is 1:12; 10:3; 40:13, 14, 18; 41:26; 42:19; 43:9; 48:14; 50:1; 53:1 מִי הֶאֱמִין לִשְׁמֻעָתֵנוּ (i.e. few or none), etc.; ψ 18:32 מִי אֱלוֹהַּ מִבַּלְעֲדֵי י׳, 76:8; 89:7; 130:3 Jb 21:31; 34:29 Je 17:9 Jo 2:11 Mal 3:2; מִי לֹא … Am 3:8 Je 10:7 Jb 12:9 (cf. 25:3 Na 3:19); (יְשִׁיבֶנָּה) מִי יְשִׁיבֶנּוּ who shall (can) turn it back? †Jb 9:12; 11:10; 23:13 Is 14:27; 43:13 Je 2:24; implying the answer, no one but God, Is 40:12; 41:2 Jb 38:5, 6, 25, etc.; defiantly, Is 50:9 מִי הוּא יַרְשִׁיעֵנִי, Je 21:13; 49:4 מִי יָבוֹא אֵלַי, v 19 Ob 3 ψ 12:5 מִי אָדוֹן לָנוּ, 59:8; 64:6 Jb 9:19 וְאִם לְמִשְׁפָּט מִי יוֹעִידֵנִי, 13:19 מִי הוּא יָרִיב עִמָּדִי who is he that will contend with me? 17:3; 41:2. Notice in examples of this kind the freq. order of words: Pr 20:6 ואישׁ אמוּנים מי ימצא, 24:22 ופיד שׁניהם מי יודע, 31:10 Na 1:6 לפני זעמו מי יעמד, ψ 147:17 לפני קֹרָתוֹ מי יעמד, Jb 4:2 וַעְצֹר בְּמִלִּין מִי יוּכ֑ל, Jb 26:14; 38:37; 39:5; 41:5, 6 ψ 6:6 בִּשְׁאוֹל מִי יוֹדֶה־לָּ֑ךְ, 19:13; and with the nom. pendens, Je 24 תַּאֲנָתָהּ מִי יְשִׁיבֶנָּה, Pr 18:14 Jb 17:15 וְתִקְוָתִי מִי יְשׁוּרֶנָּה, 38:29 וּכְפֹר שָׁמַיִם מִי יְלָדוֹ, (d) מִי יוֹדֵעַ who knoweth? (ψ 90:11 Pr 24:22), sq. a verbal clause, becomes (cf. nescio an) = it may be, perchance, †2 S 12:22 מִי יוֹדֵעַ יְחָנֵּנִי י׳ (Qr וְחַנַּנִי), Jo 2:14 (= Jon 3:9) מי יודע ישׁוב ונחם, Est 4:14 מי יודע אם. (e) especially in poetry, a question with מי, to which the answer follows, in an effective mode of affirming a fact, or introducing a description: ψ 15:1, 1 (see v 2–5), 24:3, 8, 10 Is 23:8 מי יעץ זאת וג׳ (v 9 the answ., י׳ צ׳ יְעָצָהּ), 33:14 (see v 15f.), 37:23; 41:2, 4; 60:8; 63:1 Je 46:7 Ct 3:6, cf. 6:10; 8:3; answered by הֲלֹא Ex 4:11 Is 42:24; 45:21 Mi 1:5(×2). g. מִי may sometimes be rendered whosoever, though, as the examples will shew, it does not really mean it: Ex 24:14 מי בעל דברים יִגַּשׁ אליהם, lit. Who hath a cause? let him draw nigh unto them, i.e. whoso hath a cause, let him, etc., Is 50:8b מִי בַעַל מִשְׁפָּטִי יִגַּשׁ אֵלַי, 54:15 Ju 7:3 מִי יָרֵא וְחָרֵד יָשֹׁב וג׳ who is fearful and trembling? let him return, Pr 9:4, 16 מִי־פֶ֖תִי יָסֻר הֵנָּה, Ezr 1:3 (cf. with וְ in apod. Je 9:11 Ho 14:10 ψ 107:43; Zc 4:10 is dubious, on account of anom. tense and construct.); so with מי האישׁ אשׁר … Dt 20:5, 6, 7 Ju 10:18, cf. ψ 25:12. With 1 ps. in apod., Ex 32:33 מִי אֲשֶׁר חָטָא לִי אֶמְחֶנּוּ מִסִּפְרִי, Je 49:19 (= 50:44) וּמִי בָחוּר אֵלֶיהָ אֶפְקֹד and who is chosen? I will appoint him over her! Is 50:8a; with an imv. in the apod. Ex 32:24 (against accents; v. Ra) למי זהב התפרקו who hath gold? break it off you! Gn 19:12 1 S 11:12, cf. ψ 34:13f.; without a verb, Ex 32:26 מי לי׳ אלי who is on J.’s side? (let him come) to me! so 2 S 20:11 (מי אשׁר); Ec 5:9; 9:4 (מי אשׁר). h. once, following a verb (cf. מָה 3), any one, 2 S 18:12 שִׁמְרוּ־מִי בַּנַּעַר באבשׁלום Have a care, whosoever ye be, of, etc. (𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Bu לִי; cf. v 5).

אָֽנֹכִ֫י, אָנֹ֑כִי (once Jb 33:9 אָֽנֹכִ֑י) pron. 1 s. comm. I; Gn 3:10; 7:4; 15:1, 2; 16:5 + often With הֲ, הֶאָנֹכִי †Nu 11:12 Jb 21:4. (Assyrian anâku, Ph. & Moab. אנך: not in Arabic Aramaic Ethiopic; but ku appears as the affix of the 1 s. in the Ethiopic verb (e.g. waladkū = Heb. יָלַדְתִּי). אָנֹכִי and אֲנִי appear to be two parallel formations (both containing the element ani [cf. the sf. -نِيَ, -נִי] or ana, & one strengthened by the addition of the demonst. basis ku [prob. akin to ܟܳܐ כָּא, כֹּה here]: cf. Sta§ 179 WSG 95 f. 98–101), of which, in most of the Sem. languages, one prevailed to the exclusion of the other, but which in Heb. maintained their place side by side.) In some cases אני and אנכי appear capable of being used indifferently; in others the choice seems to have been determined, partly by rhythmical considerations, partly by a growing preference for אֲנִי among later writers. Thus when appended to the verb for emph. (whether with or without גַּם) the lighter form אֲנִי is nearly always used (Lv 20:5; 26:24, 32; Dt 12:30; Ju 1:3; 8:23; 2 S 12:28; 17:15; 18:2, 22; Je 17:18; 21:5; Ez 17:22; Jb 13:2 +; cf. the cases Gn 27:34 1 S 25:24 2 S 19:1 1 K 1:26 Pr 23:15); on the contrary, in the emph. rhetorical style of Dt, אָנֹכִי is preferred (in the discourses, uniformly, except 12:30, in acc. with usage just noted, & 29:5 in a standing expression; on 32:49, 52 (P) cf. infr.) In partic. phrases, also, usage prefers sometimes. אני, sometimes אנכי; thus there occurs חַי־אָנִי Nu 14:21 & always, except Dt 32:40; (אָ֑נִי) אִתְּךָ אֲנִי Je 1:8, 19; 30:11; 46:18; Is 43:2, 5); אֲנִי יהוה Ex 6:2, 6–8 & elsewhere in P, & especially freq. in H (Lv 18:2, 4, 6 etc.) & Ez, also Gn 15:7; 28:13; Dt 29:5 Ju 6:10 +; (אנכי יהוה much less freq.; only JE & proph. writers, †Ex 20:2 = Dt 5:6, Ho 12:10; 13:4 ψ 81:11, Ex 20:5 = Dt 5:9, Is 43:11; 44:24; 51:15 (Ex 4:11 is diff.) cf. DrJPh. xi. 224 f.); אני אמרתי Is 38:10; (Hez.) 49:4; Je 5:4; 10:19 (3:19 אנכי) Ru 4:4 ψ 30:7; 31:23; 41:5; 82:6 +; ויאמר אָ֑נִי (in reponse to a qu.) Gn 27:24 Ju 13:11 2 S 20:17 1 K 13:14; 18:8 (וי׳ אנכי only 2 S 2:20; on the contrary, with a predicate, אָנֹכִי is regularly employed, Gn 24:34 1 S 30:13 2 S 1:8 עֲמָלֵקִי אָנֹ֑כִי 11:5; 20:17; Is 6:5; Je 1:6; Jon 1:9); (הִנְנִי) וַאֲנִי הִנֵּה Gn 6:17; 9:9; Ex 31:6; Nu 3:12 + (but הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי Gn 24:13, 43; 25:32; Ex 3:13; 19:9 +; הִנֵּה אֲנִי is very uncommon; v. ib. 226). So far as the usage of partic. books is concerned, in the Pent. (except Dt) אֲנִי is used in P (incl. H) always (about 130 times) except Gn 23:4 (cf. Ez below); in JE אנכי is preferred, though not exclusively (81: 48). In S there are 50 instances of each form. Je has some 54 instances of אני, 37 of אנכי. In later books the preponderance of אֲנִי is evident. Thus in Ez אני occurs 138 times, אנכי once 36:28 (perhaps a reminiscense of Je 11:4b; 24:7; 30:22); in La Hg Ezr Est Ec אני 45 times, אנכי never; in Ch אני 30 times, אנכי once 1 Ch 17:1 (from 2 S 7:2); in Dn אני 23 times, אנכי once 10:11. Vid. more fully GiesebrechtZAW 1881, 251–8 Drl.c. 222–7.

דִּי part. of relation who, which, that, used also as mark of gen. and conj. that, because (Aramaic of Nineveh, Bab. Zinj. Nerab, Cilicia, Têma, Egypt, זִי (Lzb 267, 446 RÉS 361 S-CPap. A 2 +); Nab. Palm. די; 𝔗 דְּ (except in cpds., as דִּילִי mine, דִּילֵיהּ his); Sam. ࠃ; Syriac ܕ; Ethiopic ዘ za: of same origin as Arabic ذُو possessor of [cf.sub BH זֶה]. Properly a demonstr. that [cf.זֶה; in Ethiopic ze is ‘this’, za ‘which’]; but this being referred by usage to something preceding becomes equiv. to the relative who, which, used, however, more widely than Heb. אֲשֶׁר);— 1. as rel. who, which (construed like אֲשֶׁר): a. Je 10:11; Dn 2:11 דִּי מְדָֽרְהוֹן whose dwelling, v 24 דִּי מַנִּי מַלְכָּא whom the king had appointed, v 26 דִּי שְׁמֵהּ בּ׳ whose name was B., 4:5; 5:12, 23, etc.; = that which 2:23; = him that Ezr 7:25; 6:15; Dn 7:17 דִּי אִנּוּן אַרְבַּע which are four (v. אִנּוּן). Sq. pron. of 2 ps. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 3), Dn 2:37 thou, O king …, דִּי … יְהַב לָךְ to whom … hath given, 4:19; 4:6 as to whom I know, etc. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 4 d end). Sq. תַּמָּה = where Ezr 6:1, so דִּי alone 6:3 Dn 2:38; of time, בְּעִדָּנָא דִּי at the time when, etc., 3:5, 15. With the pred. an inf. c. לְ, Dn 6:9 כְּתָבָא דִּי לָא לְהַשְׁנָיָה which is not to be changed, Ezr 6:8; a place- or other determination, Dn 3:20 valiant men דִּי בְחֵילֵהּ that were in his army, 5:2 הֵיכְלָא דִּי בִירוּשְׁלֵם, 7:20 Ezr 4:24; 5:6; 6:2, 6; cf.Dn 2:25; 5:13; 7:7; Ezr 7:23. דִּי לָא = without, Ezr 6:9; 7:22 (so דְּלָא 𝔗 Gn 15:2; Ex 21:11); cf.Dn 2:34, 45. b. מַן דִּי, מָה דִּי (cf.in late Heb. מַה־שֶּׁ׳, מַה 1 e b) whoever, whatever, so †Dn 3:6, 11 מַן־דִּי־לָא יִפֵּל whoever does not fall down, 4:14 לְמַן דִּי יִצְבֵּא to whomsoever he willeth, v 22, 29; 5:21; מָה דִי whatever (or simply what), †Dn 2:28 מָה דִּי לֶהֱוֵא what will be, v 29(×2), 45 Ezr 6:8, 7:18.—cf.K§ 103. 2. as mark of the gen., Dn 2:15 שׁליטא די מלכא proposes the captain, that of the king = the king’s captain (a genuine Aramaic idiom: so 𝔗 דְּ, Syriac ܕ constantly), v 19, 25, 49 + often: the subst. in such cases may be either in the emph. state (determined), as ll. cc. Ezr 4:15; 5:2, etc., or in the abs. state (undetermined), Dn 5:5; 7:4, 9, 10 נְהַר דִּי נוּר; or it may have a pleon. sf., 2:20 שְׁמֵהּ דִּי אֱלָהָא lit. his name, that of God = God’s name, v 44; 3:8, 25, 26; 4:23, etc. (so also 𝔗 Syriac). To circumscribe an adj., especially in specif. of the material: Dn 2:38 thou art רֵאשָׁה דִּי דַהֲבָא the head of gold, v 39 3:1; 5:7, 16 Ezr 5:14; 6:4 +; as predic. Dn 2:32 רֵאשֵׁהּ דִּי־דְהַב טָב his head (was) of fine gold, v 33 7:19; with a pron. Dn 2:20 wisdom and might דִּי־לֵהּ הִיא are his; cf.6:27 וּמַלְכוּתֵהּ דִּי־לָא תִתְחַבַּל his kingdom (is one) which shall not be destroyed, 7:14.—Vid. further K§ 81. 3. as conj. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 8): a. that (quod), after vbs. of knowing, Dn 2:8, 9, seeing 2:45; 3:27, hearing 5:14, etc.; introducing the subject of a sentence, יְדִיעַ … דִּי … 3:18 Ezr 4:13; Dn 2:47 מִן־קְשֹׁט דִּי … True is it that … (cf.אָמְנָם כִּי Jb 12:2). b. = in that, inasmuch as, whereas: Dn 2:41 and whereas (דִּי) thou sawest, etc.… it shall be a divided kingdom, v 43 4:20, 23; as a connecting link = seeing that, because, for (cf.אֲשֶׁר 8 c) 2:9, 20b, 23b, 47b; 4:15; 6:24b. c. that (ut), after vbs. of asking Dn 2:16, commanding 3:10, 29, expressing a purpose 4:3; 5:15; Ezr 4:15; 6:10 +; דִּי לָא that not (ne) Dn 2:18; 3:28; 6:18 (on דִּי לְמָה lest Ezr 7:23, see מה). d. prefixed to direct narr. (like כִּי 1 b, and sometimes אֲשֶׁר 8 a γ, and ὅτι recitativum), Dn 2:25 and said thus unto him דִּי־הַשְׁכַּחַת (that) I have found, etc., 5:7; 6:6, 14. 4. with preps. and other prefixes: a. כְּדִי (like Heb. כַּאֲשֶׁר; so Egyptian Aramaic כזי, Palm. Nab. כדי, Lzb 293 SAC Gl 62, 63 Cooke 369 b RÉS 361; 𝔗 כַּד, Syriac ܟܕ); a. according as, Dn 2:43, b. so soon as, when, 3:7; 5:20; 6:11, 15. b. מִן־דִּי: a. because that, Dn 3:22; Ezr 5:12 (cf.מֵאֲשֶׁר Is 43:4); b. from (the time) that, after (ex quo), Dn 4:23; Ezr 4:23. c. ��ַד דִּי until, Dn 2:9, 34; 4:30; 7:22; = ere that 6:25. d. עַל דִּי Dn 3:19 is not a conj., but means above that which … e. for עַל דִּבְרַת דִּי and כָּל־קֳבֵל דִּי see [דִּבְרָה" dir="rtl" >דִּבְרָה] and קֳבֵל" dir="rtl" >קֳבֵל.

ἑαυτοῦ, ῆς, οῦ, ἑαυτῷ, ῇ, ῷ, ἑαυτόν, ήν, ό, plural ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, ἑαυτούς άς, ά: Ionic dialect ἑωυτοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+; also ωὑτῆς Refs 3rd c.BC+ in Papyrus and Inscrr., as Refs 1st c.BC+: Attic dialect contraction αὑτοῦ, etc., which is the usual form in Trag., though ἑαυτοῦ, etc., are used (though rarely) when the metre requires, Refs 4th c.BC+; Cretan dialect ϝιαυτοῦ Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn Refs; Doric dialect αὐταυτοῦ, αὐσαυτοῦ (which see); Thess. εὑτοῦ (dative), Refs: genitive plural ηὑτῶν Refs:—reflexive pronoun of 3rd pers., of himself, herself, itself, etc.; first in Refs 7th c.BC+, and Attic dialect Refs 8th c.BC+ itself by itself, absolutely, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ ἐφ᾽ αὑτοῦRefs 5th c.BC+; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῦ, of themselves, himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, see at {ἐπ; ἐν ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι}, ἐντὸς ἑαυτοῦ γ., see at {ἐν}, ἐντό; παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ at his own house, Refsthemselves, Refs 5th c.BC+; πλουσιώτεροι ἑαυτῶν continually richer, Refs 5th c.BC+, compare d; τῇ αὐτὸ ἑωυτοῦ ἐστι μακρότατον at its very greatest length, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II in Attic dialect, Trag., and later, αὑτοῦ, etc., is used for the 1st pers. or 2nd pers., as for ἐμαυτοῦ, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ τἄρα μηχανορραφῶ Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς by ourselves, LXX+2nd c.BC+; ἑαυτῶν, ={ὑμῶν αὐτῶν}, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __III plural, ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, etc., is sometimes used for ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, one another, διάφοροι ἑωυτοῖσι Refs 5th c.BC+; καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν one against the other, Refs 5th c.BC+

אַתֶּם pron. 2 m.pl. you (masc.) (for antem, v. supr.) Gn 9:7; 26:27; 29:4 + often. With הֲ, הָאַתֶּם †Ju 6:31; following the vb. for emph. Ju 15:12; Je 34:15; construed inaccurately with a fem. Ez 13:20.

חָיָה283 vb. live (NH Ph. id.; Arabic حَىَّ, حَيِىَ; Sab. חיו MordtZMG 1876, 28; Ethiopic ሐይወ Aramaic ܚܝܳܐ, חֲיָא; Palm. חיי life, life-time, Vog 32, 74)— Qal203 Pf. חָיָה Ec 6:6 + 4 times; יְ֯חָיָה Je 21:9; 38:2; חַי Gn 5:5 + 23 times (this and the following form are treated as ע״ע, the original weakness of the stem final י admitting of either ל״ה or ע״ע, Ges§ 761); וְחֵי Lv 25:36 (Bö§ 1181); 3 fs. חָֽיְתָה Gn 12:13 Je 38:17; וָחָ֑יָה Ex 1:16 (for חַיָּה Bö§ 1123 (3), Sam. חיתה); 2 ms. חָיִיתָ Dt 30:16, חָיִתָה Je 38:17; 3 m. pl. תָיוּ Nu 14:38, וְחָיוּ consec. Nu 4:19 + Zc 10:9 (where read Pi. וְתִיּוּ StaZAW i, 1881, 22 so 𝔊), וִחְיִיתֶם Ez 37:5 + 2 times; Impf. יִחְיֶה Gn 17:18 + 27 times; יְחִי Dt 33:6 + 10 times; וִיתִי ψ 49:10 + 2 times; וְיֶ֑חִי Is 38:21, וַיְחִי Gn 5:3 + 37 times; וַיֶּ֑חִי Dt 4:33 + 4 times; 3 fs. תִּחְיַה Jos 6:17, תְּחִי Gn 19:20 + 5 times; 2 ms. תִּחְיֶה Gn 27:40 + 7 times; 2 fs. תִּחְיִי 2 K 4:7; 1 s. אֶחְיֶה 2 K 1:2 + 8 times; 3 mpl. יִחְיוּ Jos 9:21 + 8 times; 3 fpl. תִּחְיֶינָה Ez 13:19; 37:3; 2 mpl. תִּחְיוּ Dt 4:1 + 2 times; תִּחְיוּן Dt 5:30; 8:1; 1 pl. נִחְיֶה 2 K 7:4 + 7 times; Imv. וֶחְיֵה Gn 20:7 Pr 4:4, וֶחְיֶ֯ה Pr 7:2; fs. חֲיִי Ez 16:6(×2); mpl. וִחְיוּ Gn 42:18 + 7 times; Inf. abs. חָיֹה 2 K 8:10 + 6 times; חָיוֹ Ez 3:21 + 3 times; cstr. לִחְיוֹת Ez 33:12, sf. חֲיוֹתָם Jos 5:8;— 1. live: a. have life, Gn 31:32(E), Ex 33:20(J), Nu 4:19 (P), Dt 30:16 +; also in phrase וַיְחִי and he lived (so many years) with acc. of time, Gn 5:3–30 (16 times) 9:28; 11:11–26 (14 times) 47:28 (all P), 50:22 (E), 2 K 14:17 = 2 Ch 25:25 Jb 42:16. b. continue in life, remain alive Gn 20:7 (E), Lv 25:36 2 S 12:22 +; also †ח׳ נפשׁ live, of the soul or the self Gn 12:13; 19:20 (J), 1 K 20:32 ψ 119:175 Je 38:2, 17, 20 Is 55:3; וְחַי הַיָּ֑לֶד and the boy may live 2 S 12:22; †ח׳ לִפְנֵי live in the presence of Gn 17:18 (P) Ho 6:2; †ח׳ ב׳ live among La 4:20. †c. sustain life, live on or upon (על), of the animal life, by the sword Gn 27:40 (J), by bread Dt 8:3; elsewhere in pregnant sense of fulness of life in divine favour, sustained by (על) everything that issueth out of the mouth of י׳ Dt 8:3; his promises (?) Is 38:16; of wicked man, by repentance Ez 33:19; c. בְּ by the statutes and judgments of י׳ if a man do them, Lv 18:5 (H) Ez 20:11, 13, 21, 25 Ne 9:29; צַדִּיק בֶּאֱמוּנָתוֹ יִחְיֶה a righteous man by his faithfulness shall live Hb 2:4. †d. live(prosperously) יְחִי הַמֶּלֶך may the king live 1 S 10:24 2 S 16:16(×2) 1 K 1:25, 31, 34, 39 2 K 11:12 2 Ch 23:11; יְחִי לְבַבְכֶם ψ 22:27; 69:33; המלך לעולם יחיה Ne 2:3. †2. be quickened, revive: a. from sickness Nu 21:8, 9 Jos 5:8 (E) 2 K 1:2; 8:8, 9, 10, 14; 2 K 20:1, 7 = Is 38:1, 9, 21. b. from discouragement of the spirit Gn 45:27 (E). c. from faintness Ju 15:19. d. from death 2 K 13:21 Jb 14:14 Is 26:14, 19; by return of נפשׁ 1 K 17:22, of רוּחַ Ez 37:3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 14 (and so Ju 15:19 c). †Pi. Pf. 3 ms. חִיָּה ψ 22:30; 3 fs. sf. חִיָּ֑תְנִי ψ 119:50; 2 ms. sf. חִיִּיתַנִי ψ 30:4; חִיִּיתָ֑נִי ψ 119:93; 3 pl. חִיּוּ Ju 21:14, הַחִיִּיתֶם Nu 31:15; Impf. יְחַיֶּה 1 S 27:9 +, etc.; Imv. sf. חַיֵּנִי ψ 119:25 + 8 times, חַיֵּיהוּ Hb 3:2; Inf. cstr. חַיּוֹת Gn 7:3 Ez 13:19; sf. חַיֹּתֵנוּ Dt 6:24 +, etc.; Pt. מְחַיֶּה Ne 9:6 1 S 2:6;— 1. preserve alive, let live Ex 1:17, 18, 22; 22:17 Jos 9:15 (JE), Gn 12:12 (J), Nu 31:15 (P), Dt 6:24; 20:16 Ju 21:14 1 S 27:9, 11 1 K 18:5 2 K 7:4 Je 49:11 Ez 3:18 Hb 3:2 Jb 36:6 ψ 30:4; 33:19; 41:3; 138:7; ח׳ נפשׁ preserve oneself alive ψ 22:30 Ez 18:27, or preserve persons alive Ex 13:18, 19, or preserve life 1 K 20:31; ח׳ זרע preserve seed alive Gn 7:3; 19:32, 34 (J); keep in existence heaven and earth Ne 9:6; nourish, young cow Is 7:21, lamb 2 S 12:3. 2. give life, to man when created Jb 33:4. 3. quicken, revive, refresh: a. restore to life, the dead 1 S 2:6 Dt 32:39 Ho 6:2; the dying ψ 71:20. b. cause to grow, grain Ho 14:8. c. restore, a ruined city 1 Ch 11:8, stones destroyed by fire Ne 3:34. d. revive, the people of י׳ by י׳ himself with fulness of life in his favour ψ 80:19; 85:7; 119:25, 37, 40, 50, 88, 93, 107, 149, 154, 156, 159; 143:11 Ec 7:12. †Hiph. Pf. הֶחֱיָה Jos 6:25 + 5 times; 2 ms. sf. הֶחֱיִתָנוּ Gn 47:25; 1 s. הֶחֱיֵיתִי Nu 22:33, הַחֲיִתֶם Jos 2:13 Ju 8:19; Imv. sf. הַחֲיֵינִי Is 38:16; הַחֲיוּ Nu 31:18; Inf. abs. הַחֲיֵה Jos 9:20; cstr. הַחֲיוֹת Gn 6:20 + 6 times; הַחֲיֹת Gn 6:19; 50:20; sf. הַחֲיֹתוֹ Ez 13:22;— 1. preserve alive, let live Gn 45:7; 50:20 (E) 47:25 Nu 22:33 Jos 2:13; 6:25 (all J), 14:10 (D); Gn 6:19, 20 Nu 31:18 Jos 9:20 (P), Ju 8:19 2 S 8:2 Ez 13:22; with נפשׁ Gn 19:19 (J). 2. quicken, revive: a. restore to health, a leper 2 K 5:7, Hezekiah Is 38:16. b. revive the לֵב and רוּחַ Is 57:15(×2). c. restore to life, the dead 2 K 8:1, 5(×3).

ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο, also κεῖνος (regular in Epic dialect, Ionic dialect (as Refs 5th c.BC+ only where the metre requires,Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; but not in Attic dialect Prose, and in Comedy texts only in mock Trag. passages): Aeolic dialect κῆνος Refs 7th c.BC+: Doric dialect τῆνος Refs 3rd c.BC+: in Comedy texts, strengthened ἐκεινοσί Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐκεινοσίν Refs 2nd c.AD+: (ἐκεῖ):—demonstrative pronoun the person there, that person or thing, Refs 8th c.BC+: generally with reference to what has gone immediately before, Refs 5th c.BC+; but when οὗτος and ἐκεῖνος refer to two things before mentioned, ἐκεῖνος, properly belongs to the more remote, in time, place, or thought, οὗτος to the nearer, Refs 5th c.BC+ sometimes = the latter, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἆρ᾽ οὗτός ἐστ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ὅν..; Refs 5th c.BC+: also joined as if one pronoun, τοῦτ᾽ ἐκεῖνο..δέρκομαι Refs 5th c.BC+; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ at that point of time, Refs 1st c.AD+; ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο, à propos, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 to denote wellknown persons, etc., κεῖνος μέγας θεός Refs 8th c.BC+ __2.b ἐκεῖνα the ideal world, Refs __3 for things, of which one cannot remember or must not mention the name, ={ὁ δεῖνα}, so-and-so, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3.b in formulae, τεθνάτω καὶ οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἐξ ἐκείνου Refs __4 with simple demonstrative force, Ἶρος ἐκεῖνος ἧσται Irus sits there, Refs 8th c.BC+; νῆες ἐκεῖναι ἐπιπλέουσιν there are ships sailing up, Refs 5th c.BC+ __5 in indirect speech where properly the reflexive pronoun αὑτοῦ would stand, Refs 5th c.BC+ __6 after a Relat. in apodosi almost pleonastic, Refs 5th c.BC+ __7 in Aeolic dialect and Attic dialect the substantive with ἐκεῖνος properly has the Article (κῆνος ὤνηρ Refs 7th c.BC+ may precede or follow the substantive, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν στρατείαν ἐ., τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ ἐ., Refs 8th c.BC+; but when this is the case in Prose, ἐκεῖνος follows the substantive, ἡμέρας ἐκείνης Refs 5th c.BC+ __II adverb ἐκείνως in that case, Refs; in that way, Refs 5th c.BC+: Ionic dialect κείνως Refs 5th c.BC+ __III dative feminine ἐκείνῃ as adverb, __III.1 of Place, at that place, in that neighbourhood, Refs 5th c.BC+; κείνῃ (i.e. ὁδῷ) Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 of Manner, in that manner, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV with Preps., ἐξ ἐκείνου from that time, Refs 5th c.BC+; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνα in that region, Refs 5th c.BC+afterwards, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare ἐπέκεινα.

† חָטָא238 vb. miss (a goal or way), go wrong, sin (NH id.; Aramaic חֲטָא, ܚܛܳܐ; Assyrian ḫaṭû, ZimBP 46; Sab. חֿטא, החֿטא, id., DHM in MV; Arabic خَطِىَٔ do wrong, commit a mistake or an error; ii. make to miss the mark; iv. miss the mark, miss the way; Ethiopic ኀጥአ fail to find or have; sometimes sin, especially in deriv.)— Qal Pf. ח׳ Ex 32:31 + 29 times, 3 fs. חָֽטְאָה Lv 5:15 La 1:8, חָטָ֑אָה Je 50:14 Ez 16:15, חָטָאת Ex 5:16, etc., + 82 times Pf.; Impf. יֶחֱטָא Lv 4:3 + 12 times, תֶּחֱטָ֫אוּ Ex 20:20 ψ 4:5, etc. + 20 times Impf.; Inf. חֲטֹא Ez 3:21 + 8 times, מֵחֲטוֹא ψ 39:2, מֵחֲטוֹ (textual error for מחטא) Gn 20:6, בְּחֶטְאָה Nu 15:28, חֲטֹאתוֹ Ez 33:12 (del. Co); Pt. חוֹטֵא Pr 13:22 + 6 times, חֹטֵא Is 1:4 Ec 9:2, חוֹטֶא Is 65:20 + 2 times, חֹטֶא Ec 8:12, sf. חֹטְאִי Pr 8:36, pl. חֹטִ֯אֿים 1 S 14:33, sf. חֹטֵאת Ez 18:4, 20;— 1. miss: לא תחטא thou shalt not miss anything Jb 5:24, אָץ בְּרַגְלַיִם חוֹטֵא Pr 19:2 one hastening with his feet misseth (the way or the goal); חֹטְאִי חֹמֵס נַפְשׁוֹ Pr 8:36 the one missing me (Wisdom) is one wronging himself (opp. מֹצְאִי); miss, i.e. endanger, one’s life Pr 20:2 Hb 2:10 according to De VB (others sub 3 q.v.) 2. sin, miss the goal or path of right and duty: a. against man, abs. Ex 5:16 (E), 1 S 26:21 2 S 19:21 1 K 18:9 2 K 18:14; with לְ of the person against whom or towards whom one sins, Gn 40:1 (E), Ju 11:27 1 S 2:25; 19:4; 24:12, 1 K 8:31 = 2 Ch 6:22; מה חטאתי לך wherein have I sinned against thee? Gn 20:9 (E) Je 37:18; with בְּ, אל תחטאו בילד Gn 42:22 (E) do not sin against the lad, against David 1 S 19:4, 5. b. elsewhere always against God, abs. Ex 20:20 (E), 9:34 (J) Jos 7:11 (D) Lv 4:3; 5:1, 11, 17, 21, 23 Nu 16:22 (P), Ne 6:13 Jb 1:5, 22; 7:20; 10:14; 24:19; 35:6 ψ 4:5; 78:32 Is 43:27; 64:4 Je 2:35 La 5:7 Ez 3:21(×2); 16:51; 28:16; 33:12 Ho 8:11 (del. We Kl. Proph.), v 11 10:9; 13:2; לא נתתי לחטא חכי I have not permitted my palate to sin Jb 31:30; Pt. חֹטֵא, used as adj., sinful nation Is 1:4, sinful person Ez 18:4, 20; but usually as noun, sinner Pr 11:31; 13:22; 14:21 Ec 2:26; 7:26; 8:12; 9:2, 18 Is 65:20. Sin is confessed: חָטָאנוּ we have sinned Nu 14:40; 21:7 (E) Ju 10:15 1 S 12:10, 1 K 8:47 = 2 Ch 6:37, Ne 1:6 ψ 106:6 La 5:16 Dn 9:5, 15; חטאתי I have sinned Ex 9:27 Nu 22:34 (J) 1 S 15:24, 30 2 S 24:10, 17 1 Ch 21:8, 17 Jb 33:27. Sin is universal: אין אדם אשׁר לא יחטא there is no man who sinneth not 1 K 8:46 = 2 Ch 6:36, כי אדם אין צדיק בארץ אשׁר יעשׂה טוב ולא יחטא Ec 7:20 for man there is none righteous in the earth who doeth good and sinneth not; with לְ, against God Gn 20:6 (E), 39:9 (J), Ex 32:33 Nu 32:33 (both JE), Dt 9:16; 20:18 1 S 2:25; 12:23; 14:33, 34, 1 K 8:33, 35, 46, 50 = 2 Ch 6:24, 26, 36, 39, 2 K 17:7 Ho 4:7 Mi 7:9 Zp 1:17 Je 40:3; 44:23; 50:7, 14 Ez 14:13 Is 42:24 Jb 8:4 ψ 78:17; 119:11 Ne 1:6; in confession חטאתי ל Ex 10:16 Jos 7:20 (J), 2 S 12:13 ψ 41:5; 51:6; חטאנו ל Dt 1:41 Ju 10:10 1 S 7:6 Je 3:25; 8:14; 14:7, 20 Dn 9:8, 11; with בְּ of instr., lips Jb 2:10, tongue ψ 39:2; wherein Ez 37:23 Lv 4:23 (P), therein Lv 5:22 (P); ellipsis of בְּ in phrase עונם אשׁר ח׳ לי (their) iniquity wherein they sinned against me Je 33:8(×2); בשׁגגה by error, unwittingly Lv 4:2, 22, 27; 5:15 Nu 15:27, 28 (all P); against thy judgments Ne 9:29; with עַל, with regard to Lv 5:5 Nu 6:11 (P) Ne 13:26; with cognate acc. ח׳ חֲטָאָה Ex 32:30, 31 (JE); חַטָּאת אשׁר ח׳ Nu 12:11 (J) Lv 4:3, 28(×2), 35; 5:6, 10, 13 (all P) 19:22(×2) (H), Dt 9:18 1 K 14:16, 22; 15:30; 16:13, 19 2 K 21:17 Ez 18:24; 33:16; חטאת אשׁר ח׳ ל Je 16:10 Ne 1:6; חטאת אשׁר ח׳ על Lv 4:14 (P); חֵטְא ח׳ La 1:8; חֵטְא אשׁר ח׳ Dt 19:15. 3. incur guilt, penalty by sin, forfeit: וחטאתי לך כל הימים Gn 43:9 I shall incur the blame of sinning against thee all my days, cf. 44:32 (J); c. acc. חוֹטֵא נפשׁ for feiting one-self, one’s life Pr 20:2 Hb 2:10 according to most, yet v. sub 1.—והביא אשׁמו אשׁר ח׳ Lv 5:7, he shall bring his trespass-offering which he has incurred by sin; קרבנו אשׁר ח׳ Lv 5:11; את אשׁר ח׳ מן־הקדשׁ ישׁלּם v 16 what he hath incurred by taking of the holy thing he shall pay. Pi. Pf. חִטֵּא Lv 14:52; sf. חִטְּאוֹ Nu 19:19, חִטֵּאתָ Ex 29:36 + 2 times; 3 pl. חִטְּאוּ Ez 43:22(×2); Impf. וַיְחַטֵּא Lv 8:15; sf. וַיְחַטְּאֵהוּ Lv 9:15, תְּחַטְּאֵנִי ψ 51:9, אֲחַטֶּנָּה Gn 31:39, וַיְחַטְּאוּ 2 Ch 29:24; Inf. חַטֵּא Lv 14:49 Ez 43:23; Pt. הַמְחַטֵּא Lv 6:19;— 1. bear loss: אָנֹכִי אֲחַטֶּנָּה I bare the loss of it Gn 31:39 (E; lit. I counted it missing? poss. read אֲחֻטּנה I was made to miss it?). 2. make a sin-offering: c. sf. referring to שׂעיר Lv 9:15 (P); to sin-offering Lv 6:19 (P); על המזבח upon the altar Ex 29:36 (P; not cleanse the altar RV); ח׳ את דמם המזבחה 2 Ch 29:24 made a sin-offering with their blood on the altar. 3. purify from sin: the altar, by putting the blood of the sin-offering on its horns, Lv 8:15 (P), Ez 43:20, 22(×2), 23; the sanctuary, by applying to it the blood of the sin-offering Ez 45:18. 4. purify from uncleanness: the house of the leper by application of the mixture of living water and blood of the bird Lv 14:49, 52 (P); a person, by application of the mixture of living water and ashes of the red heifer Nu 19:19 (P), by sprinkling with a hyssop sprig ψ 51:9. Hiph. Pf. הֶחֱטִיא 1 K 14:16 + 17 times, הֶחֶטִי֯ (Kt error for החטִיא) 2 K 13:6; sf. הֶחֱטִיאָם 2 K 17:21; pl. הֶחֱטִיאוּ 1 K 16:13 Ne 13:26; Impf. יַחֲטִא Ju 20:16 2 K 21:11; תַּחֲטִיא Dt 24:4; וַתַּחֲטִא 1 K 16:2; 21:22; pl. יַחֲטִיאוּ Ex 23:33; Inf. הַחֲטִיא Ec 5:5 1 K 16:19 Je 32:35 (Qr), הַחֲ֯טִי Je 32:35 (Kt error); Pt. pl. cstr. מַחֲטִיאֵי Is 29:21;— 1. miss the mark: קֹלֵעַ בָּאֶבֶן אֶל־הַשַּׂעְרָה וְלֹא יַחֲטִא Ju 20:16 slinging with stones at an hair and would not miss. 2. induce or cause to sin: with acc. Ex 23:33 (JE), Ne 13:26; elsewhere in the phrase החטיא את ישׂראל (he) caused Israel to sin 1 K 14:16; 15:26, 30, 34; 16:2, 13, 19, 26; 21:22; 22:53; 2 K 3:3; 10:29, 31; 13:2, 6, 11; 14:24; 15:9, 18, 24, 28; 23:15; c. sf. ref. to Isr. 2 K 17:21; את יהודה 2 K 21:11, 16 Je 32:35 (sometimes c. 2nd acc.—חטאת, or אשׁר ref. to חטאת:—1 K 15:26, 34; 16:26 2 K 17:21; 21:16; prob. also 1 K 14:16; 15:30; 16:13; no 2nd acc. 1 K 16:2, 19; 21:22; 22:53 2 K 21:11; 23:15 Je 32:35; the rest are ambiguous). 3. bring into guilt, condemnation, punishment: מחטיאי אדם Is 29:21 who bring a man into condemnation; לא תחטיא את הארץ Dt 24:4 thou shalt not bring the land into guilt; אל תתן את־פיך לחטיא את־בשׂרך Ec 5:5 do not permit thy mouth to bring thy flesh into punishment. Hithp. Impf. יִתְחַטָּא Nu 19:12 + 4 times, יִתְחַטְּאוּ Nu 8:21, יִתְחַטָּ֑אוּ Jb 41:17, תִּתְחַטְּאוּ Nu 31:19, תִּתְחַטָּ֑אוּ Nu 31:20;— 1. miss oneself, lose oneself, fig. for be bewildered, beside oneself, מִשְּׁבָרִים יִתְחַטָּאוּ Jb 41:17 by reason of consternation they are beside themselves (‖ יגורו are afraid). 2. purify oneself from uncleanness, only in P: a. Levites Nu 8:21. b. those in contact with the dead Nu 19:12, 13, 20; 31:19, 20; with בְּ, בְּמֵי נִדָּה Nu 31:23; by a mixture of ashes of the red heifer with fresh water Nu 19:12.

οὐδείς, feminine οὐδεμίᾰ (never nominative accusative -μίη, -μίην, since οὐδεμιῇ is probably in Refs, rarely οὐδ᾽ ἴα Refs 7th c.BC+, not one, i.e. no one, none, used by Refs 8th c.BC+, except in the phrase τὸ ὃν μένος οὐδενὶ εἴκων Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐδείς is found in Refs 5th c.BC+: rare in plural, no set of persons or things, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδένων εἰσὶ βελτίους, i.e. οὔ τινων ἄλλων, Refs 5th c.BC+ —In _Ionic dialect_ the _plural_ is usually οὐδαμοί. __2 οὐ. ὅστις οὐ every one, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ every, Refs; this came to be regarded as one word, so that οὐδείς passed into the same case as ὅστις, οὐδένα ὅντινα οὐ κατέκλασε Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 later οὐδὲν ὅ τι without οὐ, = nothing, οὐδὲν ὅ τι παρήσω Refs 4th c.BC+ __4 ὅστις οὐδείς not one, ἐτεθνήκεσαν δὲ αὐτῶν μὲν ἀμφὶ τοὺς τετρακοσίους, Ρωμαίων δὲ ὅστις οὐδείς Refs __II naught, good for naught, ὦ νῦν μὲν οὐ. αὔριον δ᾽ ὑπέρμεγας Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ μὲν [γένος ἀνδρῶν] οὐδέν Refs 5th c.BC+ knowing naught, Refs 6th c.BC+; οὐκ ἄρ᾽ ᾔστην οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν δάκνειν knew nothing save how to.., Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν λέγειν to say naught, see at {λέγω} (B) III.6 ; τὸ οὐδ᾽ οὐδέν the absolute nothing, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 in neuter, of persons, οὐδέν εἰμι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 in plural, οὐδένες ἐόντες ἐν οὐδαμοῖσι ἐοῦσι Ἕλλησι being nobodies, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ μηδὲν ὢν κἀξ οὐδένων κεκλήσομαι uncertain conjecture in Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 with Preps., παρ᾽ οὐδὲν εἶναι Refs; παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ἄγειν, θέσθαι, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.5 τὸ οὐδέν naught, zero, in Arith., Refs 2nd c.AD+; used by Democritus as a name for Place, Refs 4th c.BC+ __III neuter οὐδέν as adverb, not at all, naught, ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐ. ἔτισεν Refs 8th c.BC+: in answers, nothing, never mind, no matter, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδέν γε not at all, Refs; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον, οὐδὲν ἧσσον, οὐδὲν ὕστερος, see at {μάλα} Refs 4th c.BC+ __III.2 οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἤ, see at {ἄλλος} III. 2. __B REMARKS: the more emphatic and literal sense, not even one, i.e. none whatever, belongs to the full form, οὐδὲ εἷς, οὐδὲ μία, οὐδὲ ἕν, which is never elided, even in Comedy texts (see. Refs 5th c.BC+, but frequently has a Particle inserted between,Refs 5th c.BC+

יָרַשׁ229 vb. take possession of, inherit, dispossess (MI7 וירש take possession of; Aramaic יְרֵית, ܝܺܪܶܬ take possession of, and be heir to, inherit; so Ethiopic ወረሰ Arabic وَرِثَ inherit; v. also Sab. ורתֿ, inherit, CISiv, 37, 3), especially D (62 times Qal, 1 times Pi, 7 times Hiph. in Dt + 13 times D in Jos);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. יָרַשׁ Je 49:1; וְיָרַשׁ consec. Je 49:2 Nu 27:11; 2 ms. יָרָ֑שְׁתָּ 1 K 21:19; וְיָרַשְׁתָּ֫ Dt 6:18 + 2 times; sf. וִירִשְׁתָּהּ consec. Dt 17:14 + 2 times (on this and kindred forms v. Köi. 406, 411); וִירִשְׁתָּם consec. Dt 19:1; 31:3; 3 pl. יָֽרְשׁוּ Dt 3:20 +; sf. וִירֵשׁוּךָ consec. Ez 36:12 (Köl.c.); וִירֵשׁוּהָ consec. Is 34:11 + 3 times; 2 mpl. וִירִשְׁתֶּם consec. Dt 4:1 + 7 times; 1 pl. יָרַשְׁנוּ Dt 3:12, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִירַשׁ Gn 21:10 ψ 25:13; 2 mpl. תִּירְשׁוּ Lv 20:24 1 Ch 28:8; תִּירָ֑שׁוּ Ez 33:25, 26; תִּירָשׁ֑וּן Dt 5:30, etc.; Imv. ms. יְרָ֑שָׁה Dt 33:23; רֵשׁ Dt 1:21 1 K 21:15; רָ֑שׁ Dt 2:24, 31; mpl. וּרְשׁוּ Dt 1:8; 9:23; Inf. cstr. לָרֶ֫שֶׁת Dt 2:31 + 17 times; לָרָ֑שֶׁת Ne 9:23; sf. לְרִשְׁתְּךָ Gn 28:4; לְרִשְׁתּוֹ 1 K 21:16, 18; לְרִשְׁתָּהּ Gn 15:7 + 28 times; Pt. יוֹרֵשׁ Gn 15:3 + 6 times; pl. י(וֹ)רְשִׁים Dt 12:2 Je 8:10; sf. יֹרְשָׁיו Je 49:2;— 1. take possession of, especially by force, have as a possession, often with collat. idea of taking in place of others, succeeding to, inheriting (cf. 2: a. land, sq. acc. Gn 15:7, 8 Nu 13:30; 21:24, 35 Jos 18:3 (all JE), 24:4, 8 (E), Ju 2:6; 11:21, 22, 23, 24(×2); 18:9 Dt 1:8, 21, 39 + 25 times Dt, + †Dt 11:31; 17:14; 26:1 (all possess land and dwell therein), similarly Is 65:9(×2) ψ 69:36; בְּאַרְצָם מִשְׁנֶה יִירָ֑שׁוּ Is 61:7 in their land they shall possess the double; הָחֵל רָשׁ Dt 2:24; הָחֵל רָשׁ לָרֶשֶׁת אֶת־אַרְצוֹ v 31; especially phr. (הארץ) שָׁמָּה לְרִשְׁתָּהּ (etc. עֹבְרִים) אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם בָּאִים Dt 4:5, 14, 26 + 12 times Dt, also Ezr 9:10; v. Dt 30:18 Jos 1:11(×2), 15(×2); 12:1; 13:1; 21:41; 23:5 (all D); Am 2:10 Ob 19, 19 Hb 1:6 Ez 33:24, 25, 26 Lv 20:24(×2) (H), Gn 28:4 Nu 33:53 (both P), 1 Ch 28:8 Ne 9:15, 22, 23, 24; ψ 25:13; 37:9, 11, 22, 29, 34; + ב instr. 44:4; also וַעֲמַל לְאֻמִּים יִירָ֑שׁוּ 105:44 (‖ (וִיִּתֵּן לָהֶם אַרְצוֹת גּוֹיִם); †take possession of fields Je 8:10 (obj. not expr.), 1 K 21:15, 16, 18, 19 ψ 83:13; inheritance (in land) Nu 27:11; 36:8(×2) (all P); city (cities), Jos 19:47 (JE), Ju 3:13 Ob 20; so הַר־קָדְשִׁי Is 57:13 (‖ נחל ארץ), 63:18 where read prob. הַר־קָדְשֶׁ֑ךָ (for MT עַם־ק׳, see 𝔊 VB and ‖ cl.); possess city and dwell therein 2 K 17:24 Is 34:17; Is 34:11 yea the pelican and bittern shall possess it; so of nettles Ho 9:6; וְיִרַשׁ זַרְעֲךָ אֵת שַׁעַר אֹיְבָיו Gn 22:17, cf. 24:60 (both J); possess houses Ez 7:24 (del. Co), Ne 9:25; יוֹרֵשׁ עֶצֶר Ju 18:7 possessing wealth (? see VB)†. †b. a people (with collat. idea of being their heir (2), and so dispossessing them), so especially in Dt 2:12, 21, 22; 9:1 (+ cities), 11:23; 12:2, 29(×2); 18:14; 19:1; 31:3; Nu 21:32 (Kt וַיִּירַשׁ; JE), Am 9:12; מַדּוּעַ יָרַשׁ מִלְכֹּם אֶת־גָּ֑ד Je 49:1 (on text see VB), v 2, 2 (in these 3 perhaps play on meaning inherit, cf. v 1 a); Ez 36:12 Ob 17 Is 54:3; nations + countries Ez 35:10. †2. inherit, sq. acc. pers. = be one’s heir Gn 15:3, 4(×2) (JE); שִׁפְחָה כִּי־תִירַשׁ גְּבִרְתָּהּ Pr 30:23 (or, dispossess?); abs. be heir, sq. עִם pers. = jointly with 21:10 (E); (הַ)יּוֹרֵשׁ (the) heir 2 S 14:7 Je 49:1 (‖ בָּנִים); Mi 1:15 (= possessor, captor), where paronom. with n.pr.loc. מָרֵשָׁה; inherit persons, as slaves לָרֶשֶׁת אֲחֻזָּה Lv 25:46 (H). †3. = impoverish, הַלְיָרְשֵׁנוּ קְרָאתֶם (var. Pi. הַלְיָֽרְ׳ Ju 14:15 (v. Ges§ 69 m)) to impoverish us did ye call (us)? †Niph. Impf. יִוָּרֵשׁ Pr 23:21; 2 ms. תִּוָּרֵשׁ Gn 45:11 Pr 20:13; אִוָּרֵשׁ Pr 30:9;—be (dispossessed =) impoverished, come to poverty Gn 45:11 (E), Pr 20:13; 23:21; 30:9 (opp. אֶשְׂבַּע). †Pi. Impf. פְּרִי אַדְמָתֶ֑ךָ יְיָרֵשׁ הַצְּלָצַֽל Dt 28:42 the fruit of thy ground shall the cricket get full possession of (cf. Qal Ho 9:6 Is 34:11), i.e. devour. †Hiph. Pf. 3 ms. הוֹרִישׁ Ju 1:27 +; 2 ms. הוֹרַשְׁתָּ 2 Ch 20:7 ψ 44:3, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יוֹרִישׁ Jos 3:10; וַיּ֫(וֹ)רֶשׁ Ju 1:19 +; 3 fs. sf. 3 mpl. תּוֹרִישֵׁמוּ Ex 15:9, etc.; Inf. abs. הוֹרֵשׁ Jos 3:10; 17:13; הוֹרֵישׁ Ju 1:28; cstr. לְהוֹרִישׁ Dt 4:38 +, etc.; Pt. מוֹרִישׁ 1 S 2:7 Dt 18:12; sf. מוֹרִישָׁם Dt 9:4, 5;— 1. cause to possess, or inherit Ju 11:24; מִיְּרֻשָֽׁתְךָ אֲשֶׁר הוֹרַשְׁתָּנוּ 2 Ch 20:11; sq. ל pers., וְהוֹרַשְׁתֶּם לִבְנֵיכֶם Ezr 9:12 and cause your sons to inherit (it); fig. תּוֹרִישֵׁנִי עֲוֹנוֹת נְעוּרָ֑י Jb 13:26 thou makest me to inherit (the consequences of) the iniquities of my youth. 2. cause (others) to possess or inherit, then gen. dispossess: a. sq. acc. gent. vel pers., Jos 13:13; 16:10 (both JE), Ju 1:29, 30, 31, 32, 33 (all opp. ישׁב בְּקֶרֶב), Jos 14:12 (JE), 17:13 (JE; הוֹרֵשׁ לֹא הוֹרִישׁוֹ), Ju 1:28 (id.); opp. ישׁב אֵת Jos 15:63; opp. ישׁב בְּ Ju 1:21, 27; also Nu 21:32 Qr, 32:39 Jos 17:18 (all JE), 13:12 (D), Ju 1:19b; 2:23; also וַיֹּרֶשׁ אֶת־הָהָר 1:19a (= את־יושׁבי ההר see v b), Dt 7:17 ψ 44:3; וְהוֹרַשְׁתָּם וְהַאֲבַדְתָּם Dt 9:3; sq. acc. + מִפְּנֵי Ex 34:24 Nu 32:21 Jos 3:10 (הוֹרֵשׁ יוֹרִישׁ; all these JE), Dt 4:38; 9:4, 5; 18:12 Jos 13:6; 23:9 (both D), Nu 33:52, 55 (both P), Ju 2:21; 11:23, 24 1 K 14:24; 21:26 2 K 16:3; 17:8; 21:2 (all D), 2 Ch 28:3; 33:2; acc. + מִלִּפְנֵי Dt 11:23 Jos 23:5, 13 (D; ‖ הָדַף), 2 Ch 20:7; acc. + מִשָּׁם Jos 15:14 (JE) = Ju 1:20; of cities (i.e. their inhabitants) Jos 8:7; 17:12; so of a land = Nu 33:53 (P), see v 52, 55 [𝔊 + יושׁבי] b. sq. acc. rei, מִבִּטְנוֹ יֹרִשֶׁנּוּ אֵל Jb 20:15 God shall cast them out of his belly, i.e. riches (‖ חַיִל בָּלַע וַיְקִאֶנּוּ). 3. = impoverish, יהוה מוֹרִישׁ וּמַעֲשׁיר 1 S 2:7 (song) י׳ impoverisheth and maketh rich; sq. acc. (of Tyre) אֲדֹנָי יוֹרִשֶׁנָּה Zc 9:4 (see v 3). 4. nearly = bring to ruin, destroy, sq. acc. gent. אָרִיק חַרְבִּי תּוֹרִישֵׁמוֹ יָדִי Ex 15:9 (poem in E); so perhaps also Nu 14:12 (JE; AV disinherit; ‖ אַכֶּנּוּ בַדֶּבֶר). 5. = Qal take possession of a land Nu 14:24 (JE), but read prob. יִרָשֶׁנָּה.

I. אַחֵר adj. another (proposes one coming behind), f. אַחֶ֑רֶת Ez 41:24 (dag. f. implic.); pl. אֲחֵרִים (as if from sg. אָחֵר), once Jb 31:10 אֲחֵרִין, אֲחֵרוֹת ( = Arabic آخَرُ, Sab. אאחֿר, Assyrian aḫrû future, fpl. as subst. aḫrât ûmê future of days) Gn 4:25 זֶרַע אַחֵר another seed 8:10 שִׁבְעַת יָמִים אֲחֵרִים seven other days Ex 22:4 בִּשְׂדֵה אַחֵר in the field of another + often; אִישׁ אַחֵר another man (husband) Gn 29:19 Dt 24:2 Je 3:1; חָצֵר הָאַחֶרֶת 1 K 7:8 the other court, v. חָצֵר; הַחוֹמָה א׳ 2 Ch 32:5 the other wall, v. חוֹמָה. Appended to a n.pr. for distinction Ezr 2:31 = Ne 7:34 (see v 7 = Ne v 12) Ne 7:33 (prob. here textual error, v. BeRy 18: not in Ezr 2:29). Often with the collat. sense of different, as בְּגָדִים א׳ other garments Lv 6:4 1 S 28:8 Ez 42:14; 44:19; עָפָר, אֲבָנִים Lv 14:42; רוּחַ Nu 14:24; וְנֶהְפַּכְתָּ֫ לְאִישׁ אַ׳ 1 S 10:6; לֵב v 9 Ez 11:19 (𝔊 Hi Sm); שֵׁם Is 65:15 (cf. 62:2 חָדָשׁ); with that of strange, alien, as אִישׁ אַ׳ Dt 20:5, 6, 7; 28:30 (so אַחֵר, אֲחֵרִים alone ψ 109:8 Jb 31:8, 10 Is 65:22 Je 6:12; 8:10 al.); עַם Dt 28:32; אֶרֶץ 29:27 Je 22:26; אִשָּׁה Ju 11:2; לָשׁוֹן Is 28:11 (‖ בְּלַעֲגֵי שָׂפָה); especially in the phrase אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים other gods (63 times) Ex 20:3 (= Dt 5:7) 23:13 (both JE) Jos 24:2, 16 (E) 1 S 26:19 Ho 3:1, & particularly in Dt (6:14; 8:19 + 15 times) & Deut. writers, as Jos 23:16 Ju 2:12, 17, 19 Je (18 times) & compiler of Kings; אֵל אַחֵר once Ex 34:14 (JE). So אַחֵר alone Is 42:8 ψ 16:4. †Of time, following, next (rare) בַּשָּׁנָה הָאַ׳ Gn 17:21 (P) in the next year; 2 K 6:29 בַּיּוֹם הָאַ׳; דּוֹר אַ׳ Joel 1:3 ψ 109:13 poet. the next generation (Ju 2:10 in prose = another generation).

ἄλλος, η, ο, Refs 5th c.AD+ yος, cf. Latin alius):—another, i. e. one besides what has been mentioned, either adjective or pronoun: when adjective, its substantive is either in the same case, or in genitive, Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοίRefs 8th c.BC+ —ἄ. μέν.. ἄ. δέ.. one.. another.., more rarely the one.. the other.. (of two persons, etc.), Refs 8th c.BC+; τὰ μέν.. ἄλλα δέ.. Refs 8th c.BC+, and Attic dialect; ἕτερον μέν.. ἄλλον δέ.. Refs 8th c.BC+; ἄλλο μέν.. ἑτέρου δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II with τις, any other, οὐδέ τις ἄ. ἔγνω ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα ΚασσάνδρηRefs 8th c.BC+; οὐδεὶς ἄ. no other, Refs; ἄλλα πολλάRefs 8th c.BC+ __II.2 frequently with another of its own cases or derived Adverbs, ἄ. ἄλλα λέγει one man says one thing, one another, Refs 5th c.BC+; see at {ἄλλοθεν, ἄλλοσε, ἄλλοτε}; also with Verb in plural, παραλαμβάνων ἄ. ἄλλον ἐπ᾽ ἄλλου, τὸν δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλου χρείᾳ.. ἐθέμεθα πόλιν ὄνομαRefs 5th c.BC+ when the several parties are plural, λείπουσι τὸν λόφον.. ἄλλοι ἄλλοθενRefs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 ἄ. καὶ ἄ., one and then another, one or two, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο one thing after another, Refs; πρὸς ἄλλὡ καὶ ἄλλὡ σημείὡ to different points, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __II.4 repeated for emphasis, ἄ. ἄ. τρόπος quite another sort, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.5 οὐδ᾽ ἄ. for οὐδέτερος, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __II.6 with Article, ὁ ἄλλος, the rest, all besides; in plural, οἱ ἄλλοι (Ionic dialect contraction ὧλλοι) all the others, the rest, frequently from Refs 8th c.BC+; τὰ ἄλλα, contraction τἆλλα, all else, τἆλλα πλὴν ὁ χρυσόςRefs; in Attic dialect frequently as adverb, for the rest, especially in amendments to decrees, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα καθάπερ ὁ δεῖνα κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ ἄ. χρόνος, ={ὁ λοιπὸς χρόνος}, of the future, Refs 5th c.BC+ (but also of the past, Refs 4th c.BC+; τῇ ἄλλῃ ἡμέρᾳ, τῷ ἄλλῳ ἔτει, next day, next year, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἵτε ἄλλοι καί.. all others and especially.., γυναῖκας ἄλλας τε πολλὰς καὶ δὴκαὶ βασιλέος θυγατέραRefs 5th c.BC+; ἄλλα τε δὴ εἶπε, καί.. Refs 5th c.BC+ —τὸ ἄλλο is much less frequently than τὰ ἄλλα. __II.7 with Numerals, yet, still, further, τρίτον ἄ. γένοςRefs 8th c.BC+; πέμπτος ποταμὸς ἄ. yet a fifth river, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.8 in enumerations, as well, besides, ἅμα τῇγε καὶ ἀμφίπολοι κίον ἄλλαι with her their mistress came attendants also, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ γὰρ ἦν χόρτος οὐδὲ ἄ. δένδρον οὐδέν there was no grass nor any tree at all, Refs 5th c.BC+; προσοφλὼν οὐ τὴν ἐπωβελίαν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλην ὕβριν besides, Refs 8th c.BC+; with comparative, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+; with superlative, ὀϊζυρώτατος ἄλλωνRefs 8th c.BC+ __III less frequently, ={ἀλλοῖος}, of other sort, different, Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 in this sense, with genitive, ἄλλα τῶν δικαίων other than just, Refs 5th c.BC+ —followed by ἤ.., with preceding _negative_, οὐδὲ ἄλλο.., οὐδὲν ἄλλο (or ἄλλο οὐδέν).., ἤ.. nothing else than.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἃ μηδὲν ἄλλο ἢ διανεῖταί τις which one only thinks, Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἄλλογ᾽ ἢπόνοι..; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί ἄλλο (i.e. ἐποίησαν) ἢ ἐπεβούλευσα; Refs 5th c.BC+; by Preps., πρό..Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀντί.. Refs 4th c.BC+; παρά.. Refs 8th c.BC+ —see also ἄλλο τι. __III.3 other than what is, untrue, unreal, Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.4 other than right, wrong, bad, ἄλλου τινος ἡττῆσθαι yield to some unworthy motive, Refs 4th c.BC+; compare ἄλλως.

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (sometimes written ὅ, τι to distinct it from ὅτι, that): Refs 8th c.BC+ has also the masculine collateral form ὅτις Refs 8th c.BC+ and Ionic dialect and Refs 4th c.AD+ and the neuter ὅττι Refs 8th c.BC+—In some forms only the second part is inflected, i.e. genitive ὅτου Refs 5th c.BC+, Epic dialect ὅττεο Refs 8th c.BC+[same place], contraction ὅττευ Refs 8th c.BC+; perhaps also in Ionic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; Epic dialect ὅτεῳ Refs 8th c.BC+, and as disyllable, Refs 8th c.BC+; Epic dialect accusative ὅτινα Refs 8th c.BC+; Delph. dative ὅτινι Refs 3rd c.BC+; neuter ὅτινα Refs 8th c.BC+, Attic dialect ὅτων Refs 8th c.BC+, Attic dialect ὅτοισι Refs 8th c.BC+, Aeolic dialect ὄττινας Refs 7th c.BC+: of the forms with double inflexion Refs 8th c.BC+; ᾧτινι first in Refs 8th c.BC+; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in Refs 5th c.BC+ rarely as feminine, Refs 5th c.BC+—For the Ionic dialect and Epic dialect form ἅσσα, Attic dialect ἅττα, see at {ἅσσα}.—On the concord and constructionRefs 5th c.BC+, 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever; ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι Refs 8th c.BC+: frequently without express antecedent, χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ Refs 8th c.BC+: hence frequently in maxims or sentiments, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ᾽ ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ... Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔστιν ὅ., frequently with a negative, οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν.. ἡγήσαιτο Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰσὶν οἵτινες Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ.. everything, Refs 5th c.BC+, but only in singular, ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ Refs 5th c.BC+; but πᾶσιν.. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ Refs __II referring to a definite object, properly only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα.., δι᾽ ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, Refs 5th c.BC+; but in quite definite sense, βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ἐφ᾽ ὅτῳ, ={ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε}, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __III in indirect questions, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that..,Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ ε;—ὅστις; πολίτης χρηστός Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 rare and late in direct questions, ὅ τι ἐστὶ τὸ ἐμποδίζον ; Refs 2nd c.AD+; ἀνθ᾽ ὅτου.. ; = why? Refs 4th c.AD+-C.; compare ὅπως. __IV limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles: __IV.1 ὅστις γε being one who (compare ὅσγε), Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.2 ὅστις δή (see. δή IV. Refsto some one or other of the gods, Refs 5th c.BC+; so __IV.2.b ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, Refs 6th c.BC+: rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (variant{ὅτι ἄν}) Refs 4th c.BC+ __IV.2.c ὁστισδηποτοῦν Refs 4th c.BC+ __IV.2.d so also ὅστις alone, Refs 5th c.BC+ none at all, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.3 ὅστις ποτε whoever, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.4 ὅστις περ (compare ὅσπερ), mostly in neuter, ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ᾽ ὄφελος Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.5 ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, Refs 8th c.BC+ __V neuter ὅ τι used absolutely as a conjunction, see at {ὅ τι}. __VI ἐξ ὅτου from which time, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπ᾽ ὅτευ since.., Refs 5th c.BC+; so ἕως ὅτου until.., NT __VI.2 from what cause, Refs 5th c.BC+

קָבַר132 vb. bury (NH id.; Ph. קבר, bury, קבר tomb; Arabic قَبَرَ, Assyrian ḳibîru, Aramaic קְבַר, ܩܒܰܪ, Nab. קבר, all bury; Palm. Nab. קברא tomb, so Sab. קבר HomChrest. 126 Liḥy. קבר bury; DHMEpigr. Denkm. No. 35, 2, 3, cf. מקבר(הם) burial-place CISiv, No. 20, 1, 2, 4);— Qal86 Pf. 3 ms. ק׳ Gn 23:19; 2 ms. sf. consec. וּקְבַרִתַּנְי 47:30, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. וַיִּקְבֹּר Dt 34:6; 2 K 21:26, etc.; Imv. קְבֹר Gn 23:6 +, etc.; Inf. abs. קָבוֹר Dt 21:23; cstr. לִקְבּוֹר Je 19:11 +, etc.; Pt. act. קֹבֵר 2 K 9:10 +, etc.; pass. קָבוּר 1 K 13:31, pl. קְבֻרִים Ec 8:10 bury, acc. pers., bones, etc., usually c. ב loc., 2 S 2:32; 1 K 13:31(×2) Gn 23:6 Jos 24:30, 32(×2) Ju 2:9 + 33 times; c. בֵּיתוֹ loc. 2 Ch 33:20 (בְּגַן־בֵּיתוֹ ‖ 2 K 21:18, also בְּבֵיתוֹ 1 S 25:1; 1 K 2:34); c. שָׁם Nu 11:34, תַּחַת 1 S 31:13 = 1 Ch 10:12; pregn. c. אֶל loc. Gn 23:19; 25:9; Ez 39:15; אֶל־אֲבֹתָ֑י Gn 49:29; cf. עִם־אֲבוֹתָיו 2 K 12:22; 15:7; 2 Ch 25:28; 26:23 (v. also Niph., and תָּבוֹא אֶל־אֲבֹתֶיךָ Gn 15:15); c. שָׁ֫מָּה Gn 23:13; 49:31(×3); 50:5; c. acc. pers. alone 2 S 2:4, 5 + 22 times; + מִלְּפָנַי Gn 23:4, 8; pass. Ec 8:10; acc. om. 2 K 9:10 + 3 times + (c. ב) 2 S 4:12. Niph.39 Impf. 3 ms. יִקָּבֵר Je 22:19, etc.;—be buried Gn 15:15 Je 8:2; 16:4, 6; 25:33 (+ אסף), as read perhaps Ez 29:5 for תִּקָּבֵץ (+ id.); קְבֻרַת חֲמוֹר יִקּ׳ Je 22:19; usually c. ב loc. Gn 35:19 Ju 8:32 + 6 times Ju, 2 S 17:23; 1 K 2:10, 34 + 16 times K Ch (+ עִם־אֲבוֹתַיו 1 K 14:31; 15:24 + 6 times; עִם־מַלְכֵי יִשְׂר׳ 2 K 13:13; 14:16); c. שָׁם Nu 20:1 + 3 times; c. תַּחַת, מִתַּחַת Gn 35:8. †Pi. bury (in masses), c. acc.: Impf. 3 fs. sf. תְּקַבְּרֵם Ho 9:6; Inf. cstr. לְקַבֵּר 1 K 11:15; Pt. pl. מְקַבְרִים Nu 33:4 Ez 39:14; as n. intens., of office, burier, sg. מְקַבֵּר Je 14:16, pl. הַמּ׳ Ez 39:15. †Pu. Pf. 3 ms. שָׁ֫מַּה קֻבַּר אַבְרָהָם Gn 25:10.

אֲנַ֫חְנוּ, אֲנָ֑חְנוּ pron. 1 pl. comm. we (the pl. corresp. to אָנֹכִי, as אֲנוּ to אֲנִי; v. WSG p. 100; Ph. אנחן, Aramaic אֲנַחְנָא, 𝔗 also נַחְנָא, Syriac ܐܶܢܚܢܰܢ, ܐܶܢܰܚܢܰܢ, ܚܢܰܢ, Arabic نَحْنُ, Ethiopic ንሕነ ) Gn 13:8; 29:4; 37:7; 42:11, 13; Nu 9:7; Dt 1:28, 41; Jo 2:17, 18, etc. Like אֲנִי, following a ptcp. as its subj. Gn 19:13; Nu 10:29; Ju 19:18 2 K 18:26; appended to a vb. for emph. Ju 9:28 2 K 10:4; Is 20:6.

ἀλλήλων, Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect ἀλλάλων, genitive plural, dua. ἀλλήλοιν, Epic dialect ἀλλήλοιϊνRefs 8th c.BC+ feminine -αιν Refs 5th c.BC+ codices: dative ἀλλήλοις, αις, οις, dual ἀλλήλοιν: accusative ἀλλήλους, ας, a, dual ἀλλήλω (feminine) LXX+5th c.BC+: the dual is rare in Prose: singular, κεράμὡ ἁρμόττοντι πρὸς ἄλληλονRefs:—of one another, to one another, one another; hence, mutually, reciprocally, used of all three persons, Refs 8th c.BC+ among one another, Refs 5th c.BC+; πρὸς ἀλλήλους, εἰς ἄλληλα, Refs; ἐπί, πρὸς ἀλλήλοις, Refs 8th c.BC+; παρ᾽ ἀλλήλους, -α, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ δι᾽ ἀλλήλων δεῖξις reciprocal proof, Refs 8th c.BC+

ἕτερος, α, ον, only Attic dialect-Ionic dialect with ἕ-, Doric dialect ἅτερος [ᾰ] Refs, Aeolic dialect ἄτερος Refs 7th c.BC+:— but ἅτερος [ᾱ], Attic dialect crasis for ὁ ἅτερος, Refs 4th c.BC+, Ionic dialect οὕτερος (from ὁ ἕτ-) Refs 5th c.BC+, Doric dialect ὥτερος Refs 3rd c.BC+; neuter θάτερον Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect τοὔτερον Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect τοὐτέρου Refs 7th c.BC+, Doric dialect θατέρω Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect τἠτέρῃ Refs 3rd c.BC+ —Later _masculine_ and _feminine_ θάτερος, θατέρα, even with the Article, Refs 4th c.BC+; θάτερον accusative singular masculine, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I one or the other of two, usually with Article except in Poets; frequently of natural pairs, σκαιῇ (i.e. χειρὶ) ἔγχος ἔχων, ἑτέρηφι δὲ λάζετο πέτρον Refs 8th c.BC+; τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν.. τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρῃRefs 5th c.BC+; χειρὶ ἑτέρῃ with one hand, Refs 8th c.BC+ commonly of the left hand, see infr. IV.I); ἑτέροιο διὰ κροτάφοιο Refs 8th c.BC+; of pairs in general, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὴν ἑ. πύλην one of the two gates, Refs 5th c.BC+: frequently of alternatives presented, τῶνδε τὰ ἕ. ποιέειν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑλοῦ γε θάτερ᾽, ἢ.. ἢ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῖνδ᾽ ἑλοῦ δυοῖν πότμοιν τὸν ἕ. Refs 5th c.BC+; δυοῖν θάτερα, ἢ.. ἢ.. Refs 5th c.BC+: in plural, one of two parties or sets, Refs 8th c.BC+; τῶν ἕτεροί γε παῖδα κλαύσονται one set of parents, either mine or thine, Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.2 in double clauses ἕτερος (in Prose always ὁ ἕτερος) is generally repeated; ἑ. μὲν δουρὶ.., τῷ δ᾽ ἑ. Refs; τὸν ἕ., ἕ. δὲ.. Refs 8th c.BC+; ἕ..., ὁ δὲ.. Refs 8th c.BC+; reversely ἄλλῳ ὀρχηστύν, ἑτέρῳ κίθαριν [ἔδωκε] Refs 8th c.BC+; τότε μὲν ἕτερα.., τότε δὲ ἄλλα.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ ἕτερος.., ὁ λοιπός.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕτερα.., τὰ δὲ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.3 repeated in the same clause, ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερ᾽ ἐστίν one building follows on another, Refs 8th c.BC+; [ἀ] δ᾽ ἀτέρα τὰν ἀτέραν κύλιξ ὠθήτω let one cup push on the other, Refs 7th c.BC+; ἢ θάτερον δεῖ δυστυχεῖν ἢ θάτερον one party or the other, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕτερος ἀφ᾽ ἑτέρου θεραπείας ἀναπιμπλάμενοι ἔθνῃσκονRefs 5th c.BC+; συμφορὰ ἑτέρα ἑτέρους πιέζει one calamity oppresses one, another others, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4 ={δεύτερος}, second, ἡ μὲν.., ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέρη.., ἡ δὲ τρίτη.. Refs 8th c.BC+; ἡ ἑ. πρότασις the minor premiss, Refs 5th c.BC+; προσαγορεύεις αὐτὰ ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι you call them further by a new name, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4.b with Pronouns of quantity, ordinals, etc., τόσσοι δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἕτεροι ποταμοί as many more, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἕτερον τοσοῦτον as much again, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑτέρου τοσούτου χρόνου for as long again, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕ. τοιαῦτα other things of like kind, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ.. τῷ ἑτέρῳ in the same way over again, Refs 5th c.BC+; χιλίας ἑτέρας [δραχμάς] Refs 4th c.BC+; δεύτερον, τρίτον ἕ. δικαστήριον, Refs; ἕ. ἐγώ, of a friend, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἕτεροι αὐτοί second selves, Refs 4th c.BC+ __II without Article, another, of many, with a sense of difference, Refs 8th c.BC+ such as none like them had happened, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐχ ἕτερον ἀλλά.. none other than, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __II.b οἱ ἕ. the rest, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.c ὁ ἑ. 'one's neighbour', ἀγαπᾶν τὸν ἕ. NT __III of another kind, different, ἕ. δέ με θυμὸς ἔρυκεν Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸ μὲν ἕ., τὸ δὲ ἕ., i.e. they are different, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕ. εὐαγγέλιον NT and other different toils, Refs 5th c.BC+: c.genitive, other than, different from, φίλους.. ἑτέρους τῶν νῦν ὄντων Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕτερον, ἕτερα ἢ.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 other than should be, euphemistic for κακός, παθεῖν μὲν εὖ, παθεῖν δὲ θάτερα Refs 5th c.BC+; λέκτρα, συμφοραί, Refs 5th c.BC+; πλέον θάτερον ἐποίησαν did more harm (than good), Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV Special Phrases: __IV.1 elliptical, mostly in dative feminine, __IV.1.a τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (i.e. χειρί), Epic dialect ἑτέρῃ or ἑτέρηφι, with one hand (see. entry [near the start]); with the left hand, Refs 8th c.BC+ not to be caught with one hand, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.1.b θατέρᾳ (i.e. ἡμέρᾳ) on the morrow, Refs 5th c.BC+; but τῇ ἑτέρᾳ on the following (i.e. the third) day, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.1.c (i.e. ὁδῷ) in another or a different way, καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἀτέρᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+; another way, τρέπεσθαι Refs 5th c.BC+; τότ᾽ ἄλλοσ᾽.., θατέρᾳ δὲ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; θατέρᾳ.., θατέρᾳ.. in one way.., in the other.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __IV.2 adverbial with Preps.: __IV.2.a ἐπὶ θάτερα to the one or the other side, one or the other way, ἐπὶ μὲν θάτερα.., ἐπὶ θ. δὲ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; τότε μὲν ἐπὶ θάτερα, τότε δ᾽ ἐπὶ θ. Refs 5th c.BC+ to or on the other side, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα from the other side, Refs; ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἐπὶ θ., ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐπὶ θ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.2.b κατὰ θάτερα on the one or other side, κατὰ θ. ἀστός Refs 4th c.BC+; but καθ᾽ ἕτερα at other points, Refs 5th c.BC+ __V adverb ἑτέρως in one or the other way, opposed to ἀμφοτέρως, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑ. τε καὶ ἑ., ={ἀμφοτέρως}, Refs; τοῦ σκέλους ἑ. ἔχειν, ={ἑτεροσκελὴς εἶναι}, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __V.2 differently, rarely in Poetry, οὐχ ἑ. τις ἐρεῖ Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἑ. ἔχειν to be different, Refs 5th c.BC+. in the other way (compare ὡς), ἢν ἡ ἑτέρη γνάθος ἐκστῇ ὡς ἑ. χρὴ τὴν ἐπίδεσιν ἄγειν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐάν τε καλῶς, ἐάν θ᾽ ὡς ἑ. Refs 4th c.BC+: with genitive, differently from, ἑ. πως τῶν εἰωθότων Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑ. ἤπερ.. Refs 2nd c.AD+ __V.3 otherwise than should be, badly, wrongly, once in NT+8th c.BC+

μηδείς, μηδεμίᾰ, μηδέν (i.e. μηδὲ εἷς, μηδὲ μία, μηδὲ ἕν): feminine μηδὲ ἴα or μηδεΐα (or -έϊα) Refs:— not one, not even one, nobody (in neuter nothing), once in Refs 8th c.BC+ __2 μηδὲ εἷς (so written) is found in Attic dialect Inscrr., as Refsnot even one, μηδὲ ἕν Refs 5th c.BC+: frequently with an intervening Particle or preposition, μηδ᾽ ἂν ἕνα Refs 5th c.BC+; μηδ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἑνός, μηδ᾽ ὑπὸ μιᾶς, Refs __II nobody, naught, good for naught, κἄμ᾽ ἴσον τῷ μ. Refs 5th c.BC+; μηδέν or τὸ μηδέν as substantive, naught, nothing, κεἰ τὸ μ. ἐξερῶ Refs; μ. λέγειν to say what is naught, Refs 5th c.BC+; of persons, τὸ μ. a good-for-nothing, τὸ μ. εἶναι, of a eunuch, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἧττον αὐτοῖς ἔνι ἢ τὸ μ., i.e. it is a mere impossibility, Refs 5th c.BC+; also μ. εἶναι without the Article, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __III neuter μηδέν as adverb, not at all, by no means, μηδὲν ἐγκέλευ᾽ ἄγαν Refs 5th c.BC+: with an adverb, μ. αἰνικτηρίως Refs 5th c.BC+ — When other negatives, also derived from μή, are used with it, they do not destroy, but strengthen the negation, μηδέποτε μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ποιήσας ἔλπιζε λήσειν never hope to escape, when you have done anything base. Refs 5th c.BC+; compare μηθείς.

κἀγώ [ᾱ], Attic dialect crasis for καὶ ἐγώ.

† מָכַר vb. sell (NH id.; Ph. מכר; Zinj. מכרו price, DHMSendsch. 60; Aramaic ܡܟܰܪ, מְכַר marry (i.e. buy as a wife); cf. Assyrian makkûru, namkur(r)u, nakkuru, possession, property, DlHWB 408);— Qal Pf. מ׳ Lv 27:20 + 2 times; sf. מְכָרוֹ Ex 21:37 + 2 times; 1 s. מָכַרְתִּי Is 50:1 + 2 times, etc.; Impf. יִמְכֹּר Ex 21:7 +, etc.; Imv. מִכְרָ֫ה Gn 25:31; fs. מִכְרִי 2 K 4:7; Inf. abs. מָכֹר Dt 14:21; 21:14; cstr. מְכוֹר Ne 10:32; sf. מָכְרָהּ Ex 21:8; מִכְרָם Am 2:6 Ne 13:15 (cf. BaNB 104); Pt. מֹכֵר (מוֹכֵר) Lv 25:16 + 3 times; f. מֹכֶרֶת Na 3:4, etc.;—sell (c. בְּ pret. Am 2:6 Jo 4:3 ψ 44:13) sq. acc. e.g. land Gn 47:20, 22 (J), Lv 25:14 (acc. cogn.), v 25 (H; sq. מֵאֲחֻזָּתוֹ) cf. Ez 48:14 (sq. מִן partit.), Lv 25:15 (no obj. expr.), so v 27; 27:20 (H), Ru 4:3; house Lv 25:29 (H); beast Ex 21:35, 37 (E); flesh Dt 14:21 (no obj.); crop Lv 25:16 (H); food Ne 10:32; 13:15, 16, cf. v 20 (sq. מִמְכָר); oil 2 K 4:7; linen Pr 31:24; birthright Gn 25:31, 33 (J); most often human beings, e.g. as slaves Gn 37:27, 28, 36; 45:4, 5 (all JE), Ex 21:16 (E), Dt 21:14(×2); 24:7, cf. Am 2:6 Ne 5:8 Zc 11:5 Jo 4:3, 6, 7, 8(×2); especially daughters Ex 21:7, 8 (E); in marriage Gn 31:15 (E); Pt. = seller Is 24:2 Ez 7:12, 13; fig., obj. truth Pr 23:23; of Nineveh, selling nations גּוֹיִם Na 3:4; especially י׳ selling his people (to enemies), i.e. giving it entirely into their power: Dt 32:30 ψ 44:13 Is 50:1, also (מ׳ בְּיַד) Ju 2:14; 3:8; 4:2; 10:7; 1 S 12:9; cf. Ju 4:9 (Sisera to woman); also Ez 30:12 (del. Co after B al.) Niph. Pf. נִמְכַּר Lv 25:48 + 5 times, etc.; Impf. יִמָּכֵר Lv 25:34 + 3 times, etc.; Inf. הִמָּֽכְרוֹ Lv 25:20; Pt. pl. נִמְכָּרִים Ne 5:8;—be sold, of land Lv 25:23, 34; beast Lv 27:27; cf. v 28 (all P); of human beings as slaves Ex 22:2; for (בְּ) theft (E), Lv 25:42 (P), ψ 105:17 Est 7:4; sell oneself Lv 25:39, 47, 48, 50 (PH), Dt 15:12 Je 34:14 Ne 5:8(×2); fig. of Isr., sold by י׳, Is 50:1 for (בְּ) their sins, 52:3; cf. Est 7:4 = given over to death. Hithp. Pf. הִתְמַכֵּר 1 K 21:25; וְהִתְמַכַּרְתֶּם consec. Dt. 28:68; וַיִּתְמַכְּרוּ 2 K 17:17; Inf. הִתְמַכֶּרְךָ 1 K 21:20; sell oneself as slave Dt 28:68; fig. 1 K 21:20, 25 2 K 17:17, all sq. לַעֲשׂוֹת הָרַע.

מַעֲנִית ψ 129:3 Qr v. foregoing.

ἐμός, ή, όν, possessive pronoun of 1st pers.: (ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ):— mine; contraction with the Article, οὑμός, τοὐμόν, τοὐμοῦ, τὠμῷ, τἀμά, Trag. (not Comedy texts, τἀμὰ γὰρ διοίχεται is paratragoedia in Refs 5th c.BC+, rarely in Prose, οὑμός Refs 5th c.BC+; οὑμός even in Refs 8th c.BC+; and (accusative to some Grammars ) τὠμῷ Refs 8th c.BC+:—poetry ἀμός (which see): __I with a substantive: __I.1 subjectively, mine, of me, ἐμὰ δάκρυα Refs 8th c.BC+; χεῖρες ἐμαίRefs 8th c.BC+: with the Article, τὸν ἐμὸν χόλον Refs 8th c.BC+: in Poets sometimes joined with genitive, to strengthen the possessive notion, ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ mine own,Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.1.b mine, i.e. favourable to me, τεκμήρια ἐμά, οὐ τούτων Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 objectively, relating to me, against me, ἐμὴ ἀγγελίη Refs 8th c.BC+; τὴν ἐμὴν αἰδῶ respect for me, Refs 4th c.BC+; τἀμὰ νουθετήματα warnings to me, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὠμῷ πόθῳ by love for me, Refs; αἱ ἐμαὶ διαβολαί slanders against me, Refs 5th c.BC+; δωρεὰ ἐμή a gift to me, Refs 5th c.BC+; sometimes with another genitive added, τὰς ἐμὰς Λαΐου διαφθοράς murder of L. by me, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὐμὸν αἷμα πατρός his blood shed by me, Refs; τὰ ἐμὰ δῶρα Κύπριδος (Dind. for Κύπρις) her gifts to me, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II without a substantive, mine, οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν παλινάγρετον my word, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸ μὲν ἐμόν [ἐστι] 'tis my counsel, Refs 5th c.BC+: in Trag. and Prose, it is my duty, my business, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ἐμοί my friends, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὁ ἐμὸς Ἡράκλειτος my dear Heraclitus, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II.3 τὰ ἐμά my property, Refs 5th c.BC+; of children, Refs 5th c.BC+; of servants. Refs 3rd c.BC+; but also τὰ ἐμά or τὸ ἐμόν, my part, my affairs, my interest, οὕτω τὸ ἐμὸν ἔχει things stand thus with me, Refs 5th c.BC+: hence in Trag. and Attic dialect, my conduct (almost periphrastic for ἐγώ), Refs 5th c.BC+ for my part, as far as concerns me, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 ἡ ἐ. (i.e. γῆ) my country, Refs 5th c.BC+; also (i.e. γνώμη) my opinion, ἐὰν ἡ ἐ. νικᾷ Refs 5th c.BC+; κατά γε τὴν ἐ. Refs 5th c.BC+

† [אָסַר] vb. tie, bind, imprison (Arabic أَسَرَ, Assyrian asâru, cf. COTGloss, Aramaic אֲסַר, ܐܶܣܰܪ, Ethiopic አሰረ, አሠረ )— Qal Pf. sf. אֲסָרָם Jb 36:13; 3 fs. אָֽסְרָה Nu 30:5 +, etc.; Impf. יֶאְסֹר 1 K 20:14; וַיֶּאֱסֹר Gn 42:24; וַיֶּאְסֹר Gn 46:29 +; pl. sf. יַאַסְרֻנִי Ju 16:7 etc.; Imv. אֱסֹר 1 K 18:44; 2 K 9:21; אִסְרוּ Je 46:4 ψ 118:27; Inf. abs. אָסֹר Ju 15:13; אָסוֹר 16:11; cstr. לֶאְסֹר Nu 30:3 +; לֶאֱסוֹר Ju 15:10; לֶאֱסָרְךָ 15:12; אָסֳּרָם Ho 10:10; Pt. act. cstr. אֹסְרִי Gn 49:11; pass. אָסוּר Gn 40:3 +; pl. אֲסוּרִים 39:20 +; also Ju 16:21, 25 Qr (Kt אסירים); הָ��וּרִים Ec 4:14 (cf. Now); אֲסֻרוֹת 2 S 3:34; cstr. אסורי Gn 39:20; Kt (Qr אֲסִירֵי);— 1. tie, bind, for security, foal to vine (sq. ל) Gn 49:11 (blessing of Jacob); horses and asses 2 K 7:10(×2); ψ 118:27 is dub. De bind the festal victim with cords; Che bind the procession with branches, etc. 2. tie, harness, kine to (ב) cart 1 S 6:7, 10; so (metaph.) Ho 10:10 harness them to (ל) their two iniquities (but Jer Ew Now make א׳ here = יסר chastise, cf. אֶסֳּרֵם v a); also sq. acc. chariot Gn 46:29 (J) Ex 14:6 (E) 2 K 9:21; abs. 1 K 18:44 2 K 9:21; even of making ready chargers א׳ הַסּוּסִים Je 46:4 (‖ עֲלוּ הַפָּרָשִׁים). 3. bind, with cords, fetters, etc., as prisoner, Simeon Gn 42:24 (E), Samson Ju 15:10, 12, 13(×3); 16:5, 7, 8, 11(×2), 12; א׳ בַּנְחֻשְׁתַּיִם 2 K 25:7 = 2 Ch 36:6 = Je 39:7; 52:11; also 2 Ch 33:11; cf. (without בַּנ׳) 2 K 17:4 (א׳ בֵּית כֶּלֶא ‖ עָצַר), 23:33; cf. of divine chastisement Jb 36:13 & v. also Ez 3:25 ψ 149:8; fig. of absolute authority ψ 105:22; especially Pt. pass. 2 S 3:34 thy hands were not bound (‖ and thy feet not put in fetters); א׳ בָּאֿזִקִּים Je 40:1 cf. א׳ בַּזִּקִּים Jb 36:8 (prob. fig. ‖ חַבְלֵי־עֹ֑נִי); metaph. of king held captive by a woman’s tresses Ct 7:6; perhaps = imprisoned (whether bound or not) Gn 39:20; 40:3, 5 (all JE); as subst. pl. prisoners Gn 39:20 (Kt, v. supr.); so (late) as distressed, & obj. of divine compassion Is 49:9; 61:1 ψ 146:7; בֵּית האסיר֯ים prison Ju 16:21, 25; cf. Ec 4:14. 4. gird (rare & late) א׳ אֵזוֹר בְּמָתְנֵיהֶם Jb 12:18 (אֵזוֹר = slaves’ waistcloth, RS p. 25 supr.; Hoffm reads וַ��ָּסַר for וַיֶּאְסֹר); חַרְבּוֹ אֲסוּרִים עַל־מָתְנָיו Ne 4:12. 5. sq. מִלְחָמָה begin the battle, make the attack (cf. Germ. mit jemandem anbinden) 1 K 20:14 2 Ch 13:3. 6. fig. of obligation of oath or vow (only Nu 30, P) א׳ עַל־נֶפֶשׁ, usually sq. acc. cogn. אֱסָר, אִסָּר Nu 30:3, 5(×2), 6, 8, 9, 11, 12; without אֱסָר etc., v 7, 10; cf. v 4 א׳ אִסָּר (עַל־נֶפֶשׁ om.) Niph. pass. of Qal 3, be bound, imprisoned, Impf. (juss.) יֵאָסֵר Gn 42:19 (E); 2 ms. תֵּאָסֵר Ju 16:6, 10, 13 (of Samson); Imv. הֵאָֽסְרוּ Gn 42:16 (E). Pu. Pf. be taken prisoner אֻסְּרוּ Is 22:3; אֻסָּ֑רוּ ib.

מַדּוּעַ61 and (Ez 18, 19) מַדֻּעַ adv. wherefore? (prob. contr. from מַה־יָּדוּעַ what being known? i.e. from what motive? so Ges Ew§ 325 c Ol§ 222 f, cf. in Gk. τί μαθών;)—wherefore? on what account? Gn 26:27 מַדּוּעַ בָּאתֶם אֵלָ֑י, 40:7 Ex 1:18; 2:18; 3:3 (in an indirect question), 5:14; 18:14 Lv 10:17 Jos 17:14 (all in Hex), Ju 5:28(×28) 2 S 3:7; 11:10 etc., Is 5:4; 50:2; 63:2 (all in Is.); in Jer. 16 times, often rhetorically, after a double question introduced by הֲ … אִם, expressing affected surprise: †2:14 (v. Gf) is Israel a slave (unable to defend himself)? wherefore, then, is he become a prey? (some other cause must therefore be found for Israel’s misfortune), v 31; 8:5, 19, 22; 14:19; 22:28; 49:1, cf. 30:6; Jb 3:12; 18:3 (never in ψ).

† רָפָא vb. heal (NH in deriv.; Ph. רפא, Syriac ܪܦܳܐ heal; on Aramaic n.pr. cpd. with רפא v. NöZMG xl (1886), 723 Lzb 369; Sab. n.pr. אלרפא Langer 1, 1 DHMZMG xxxvii (1883), 326; Arabic رَفَأَ (and رَفَا) darn, mend, repair, pacify; Ethiopic ረፍአ stitch together, mend; cf. Küchenmeister ZWiss. Th. xxx (1887), 257 ff.);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. consec. וְר׳ Is 6:10, sf. וּרְפָאָם 19:22, 1 s. sf. consec. וּרְפָאתִיו 57:19, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִרְפָּא 2 K 20:8 +, sf. יִרְפָּאֵנוּ Ho 6:1, 1 s. אֶרְפָּא Ho 14:5 +, אֶרְפָּה (Ges§ 75 pp) Je 3:22; 3 fpl. תִּרְפֶּינָה (id.ib. qq) Jb 5:18, etc.; Imv. ms. רְפָא Nu 12:13, רְפָה (id.ib. pp) ψ 60:4, רְפָאָ֫ה 41:5, etc.; inf. abs. רָפוֹא Is 19:22; cstr. לִרְפֹּא Ho 5:13, etc.; Pt. רֹפֵא (פֶ K 3) 2 K 20:5 +;—heal: 1. lit., a. of God, c. acc. pers. Gn 20:17 (E), ψ 107:20 (sf.), c. ל pers. Nu 12:13 (JE) 2 K 20:5, 8. b. of men, abs. Ec 3:3 (opp. הרג); pt. as subst. healer, physician, Gn 50:2(×2), (J) 2 Ch 16:12. 2. fig., heal hurts of nation, involving י׳’s (restored) favour (and, often, forgiveness): a. subj. י׳, c. sf. pers., Ho 6:1; 11:3 (yet cf. We Now), Ex 15:26 (J), Is 19:22b; 57:18, 19 Je 33:6 ψ 30:3, cf. 6:3; c. acc. עַם 2 Ch 30:20, c. acc. אֶרֶץ 2 Ch 7:14; c. ל of nation Ho 7:1, and (indef. subj.) Is 6:10 (lest) one heal them (= pass., they be healed); c. acc. of hurt, מַחַץ מַכָּתוֹ 30:26, שְׁבָרִים (of land) ψ 60:4, so מְשׁוּבָה Ho 14:5; Je 3:22 (incl. the consequences of backsliding); c. ל of hurt ψ 103:3; acc. nation (personif.) + מִן of hurt Je 30:17 I will heal thee of thy wounds (‖ אֶרְפָּאֵךְ); abs. Is 19:22a (opp. נגף), Dt 32:39 (opp. מחץ); pt. as subst. healer, physician Je 8:22. b. human subj., c. ל of nation, Ho 5:13, cf. La 2:13. 3. a. fig., heal individ. distresses, c. sf. pers. Je 17:14, c. acc. נַפְשִׁי = me ψ 41:5, c. ל pers., לִשְׁבוּרֵי לֵב ψ 147:3 (i.e. longing exiles, cf. Is 61:3); abs. Jb 5:18 (opp. מחץ); b. pt. as subst Jb 13:4. Niph. Pf. 3 ms. נִרְפָּא Lv 13:37 +, 3 fs. נִרְפָּ֑תָה (Ges§ 75 qq) Je 51:9; 3 pl. וְנִרְפּאוּ consec. Ez 47:8; Impf. 2 ms. תֵּרָפֵא Je 51:8; 3 mpl. יֵרָֽפְאוּ Ez 47:9, 11, וַיֵּרָפוּ (Gesl.c.) 2 K 2:22, etc.; inf. cstr. הֵרָפֵא Je 15:18 +, הֵרָפֵה (id.ib.) Je 19:11;—be healed: 1. lit., of pers. 1 S 6:3; + acc. of disease Dt 28:27, 35; subj. disease Lv 13:18, 37; 14:3, 48; of (bad) water 2 K 2:22, salt waters (prediction), i.e. be made fresh, Ez 47:8, 9, 11; of (broken) pottery, i.e. be made whole, Je 19:11 (in sim.). 2. fig., be healed: a. of national hurts, subj. city Je 51:8, 9; involving forgiveness and י׳’s blessing, impers. c. ל of people, נִרְפָּא־לָנוּ Is 53:5 i.e. healing has come to us. b. of personal distress, subj. pers. Je 17:14, subj. the distress 15:18. Pi. Pf. 1 s. רִפִּאתִי 2 K 2:21; 2 mpl. רִפֵּאתֶם Ez 34:4; 1 pl. רִפִּאנוּ Je 51:9; Impf. 3 ms. יְרַפֵּא Ex 21:19; Zc 11:16, וַיְרַפֵּא 1 K 18:30; 3 mpl. וַיְרַפְּאוּ Je 6:14, וַיְרַפּוּ (Ges§ 75 qq) 8:11; inf. abs. רַפֹּא Ex 21:19;—have healed, heal, usually human subj.: 1. lit., רַפֹּא יְרַפֵּא Ex 21:19 he shall have (him) well healed; c. acc. of altar, = repair, 1 K 18:30; c. ל of water (subj. י׳) 2 K 2:21. 2. fig. of healing national defects and hurts, acc. pers., Ez 34:14; Zc 11:16; work at healing, treat (acc. of hurt) Je 6:14; 8:11 (both עַל־נְקַלָּה, v. [קָלַל] Niph. 2), 51:9. Hiph. inf. cstr. of purpose, לְהִתְרַפֵּא, lit., in order to get healed, + מִן of wounds 2 K 8:29 = 9:15, so ‖ 2 Ch 22:6 (read with 𝔊 מִן for כִּי, cf. Be Kau Benz).—v. רָפָה²" dir="rtl" >רָפָה relax.

† נוּחַ vb. rest (NH id.; Aramaic נוּחַ, ܢܳܚ; Ph. נחת n. rest; poss. also vb. ינח (Iph. Pf.), cf. Levy cited CIS i. 118 Lzb 322; Assyrian nâḫu, rest, and deriv.; Ethiopic ኖኀ: be extended, long, rarely rest; Arabic ناخ iv. is make camel lie down on his breast; مُنَاخٌ resting-place of camel, cf. DoughtyArab. Des. i, 397, ii, 63, 486, 642);— Qal Pf. 3 fs. נָ֫חָה Is 7:2 + 2 times, וְנָחָה Is 11:2; 1 s. נָ֑חְתִּי Jb 3:26; 1 pl. נַחְנוּ 2 S 17:12; 3 pl. נָ֫חוּ Est 9:22, וְנָחוּ Is 7:19; Impf. 3 ms. יָנוּחַ Ex 23:12 + 6 times, וַיָּ֫נַח Ex 10:14; 20:11; 3 fs. תָּנוּחַ Is 25:10 Pr 14:33, וַתָּ֫נַח Gn 8:4 Nu 11:26; 2 ms. תָּנוּחַ Dn 12:13 etc.; Inf. abs. נוֹחַ Est 9:16, 17, 18; cstr. לָנוּחַ 2 S 21:10; כְּנוֹחַ Nu 11:25 Jos 3:13 Ne 9:28; sf. 3 ms. בְּנֻחֹה Nu 10:36;—לְנוּחֶ֑ךָ 2 Ch 6:41 v. מְנוּחָה" dir="rtl" >מְנוּחָה;— 1. rest, settle down and remain, sq. עַל; of birds 2 S 21:10; ark Gn 8:4 (P); נָ֫חָה אֲרָם עַל־אֶפְרַיִם Is 7:2 Aram hath settled down upon Ephraim; of spirit of י׳ Nu 11:25, 26 (E), Is 11:2; spirit of Elijah 2 K 2:15; sceptre of wicked ψ 125:3 (in fig.); sq. בְּ loc.: of insects Ex 10:14 (J), Is 7:19 (fig. of invaders); of soles of feet resting in water Jos 3:13 (JE); hand of י׳ Is 25:10; wisdom Pr 14:33; anger Ec 7:9; בִּקְהַל וְפָאִים יָנוּחַ Pr 21:16 in the assembly of Shades shall be settle down; abs., = stop, of ark at stages of journey Nu 10:36 (JE); cease speaking 1 S 25:9. 2. repose, be quiet, have rest: after labour Ex 20:11 (E; of God), 23:12 (E; of cattle), Dt 5:14 (of slave); have rest from (מִן) enemies Est 9:16 (inf. abs. נוֹחַ, + עָמוֹד, הָרוֹג), v 22, cf. (abs.) v 17, 18 (in both + עָשׂה), Ne 9:28; be at rest (from trouble), abs., Jb 3:26 (+ שָׁלַוְתִּי, שָׁקַטְתִּי); of the earth Is 14:7; in couch of the grave 57:2; in Sheʿôl Jb 3:17, so prob. Dn 12:13; also לֹא תָּנוּחַ לָךְ Is 23:12 = thou shall not be at rest, cf. impers. יָנוּחַ לִי Jb 3:13 = I should be at rest (in Sheʾôl).—אָנוּחַ לְיוֹם צָרָה Hb 3:16 is dub.: I wait quietly for the day of distress De Ke Hi-St SS, so Now, doubtfully; We conj. אֶנָּחֵם as Is 1:24 I will appease me GASm leaves untransl. Hiph. A. Pf. 3 ms. הֵנִיחַ Jos 22:4 +; 1 s. וַהֲנִיחֹ֫תִי 2 S 7:11 +; הֵנִ֫יחוּ Zc 6:8; Impf. 3 ms. יָנִיחַ Ex 17:11 +; וַיָּ֫נַח Jos 21:42 +; sf. וַיְנִיחֵנִי Ez 37:1; 40:2; 3 fs. sf. תְּנִיחֶנּוּ Is 63:14 (but v. infr.), etc.; Imv. mpl. הָנִ֫יחוּ Is 28:12; Inf. cstr. הָנִיחַ Is 14:3 +, sf. הֲנִיחִי Ez 24:13; Pt. מֵנִיחַ Jos 1:13;— 1. cause to rest = give rest to: a. sq. acc. יָדוֹ Ex 17:11 (E), רוּחִי Zc 6:8; so appar. sq. חֲמָתִי + ב pers., quiet (i.e. sate) my fury by (weak it upon) Ez 5:13 (del. Co), 16:42, 24:13, also 21:22 (Co adds ב pers.). b. usually sq. ל pers.: (1) give rest to i.e. bring to resting-place Ex 33:14 (J), Dt 3:20 Jos 1:13, 15; 22:4 (all D), 1 Ch 23:25; so, c. sf., Is 63:14 (si vera l.; Vrss Lo Ew Brd CheHpt. read תַּנְחֶנּוּ, leadeth him, √ נחה); (2) of freedom from enemies, Is 28:12 2 Ch 14:5 + מִכָּל־איבים [מִסָּבִיב] Dt 12:10; 25:19 Jos 23:1 (D), 2 S 7:1, 11 1 Ch 22:9; so + מִסָּבִיב alone 1 K 5:18 Jos 21:42 (P), 1 Ch 22:18 2 Ch 14:6; 15:15; 20:30, so also prob. 32:22 (for MT וַיְנַהֲלֵם מִסָּבִיב); (3) of freedom from suffering, + מֵעָצְבְּךָ וגו׳ Is 14:3. c. make quiet in mind, set at rest וִינִיהֶ֑ךָ Pr 29:17 discipline thy son, that he may give thee quiet (of mind; ‖ יִתֵּן מַעֲדַנִּים לְנַפְשֶׁ֑ךָ). 2. cause to rest (i.e. light) upon, c. acc. staff + עַל pers. Is 30:32; c. acc. blessing + אֶל־ Ez 44:30; cause to alight, set down, c. sf. pers. + בְּתוֹךְ loc. Ez 37:1; + אֶל־ loc. 40:2.— For this meaning v. especially B. infr. B. Pf. 3 ms. הִנִּיחַ Ju 3:1 +, הִנִּחַ 1 K 8:9, sf. וְהִנִּיחוֹ Dt 26:4, וְהִנִּיחָם Lv 16:23 both consec.; 2 ms. וְהִנַּחְתָּ֫ Dt 14:28, sf. וְהִנַּחְתּוֹ 26:10 consec., etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יַנִּיחַ Lv 7:15, וַיַּנַּה Ju 2:23 +, sf. וַיַּנִּיחֵהוּ Ex 16:34; 3 fs. וַתַּנַּח Gn 39:16, 2 ms. juss. אַל־תַּנַּח Ec 7:18 + 2 times, etc.; Imv. ms. הַנַּח Ho 4:7 + 2 times, הַנִּ֫יחָה Ex 32:10 Ju 16:26, etc.; Inf. cstr. sf. לְהַנִּיחוֹ Nu 32:15, לְהַנִּיחָם Est 3:8; Pt. מַנִּיחַ Ec 5:11;— 1. lay or set down, deposit, let lie, c. acc. rei, usually + word of place: stones at ford of Jordan Jos 4:3, 8 (JE), ark 1 S 6:18, garments Gn 39:16 (J), Lv 16:23 (P), Ez 42:14; 44:19; cf. Ex 16:23, 24, 33, 34 Nu 17:19, 22 (all P), Dt 26:4, 10 1 K 8:9; 13:31 Ez 40:42; 42:13; so, acc. om., Ju 6:18, 20 Dt 14:28 Nu 19:9 (P), 1 S 10:25; place, put, sq. acc. pers. + local modif., Gn 2:15 (J), 19:16 (J), Jos 6:23 (JE), Lv 24:12 Nu 15:34 (both P), Is 14:1; 46:7 Ez 37:14; prob. also Zc 5:11 (read וְהִנִּיחֻהָ, v. Ges§ 72 ee); read וַיַּנִּיחֵם also 2 K 18:11 (𝔊 ἔθετο; for MT וַיַּנְחֵם; cf. וַיּשֶׁב אוֹתָם ‖ 2 K 17:6); place corpse on (אֶל־) ass 1 K 13:29, in grave v 30; horsemen and chariots in cities 2 Ch 1:14; 9:25, so read also ‖ 1 K 10:26 (𝔊 ἔθετο; for MT וַיַּנְחֵם); tables in temple 2 Ch 4:8; idols in shrines 2 K 17:29 (acc. om.). Here belongs perhaps also וְגַם מִזֶּה אַל־תַּנַּח אֶת־יָדֶ֑ךָ Ec 7:18 and also from this do not let thy hand lie (idle), i.e. engage in it, cf. 11:6; lay down forcibly, thrust down הִנִּיחַ לָאָרֶץ בְּיָ֑ד Is 28:2, cf. Am 5:7; perhaps also Ez 22:20 (abs.; but del. Co Berthol, after 𝔊). 2. let remain, leave (in present condition), obj. nations Ju 2:23; 3:1 Je 27:11, people in wilderness Nu 32:15 (JE); וְהִנִּיחוּךְ עֵירֹם וְעֶרְיָה Ez 16:39; sq. acc. rei Lv 7:15 1 K 7:47 (leave unweighed); leave behind sq. acc. pers. Gn 42:33 (E), 2 S 16:21; 20:3 1 K 19:3 Je 43:6; + אֶת־פְּנֵי 1 S 22:4 (read וַיַּנִּחֵם, for MT וַיַּנְחֵם, and he left them with 𝔖 𝔗 𝔙 We Dr Klo Bu Löhr HPS; leave name, for a curse Is 65:15; leave or bequeath to (ל), c. acc. rei, ψ 17:14 Ec 2:18. 3. leave = depart from, מְקוֹמְךָ אַל־תַּנַּח Ec 10:4 do not leave thy place. 4. abandon, sq. acc. pers. Je 14:9; בַּל־תַּנִּיחֵנִי לְעשְׁקָ֑י ψ 119:121 abandon me not to my oppressors. 5. let alone (refrain from interfering with), sq. ל pers. Ex 32:10 (JE; obj. י׳), Ho 4:17 2 S 16:11 2 K 23:18; sq. acc. pers. Est 3:8; = avoid יַנִּיחַ חֲטָאִים גְּדוֹלִים Ec 10:4 (but read perhaps יָנִיחַ, causeth to rest = allayeth cf. Wild) 6. permit, c. acc. pers. Ju 16:26 (v GFM); + inf. לֹא הִנִּיחַ אָדָם לְעָשְׁקָם ψ 105:14 = 1 Ch 16:21, where הִנִּיחַ לְאִישׁ, cf. מַנִּיחַ לוֹ לִישׁוֹן Ec 5:11. Hoph. A. Pf. 3 ms. הוּנַח־לָ֑נוּ La 5:5 i.e. no rest is granted to us; for 3 fs. וְהֻנִ֫יחָה Zc 5:11 [so Baer Ginsb; Van d. H. והֻנּ׳] read prob. וְהִנִּיחֻהָ v. supr. Hiph. B 1. B. Pt. מֻנָּ֔ח as subst. = space left, open space Ez 41:9, 11(×2).

† נָטַע vb. plant (NH id., and deriv.; cf. Sab. נטעת pavilion [? as planted, established] DHM ZMG xxxvii. (1883), 337, 349);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. Nu 24:6 +, 2 ms. נָטָ֑עְתָּ Dt 6:11, sf. 3 mpl. נְטַעְתָּם Je 12:2; 1 s. נָטַ֫עְתִּי Je 45:4 + 2 times, וְנָטַעְתִּ֫י Je 42:10 Ec 2:5, sf. נְטַעְתִּיךְ Je 2:21, וּנְטַעְתִּיו consec. 2 S 7:10 = וּנְטַעְתִּיהוּ 1 Ch 17:9, וּנְטַעְתִּים consec. Am 9:15 + 2 times, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִטַּע Dn 11:45, וַיִּטַּע Gn 2:8 + 2 times, sf. וַיִּטָּעֵ֫הוּ Is 5:2; 2 ms. תִּטַּע Dt 16:21 + 2 times, sf. 3 fs. וַתִּטָּעֶ֑הָ ψ 80:9; sf. 3 mpl. וַתִּטָּעֵ֫מוֹ Ex 15:17, וַתִּטָּעֵם ψ 44:3, etc.; Imv. נִטְעוּ Je 29:5 + 3 times; Inf. לִנְטֹעַ Is 51:16 Je 18:9, לִנְטוֹעַ Je 1:10; 31:28, לָטַעַת Ec 3:2; Pt. act. נוֹטֵעַ Je 11:17, נֹטַע ψ 94:9 (shewing orig. a according to LagBN 84); pl. נֹטְעִים Je 31:5; pass. נָטוּעַ Ec 3:2, pl. נְטוּעִים Ec 12:11;— 1. plant, c. acc. of tree or vine Nu 24:6 (JE; subj. י׳), Gn 21:33 (J), Lv 19:23 (H), Is 44:14 ψ 106:16 (subj. י׳), Ec 2:5 also (fig. of people) Je 2:21; 11:17 ψ 80:9, 16; c. acc. of vineyard Gn 9:20 (J), Am 5:11; 9:14; 2 K 19:29 = Is 37:30; Zp 1:13; Dt 20:6; 28:30, 39 Je 31:5(×3); 35:7; Ez 28:26; Is 65:21; Pr 31:16 ψ 107:37; Ec 2:4; olive trees and vineyards Dt 6:11 Jos 24:13 (D); garden Gn 2:8 (י׳), Je 29:5, 28; so c. acc. אֲשֵׁרָה כָּל־עֵץ Dt 16:21; נ׳ נִטְעֵי נַעֲמָנִים Is 17:10 (fig. of idolatry); abs. (lit.) Is 65:22; Ec 3:2(×2) (opp. עָקַר); c. 2 acc. Is 5:2 (plant vineyard with vine). 2. plant, fig. = establish, usually of establishing people, c. acc. 2 S 17:10 = 1 Ch 17:9 Am 9:15 (opp. נָתַשׁ), Ez 36:36; Ex 15:17 (song), especially Je 24:6; 32:41 (ב loc.), 42:10 (opp. נָתַשׁ), 45:10 (opp. id., ψ 44:3 (all of establishing Isr.); of establishing wicked Je 12:2; abs. of establishing people Je 1:10; 18:9; 31:28; more lit., establish heavens Is 51:16 (‖ לִיסֹד אֶרֶץ); plant i.e. fix (late use) tents Dn 11:45; מַשְׂמְרוֹת נְטוּעִים Ec 12:11 nails planted, i.e. fixed in; even נ׳ אֹזֶן ψ 94:9 he that planted the ear. Niph. Pf. 3 pl. נִמָּ֑עוּ Is 40:24 be planted, fig., = be established.

דְּנָה57 demonstr. pr. comm. this (Zinj. זן, זנה; Egyptian Aramaic זנה (S-CPap. B 17 +); זנך (ib.C 6, D 8); Nab. Palm. דנה (Lzb 264 Cooke 26); 𝔗 דֵּין (e.g. 1 S 10:27) and (with הָ, i.e. הָא, ܗܳܐ ecce) הָדֵין; Aramaic of Têma הא זא (Cooke 195. 198); Syriac ܗܳܢܳܐ (contr. for הָֽדְנָא); Mand. האזין; Sab. ذن (HomChrest. 13); Ethiopic ዝንቱ: all from [דֶּה,] זה, + demonstr. n (WCG 108 f.); fem. Biblical Aramaic דָּא, 𝔗 דָּא, הָדָה, Syriac ܗܳܕܶܐ, Mand. האזא, Ethiopic ዛቲ without the n; the pl. is אִלֵּין, q.v.);—this: a. Dn 2:18 רָזָא דְנָה this secret, v 28, 29, 30 +, Ezr 4:11; 5:3, 4, 9 +; כָּל־דְּנָה Dn 5:22. b. אַחֲרֵי דְנָה after this †Dn 2:29, 45; so בָּאתַר דְּנָה †7:6, 7. c. כִּדְנָה like this, thus, †Je 10:11 (= Heb. כֹּה), Dn 2:10 מִלְּתָא כִדְנָה a word like this (cf.כָּזֹאת Est 4:14), Da 3:29 Ezr 5:7. d. עַל־דְּנָה on account of this †Dn 3:16; Ezr 4:22; 5:5, 17; 6:11; as conj. = therefore (cf.Heb. עַל־זֹאת) Ezr 4:14, 15.—Vid. also קֳבֵל" dir="rtl" >קֳבֵל and קַדְמָה" dir="rtl" >קַדְמָה.

† רָצָה vb. be pleased with, accept favourably (NH id., will, be willing; Arabic رَضِىَ (orig. و) be well pleased with, NöZMG liv (1900), 155; Sab. רצֿו favour CIS iv. no. 77, 9 al., cf. HomSüdar. Chrest. 123, רצֿים good, acceptable, CIS iv, no. 73, 9. al., of a coin, good, id.ib. no. 21, 5; Aramaic ܪܥܳܐ רְעָא, ܪܥܳܐ have pleasure in, cf. II. רָעָה supr.);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. ר׳ Ec 9:7; sf. רָצָם Je 14:10; 1 s. וְרָצִאתִי Ez 43:27 consec. (metapl. Ges§ 75 rr; Aramaism, Krae; but Co וְרָצִיתִי), etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִרְצֶה ψ 147:10 +, sf. יִרְצְךָ Mal 1:8; 3 fs. juss. תִּ֫רֶץ Lv 26:43; 3 fpl. תִּרְצֶנָה Pr 23:26 Kt (תִּצֹּרְנָה, √ נצר, cf. Toy), etc.; Imv. רְצֵה ψ 40:14; 119:108; inf. cstr. רְצוֹת Pr 16:7 ψ 77:8, etc.; Pt. רוֹצֶה 147:11; 149:4, sf. רֹצָם Je 14:12; pass. רָצוּי Est 10:3, cstr. רְצוּי Dt 33:24;— 1. be pleased with, favourable to: a. of God, c. acc. pers. Is 42:1 ψ 44:4; 147:11; Jb 33:26; c. acc. rei ψ 85:2 1 Ch 29:17; Pr 16:7; Ec 9:7; c. ב pers. ψ 149:4; ב rei 147:10; Hg 1:8; abs. ψ 77:8. b. of men: c. acc. pers., subj. father Mal 1:8, ‖ אהב Pr 3:12; of brother Gn 33:10 (JE), monarch 2 Ch 10:7; c. acc. rei ψ 62:5; 102:15; Jb 14:6; Pr 23:26 (but v. supr.); c. בְּ rei 1 Ch 29:3 ψ 49:14; עִם pers. Jb 34:9 ψ 50:18; pt. pass. רָצוּי favoured, acceptable to Dt 33:24 (poem), Est 10:3. 2. accept: of God, c. acc. pers., sacrificing, 2 S 24:23; Ho 8:13; Je 14:10, 12; Ez 20:40, 41; 43:27; c. acc. of sacrifice Dt 33:11; Mal 1:10, 13 ψ 51:18; 119:108; c. בְ of sacrifice Mi 6:7; abs. Am 5:22. 3. be pleased: a. determined, c. inf. ψ 40:14. b. c. בּ pers. 1 Ch 28:4. 4. make acceptable, satisfy (by paying off debt), subj. land, paying off its sabbaths (Di Dr al. accept, be satisfied with [in payment]) Lv 26:34, 43; 2 Ch 36:21, c. acc. of guilt incurred (עָוֹן) Lv 26:41, 43 (Hiph., so SS Gerber). Niph. Pf. 3 ms. נִרְצָה Lv 1:4 Is 40:2; Impf. 3 ms. יֵרָצֶה Lv 7:18 +, etc.;— 1. pass. of Qal 2, be accepted, of sacrifices, c. ל pers., Lv 1:4; 22:25; c. ל of sacrifice 22:23, 27; abs. 7:18; 19:7. 2. pass. of Qal 4: נִרְצָה עֲוֹנָהּ Is 40:2 her punishment is accepted (as satisfactory). Pi. Impf. 3 mpl. יְרַצּוּ Jb 20:10, c. acc. דַּלִּים seek the favour of the poor (but Bu SS Gerber from רצץ). Hiph. Pf. 3 fs. וְהִרְצָת (Ges§ 75 m) consec. Lv 26:34 the land shall pay off her sabbaths (acc.), cf. Qal 4. Hithp. Impf. 3 ms. יִתְרַצֶּה 1 S 29:4 with what shall he make himself acceptable unto (אֶל) his lord? + 3 mpl. יִתְרַצּוּ Ho 4:10 𝔊 We Now (for MT יפרצו) they shall not have delight.

† I. חָלַק vb. divide, share (NH id.; Aramaic חֲלַק field, חוּלְּקָא portion, ܚܠܰܩ divide, determine, decree; Arabic خَلَقَ measure, measure off; Assyrian eḳlu, possession, field, JägerBAS ii. 296; Ethiopic ኈለቈ: i. 2, is enumerate, ኍልቍ, ኊለቅ enumeration, number)— Qal Pf. ח׳ Dt 4:19 + 5 times; חָֽלְקוּ Jos 18:2; Impf. יַחֲלֹק Jb 27:17 Pr 17:2; 2 ms. sf. וַתַּחְלְקֵם Ne 9:22; 3 pl. וַיַּחְלְקוּ Jos 14:5; יַחֲלֹ֑קוּ 1 S 30:24; וַיַּחְלְקוּם 1 Ch 24:4, 5; תַּחְלְקוּ 2 S 19:30; Imv. חִלְקוּ Jos 22:8; Inf. לַחֲלֹק Ne 13:13; Pt. חוֹלֵק Pr 29:24;— 1. divide, apportion, sq. acc. (of gods) and לְ pers. Dt 4:19; 29:25; acc. not expressed Ne 13:13 (ref. to offerings and tithes); c. acc. (of land) Jos 14:5 (P), 18:2 (JE), 2 S 19:30: obj. people Ne 9:22; ח׳ עִם divide with others Jos 22:8 (D?). 2. assign, distribute: Levites over (על) temple 2 Ch 23:18, cf. 1 Ch 24:4, 5. 3. assign, impart, sq. בַּבִּינָה & לְ Jb 39:17. 4. share (in), sq. acc. silver Jb 27:17; inheritance Pr 17:2; spoil 1 S 30:24 (obj. om.); sq. עם have shares with ח׳ עם גַּנָּב Pr 29:24. 5. divide up = plunder the temple, sq. acc. 2 Ch 28:21 (v. Be). Niph. Impf. יֵחָלֵק Nu 26:55 1 K 16:21; יֵחָ֫לֶק Jb 38:24; וַיֵּחָלֵק Gn 14:15; 3 fs. תֵּחָלֵק Nu 26:53; 26:56; וַיֶּֽחָלְקֵם (Baer) 1 Ch 23:6; 24:3 cf. Be & infr. sub Pi.;— 1. reflex., divide oneself Gn 14:15 (i.e. one’s men). 2. pass. be divided: a. apportioned, the land Nu 26:53, 55 (by lot) v 56 (id.); all P. b. of people, divided into two factions 1 K 16:21. c. of light, parted, spread abroad Jb 38:24. 3. trans. assign, distribute 1 Ch 23:6; 24:3, but trans. Niph. is unlikely, v. infr. Pi. Pf. 3 pl. חִלֵּקוּ Jo 4:2; וְחִלַּקְתֶּם consec. Ez 47:21; sf. חִלְּקָם La 4:16; 3 fs. sf. חִלְּקַ֫תָּה Is 34:17; 2 ms. sf. וְחִלַּקְתָּם Ex 5:1;—Impf. יְחַלֵּק Gn 49:27 + 4 times, etc.; prob. read יְחַלְּקֵם 1 Ch 23:6; 24:3 (v. supr. Niph.), etc.; Imv. חַלֵּק Jos 13:7; Inf. חַלֵּק Jos 19:51 Pr 16:19; sf. חַלְּקָם Is 9:2— 1. divide, apportion: food, at festival 2 S 6:19, sq. acc. & לְ = 1 Ch 16:3, garments ψ 22:19, sorrows Jb 21:17 (no לְ); give a portion to, sq. לְ (no acc. expr.) Is 53:12; a land Jo 4:2 (no ind. obj.) Jos 19:51 (P), also Mi 2:4, ψ 60:8 = 108:8, Dn 11:39; sq. acc. & לְ Jos 13:7; 18:10 1 K 18:6 Is 34:17 Ez 47:21; divide hair (symbol.) Ez 5:1; divide spoil (שָׁלָל) Is 9:2 Pr 16:19 Gn 49:27 (poem), Ex 15:9 (song); Ju 5:30 ψ 68:13 Is 53:12. 2. assign, distribute: Levites to their service, prob. 1 Ch 23:6; 24:3 (v. supr.) 3. scatter, sq. acc. Gn 49:7 (poem) (‖ הפיץ), La 4:16. Pu. Pf. חֻלַּק Is 33:23; וְחֻלַּק consec. Zc 14:1; Impf. 3 fs. תְּחֻלָּ֑ק Am 7:17; be divided, of land Am 7:17; spoil Is 33:23 Zc 14:1. Hithp. Pf. וְהִתְחַלְּקוּ consec. Jos 18:5 divide (land) among themselves. Hiph. Inf. לַחֲלִק Je 37:12; to receive a portion (denom. from חֵלֶק), but dub.

מָדַד53 vb. measure (NH id.; Ph. מדד; Arabic مَدَّ extend, stretch, مُدٌّ a corn-measure, etc.; Assyrian madâdu, measure; Jew.-Aramaic n. מִידָּה measure, proportion, rule);— Qal Pf. מ׳ (מָדָ֑ד) Is 40:12 + 9 times Ez; sf. מְדָדוֹ Ez 42:15, 20; 1 s. וּמַדֹּתִ֫י Is 65:7; וּמָֽדְדוּ consec. Dt 21:2; Ez 43:10; וּמַדֹּתֶם consec. Nu 35:5; Impf. וַיָּ֫מָד Ru 3:15 + 22 times Ez; 2 ms. תָּמוֹד Ez 45:3; וַיָּמֹ֫דּוּ Ex 16:18; תָּמֹ֫דּוּ Ez 47:18; Inf. לָמֹד Zc 2:6;—measure, chiefly lit. (usually sq.acc. rei; obj. om. Ex 16:18; Dt 21:2; Ez 40:35, cf. 47:18 (but v. Co); sq. acc. of measure Ru 3:15; Ez 42:19; 47:3, 4(×2), 5);— 1. measure of length, distance Nu 35:5 (P), Dt 21:2 (D), Ez 40:5, 6, 8, 20 + 32 times Ez 40–47; Zc 2:6. 2. of dry measure Ex 16:18 (P), Ru 3:15. 3. fig. of measuring waters Is 40:12 (of י׳); of requital Is 65:7. †Niph. Impf. יִמַּד Ho 2:1; Je 33:22; יִמַּדּוּ Je 31:37;—be measured, of sand of sea Ho 2:1 Je 33:22; of heavens Je 31:37. †Pi. Pf. וּמִדַּד־ consec. Jb 7:4 (cf. Ges§52, 2. R. 1); Impf. וַיְמַדֵּד 2 S 8:2; וַיְמַדְּדֵם v 2; אֲמַדֵּד ψ 60:8; 108:8;— 1. extend, continue (= make extent or continuation), subj. עֶרֶב Jb 7:4. 2. measure, measure off, בַחֶבֶל, of apportioning Moabites to death and life, sq. sf. 8:2; also obj. חֲבָלִים v 2; metaph. of conquest, sq. acc., ψ 60:8 = 108:8 (‖ חִלֵּק). Po. Impf. וַיְמֹ֫דֶד Hb 3:6 (subj. God, obj. אֶרֶץ), measured (viz. with eye) 𝔙 Hi AV RV, but dub.; 𝔊 ἐσαλεύθη, 𝔗 אֲזִיעַ, hence shook Ew Ke Or al. (from √ [מוֹד =] מוֹט, but read then rather וַיְמֹטֵט, although מוט not elsewhere in this conj.; We, plausibly, וַיְמֹגֵג √ מוג, cf. Na 1:5). †Hithpo. וַיִּתְמֹדֵד sq. עַל־הַיֶּ֫לֶד; 1 K 17:21 measured (= extended, stretched) himself upon the boy.

† [נָשַׂג] vb. only Hiph. reach, overtake (Ecclus 14:13 והשיגת ידך, 35:10 ובהשגת יד (cf. Schechter on 14:13), cf. 3 infr.; ישיג מענה 32:14 shall obtain an answer);— Hiph. Pf. 3 ms. וְהִשִּׂיג consec. Lv 26:5, sf. וְהִשִּׂיגוֹ consec. Dt 19:6; 2 ms. sf. וְהִשֵּׂגְתָּם consec. Gn 44:4, etc.; Impf. יַשִּׂיג Lv 26:5, וַיַּשֵּׂג Gn 31:25, sf. וַיַּשִּׂגֵם Gn 44:6, etc.; Inf. abs. הַשֵּׂג 1 S 30:8; Pt. מַשִּׂין 1 S 14:26, sf. מַשִּׂיגֵ֫הוּ Jb 41:18; f. מַשֶּׂגֶת Lv 14:21 1 Ch 21:12 (but read וְאִם הֱיוֹת as ‖ 2 S 24:13 We Sm Kit);— 1. overtake, c. acc., often after רָדַף: a. lit. Gn 31:25 (E), 44:4, 6 (J), Ex 14:9 (P), 15:9 (song), Dt 19:6 Jos 2:5 (JE), 1 S 30:8(×3) 2 S 15:14 2 K 25:5 = Je 39:5 = 52:8, Ho 2:9, cf. ψ 7:6; 18:38 (וָאַשְׁמִידֵם in ‖ 2 S 22:38), La 1:3 (metaph.). b. fig. of battle Ho 10:9, sword Je 42:16; on 1 Ch 21:12 v. supr.; of blessings Dt 28:2, curses v 15, 45 predictions Zc 1:6, justice Is 59:9, wrath of י׳ ψ 69:25, iniquities 40:13, calamities Jb 27:20. 2. a. reach, attain to, Jb 41:18 (if one) reach it (crocodile) with the sword (2 acc.); fig. paths of life Pr 2:19, joy, etc., Is 35:10 also 51:11 (CheHpt יַשִּׂיגוּם, for MT יַשִּׂיגוּן; PerlesAnalekten. 64 יִשְׂגּוּן, from שׂגה); of time Gn 47:9 my days have not reached the days … of my fathers, cf. Lv 26:5(×2). b. cause to reach, bring, put, מַשִּׂיג יָדוֹ אֶל־פִּיו 1 S 14:26 no one put his hand to his mouth, but read מֵשִׁיב 𝔊 𝔗 Klo Dr Bu Kit HPS Löhr. 3. fig. הִשִּׂיגָה יָדוֹ one’s hand has reached, i.e. one is able, or has enough, Lv 5:11 (c. לְ), 14:21; 25:26, 49; c. acc. = able to secure, get 14:22, 30, 31, 32; 27:8 Nu 6:21 (all P), Ez 46:7; abs. = gain (riches) Lv 25:47 (H).—Jb 24:2 v. סוּג" dir="rtl" >סוּג.

—

† קָשַׁר vb. bind, league together, conspire (NH id., bind, join, קֶשֶׁר knot; 𝔗 קְטַר, Syriac ܩܛܰܪ bind (ט for ת after ק) NöZMG xl.735, who cp. also (‘perhaps’) Arabic قَسَرَ force to do a thing, Ethiopic ቈጸረ: bind);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. קָשַׁר Am 7:10; 1 K 16:16; 2 ms. sf. וּקְשַׁרְתָּם consec. Dt 6:8, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. וַיִּקְשֹׁר 1 K 15:27 +, וַיִּקְשָׁר־ 2 K 15:30, etc.; Imv. ms. sf. קָשְׁרֵם Pr 3:3 +; Pt. act. pl. קשְׁרִים 2 S 15:31 +; pass. fs. קְשׁוּרָה Gn 44:30; Pr 22:15; pl. קְשֻׁרִים Gn 30:42;— 1. bind: a. lit., c. acc. rei + עַל Gn 38:28 (J), Je 51:63, + ב, Jos 2:18, 21 (JE); bind, confine, c. acc. רֵים Jb 39:10 (+ בְּתֶלֶם), acc. of crocod. 40:29. b. fig., c. acc. + עַל Dt 6:8; 11:18; Pr 3:3; 6:21; 7:3 (all of religious and moral precepts); c. ב, נַפְשׁוֹ קְשׁוּרָה בְנַפְשׁוֹ Gn 44:30 his life is bound up with his [viz. the boy’s] life (J; of strong affection); אִוֶּלֶת ק׳ בְלֶב־נָ֑עַר Pr 22:15. c. pt. pass. vigorous (proposes well-knit; opp. עֲטֻפִים) Gn 30:42 (J) 2. league together, conspire: c. על pers. against 1 S 22:8, 13; Am 7:10; 1 K 15:27; 16:9; 2 K 10:9; 15:10, 25; 21:23, 24 = 2 Ch 33:24, 25; 2 Ch 24:21; c. acc. cogn. קֶשֶׁר, 1 K 16:20; 2 K 12:21; 15:15, + עַל pers. 14:19 = 2 Ch 25:27; 2 K 15:30; abs. 1 K 16:16; Ne 4:2 (+ inf. purpose); c. עִם, together with, 2 S 15:31. Niph. Pf. 3 fs. נִקְשְׁרָה 1 S 18:1 the life of Jonathan was bound up with the life of D. (Qal 1 b); Impf. 3 fs. וַתִּקָּשֵׁר כ��ּל־הַחוֹמָה Ne 3:38 all the wall was joined together (the circuit complete). Pi. Impf. 1. bind on (as ornament), 2 fs. sf. וּתְקַשְּׁרִים Is 49:18 (fig.; ‖ תִּלְבְּשִׁי). 2. bind fast, 2 ms. (הַ)תְקַשֵּׁר מַעֲדַנּוֹת כִּימָה Jb 38:31 canst thou bind fast the bands of the Pleiades? Pu. Pt. הַצֹּאן הַמְּקֻשָּׁרוֹת Gn 30:41 (J), = Qal 1 c. Hithp. conspire: Pf. 3 pl. הִתְקַשְּׁרוּ עַל־ 2 Ch 24:25 (‖ 2 K 12:21 Qal 2); Impf. 3 ms. וַיִּתְקַשֵּׁר אֶל־ 2 K 9:14; Pt. pl. הַמִּתְקַשְּׁרִים עָלָיו 2 Ch 24:26.

σεαυτοῦ, -ῆς, also σαυτοῦ, -ῆς, Ionic dialect σεωυτοῦ, ῆς, reflexive pronoun of 2nd pers., of thyself, etc., in masculine and feminine of genitive, dative, and accusative singular, first in Refs 7th c.BC+; ἐν σαυτοῦ (variant{-ῷ}) γενοῦ contain thyself, Refs 5th c.BC+: rarely in neuter, φίλον ξύλον, ἔγειρέ μοι σεαυτὸ καὶ γίγνου θρασύ Refs 5th c.BC+ —in _plural_ always separated, ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, etc.: and originally separated in singular, as in Refs 8th c.BC+ —The separated forms, σοῦ αὐτοῦ, αὐτοῦ σοῦ, etc., were used in Attic dialect, not as reflexive, but as emphatic personal pronouns,Refs 5th c.BC+

† אָשֵׁר n.pr.m. Asher (happy one, Felix, cf. Ph. אשרשלח, which however may contain (god) Asshur or Osiris, cf. BaeRel 161). 1. son of Jacob and Zilpah Gn 30:13; 35:26; 46:17 Ex 1:4 Nu 26:46 1 Ch 2:2. 2. the tribe Gn 49:20 Nu 1:13 Dt 27:13; 33:24(×2) Jos 17:10, 11; 19:34 Ju 1:31; 5:17; 6:35; 7:23 1 K 4:16 1 Ch 12:36 2 Ch 30:11 Ez 48:2, 3, 34; בְּנֵי אָשֵׁר Nu 1:40; 2:27; 7:72; 10:26; 26:44, 47; 34:27 Jos 19:24, 31 1 Ch 7:30, 40; מַטֵּה אָשֵׁר Nu 1:41; 2:27; 13:13 Jos 21:6, 30 1 Ch 6:47, 59. 3. n.pr.loc. city E. of Shechem Jos 17:7.

† [יָסַר] vb. discipline, chasten, admonish (Talm 𝔗 יִ(י)סּוֹר. chastisement; but Aramaic יְסַר is bind)— Qal Impf. 3 m. sf. וְיִסְּרֵנִי Is 8:11 (Di De SS see Bö§ 1103 Ew§ 249 d, but Thes MV Che al. Pi. Pf.); 1 s. sf. וְאֶסֳּרֵם Ho 10:10 (Ges§ 71); Inf. abs. יָסֹר 1 Ch 15:22 (noun Ke, point as pt. Öt); Pt. יֹסֵר Pr 9:7 ψ 94:10; יסורי Je 17:13 Kt v. סוּר²" dir="rtl" >סוּר;— 1. admonish Is 8:11 (sq. sf. + מִלֶּכֶת away from walking, i.e. not to walk), Pr 9:7 (‖ מוֹכִיחַ). 2. instruct, 1 Ch 15:22. 3. discipline, of God Ho 10:10 ψ 94:10. Niph. Impf. יִוָּ֫סֶר עֶ֫בֶד Pr 29:19; אִוָּסֵר Je 31:18; תִּוָּֽסְרוּ Lv 26:23; Imv. f. הִוָּֽסְרִי Je 6:8; mpl. חִיָּסְרוּ ψ 2:10;—(Niph. tolerat., Ges§ 51. 2), let oneself be corrected, admonished by words of man ψ 2:10; Pr 29:19; let oneself be chastened by discipline of God Je 6:8; 31:18; Lv 26:23. Pi. Pf. יִסַּר 1 K 12:11 + 3 times; sf. יִסְּרַנִּי ψ 118:18; יִסְּרוֹ Is 28:26; 3 f. sf. יִסְּרַתּוּ Pr 31:1; 2 m. יִסַּרְתָּ ψ 39:12 Jb 4:3, etc. + 8 times Pf.; Impf. יְיַסֵּר Dt 8:5; 2 m. sf. תְּיַסְּרֶנּוּ ψ 94:12, etc. + 5 times Impf.; Imv. יַסֵּר Pr 19:18; 29:17; sf. יַסְּרֵנִי Je 10:24; Inf. abs. יַסֹּר ψ 118:18; cstr. יַסְּרָה Lv 26:18; sf. יַסְּרֶ֑ךָּ Dt 4:36; Pt. מְיַסְּרֶ֑ךָּ Dt 8:5;— 1. discipline, correct (the moral nature, with more or less severity according to circumstances): a. of God, c. acc. Ho 7:15 (of training arms), Dt 4:36 (v. Dr), 8:5 (Israel as son), Is 28:26, happy the man אשׁר תיסרנו יהּ ψ 94:12, 118:18(×2). b. of man, c. acc. Dt 8:5 Pr 19:18; 29:17 (all of a father his son), Jb 4:3 Pr 31:1, ψ 16:7 my reins (the emotions of my own heart) correct, admonish me. 2. more severely, chasten, chastise: a. of God, sq. acc. pers., Je 31:18; אַל־בַּחֲמָֽתְךָ תְיַסְּרֵנִי ψ 6:2; 38:2; בְּמשׁפט אל באף Je 10:24; למשׁפט 30:11 = 46:28; על חטאת Lv 26:18, 28; בתוכחות על עון ψ 39:12. b. of man, a father his son Dt 21:18; elders a man Dt 22:18 (including, as perhaps 21:18, bodily chastisement); a king his subjects בַּשּׁוֹטִים and בָּעַקְרַבִּים 1 K 12:11, 14 = 2 Ch 10:11, 14. c. תְּיַסְּרֵךְ רָֽעָתֵךְ Je 2:19 thy badness will chastise thee. Nithp. Pf. נִוַּסְּרוּ Ez 23:48 (for נִתְוַסְּרוּ Ges§ 55 k); pass. be disciplined, corrected. Hiph. Impf. 1 s. sf. אַיְסִירֵם (Ew§ 131 c, but error for אֲיַסְּרֵם Bö§ 437 f SS), c. acc. chasten Ho 7:12.

† [בָּהַל] vb. (NH id. Pt. pass. בהול disquieted; Pi. disquiet; 𝔗 Pa. בַּהֵיל hasten, be precipitate, also dismay: but ܒܗܶܠ is be quiet)— Niph. Pf. נִבְהַל 1 S 28:21; נִבְהֲלָה ψ 6:4; נִבְהַלְתִּי Is 21:3; וְנִבְהָ֑לְתִּי consec. Jb 21:6; נִבְהֲלוּ Gn 45:3 +, etc.; Impf. וַיִּבָּהֵל Ju 20:41; 2 ms. תִּבָּהֵל Ec 8:3; יִבָּהֵלוּ֑ן ψ 104:29, etc.; Pt. נִבְהָל ψ 30:8; נִֽבֳהָל Pr 28:22; f. נִבְהָלָה Zp 1:18;— 1. be disturbed, dismayed, terrified, Gn 45:3 (E) Ju 20:41 1 S 28:21 2 S 4:1 (‖ וַיִּרְפּוּ יָדָיו, cf. Ez 7:27 supr.); of bones of sufferer ψ 6:3 (‖ cf. infr. v 4); of hands of dismayed people Ez 7:27; especially at chastisements & judgments of י׳ Ex 15:15 (song, in E) ψ 6:4 (subj. נֶפֶשׁ, ‖ cf. supr. v 3) v 11 (‖ בושׁ) 30:8; 48:6; 104:29; 83:18 (‖ בושׁ) 90:7 Is 13:8; 21:3 (sq. מִן so as not to) Jb 23:15 (מפני) Je 51:32 Ez 26:18 (del. 𝔊 Co); Jb 4:5 (‖ לאה), cf. also 21:6 as adj. terrible Zp 1:18 כָּלָה אַךְ־נִבְהָלָה. 2. be in haste, hasty (late, cf. Aramaic above): Ec 8:3 אַל־תִּבּ׳ מִפָּנָיו תֵּלֵךְ be not hasty (to) go from him; Pr 28:22 נִבֳהָל לַהוֹן hastening after riches. Pi. Impf. וַיְבַהֵל Est 2:9; sf. יְבַהֲלֻהוּ Dn 11:44; וִיבַהֶלְךָ Jb 22:10; יְבַהֲלֵמוֹ ψ 2:5; 2 ms. תְּבַהֲלֵם ψ 83:16; אַל־תְּבַהֵל Ec 5:1; 7:9; Inf. sf. לְבַהֲלֵנִי 2 Ch 35:21; ם—ָ32:18; Part. מבלהים Kt, מְבַהֲלִים Qr Ezr 4:4 (BeRy pref. Kt, v. בלהּ);— 1. dismay, terrify, sq. sf. 2 Ch 32:18 (‖ ירא), Dn 11:44 Jb 22:10 (subj. פַּחַד), ψ 2:5 (subj. י׳) 83:16 (‖ רדף; subj. י׳); cf. also Ezr 4:4 (v. sub בלהּ). 2. hasten, make haste, act hastily (late), 2 Ch 35:21 וֵאלֹהִים אָמַר לְבַהֲלֵנִי God hath given command to speed me (RVm); sq. inf. make haste Est 2:9; of hasty speech Ec 5:1 אַל־תְּב׳ עַל־פִּיךָ (‖ וְלִבְּךָ אַל־יְמַהֵר לְהוֹצִיא דָבָר); of anger Ec 7:9 אַל־תְּב׳ בְּרוּחֲךָ לִכְעוֹם. Pu. Pt. pl. מְבֹהָלִים Est 8:14, cf. מְבֹהֶלֶת Qr Pr 20:21 (so read with Vrss Now Str; AV RV); Kt מבחלת v. בָּחֵל" dir="rtl" >בחל;—hastened Est 8:14 of royal posts (‖ דְּחוּפִים); hastily gained נַחֲלָה מְב׳ Pr 20:21. Hiph. Pf. sf. הִבְהִילָ֑נִי Jb 23:16; Impf. sf. וַיַּבְהִלוּהוּ 2 Ch 26:20; 3 mpl. וַיַּבְהִלוּ Est 6:14;— 1. dismay, terrify, sq. sf. Jb 23:16 (subj. שַׁדַּי; ‖ הֵרַךְ לִבִּי). 2. (late) hasten, hurry (trans.), 2 Ch 26:20 וַיַּבְהִלוּהוּ מִשָּׁם and they hurried him thence (‖ נִדְחַף); make haste, sq. inf. Est 6:14 וַיּב׳ לְהָבִיא and they make haste to bring Haman.

† [זָרָה] vb. scatter, fan, winnow (Arabic ذَرَا cause to fly, scatter (of wind), winnow; Aramaic דְּרָא, ܕܪܳܐ; Ethiopic ዘረወ: )— Qal Impf. וַיִּ֫זֶר Ex 32:20; 2 ms. תִּזְרֶה Ez 5:2; sf. תִּזְרֵם Is 30:22; 41:16; וָאֶזְרֵם Je 15:7; Imv. זְרֵה Nu 17:2; Inf. לִזְרוֹת Je 4:11; Pt. זֹרֶה Ru 3:2 Is 30:24;— 1. scatter, the powder into which golden calf was ground Ex 32:20 (E, obj. not expr.); c. acc. (strange) fire from censers Nu 17:2 (P); hair (symbol. act) Ez 5:2; Is 30:22. 2. fan, winnow, obj. גֹּרֶן הַשְּׂעוֹרִים Ru 3:2 Is 30:24 (where pt. has indef. subj.), 41:16 metaph., obj. mountains and hills, fig. of winnowing; fig. fan, winnow, in purification Je 4:11 (‖ לְהָכַ֑ר); in chastisement Je 15:7 (ז׳ בְּמִזְרֶה). Niph. Impf. וַיִּזָּרוּ Ez 36:19 be scattered, dispersed, of Israel; Inf. בְּהִזָּרוֹתֵיכֶם Ez 6:8 when ye shall be dispersed (on pl. sf. Ew§ 259 b, but Co del. י). Pi. Pf. sf. וְזֵרָם 1 K 14:15; זֵרִ֑יתָ ψ 139:3, sf. זֵרִיתָ֫נוּ ψ 44:12; וְזֵרִיתִ֫י Ez 5:10 etc.; Inf. זָרוֹת Ez 20:23 etc.;— 1. (intens. of Qal) scatter, disperse, especially of peoples, c. acc. (Israel and Judah) 1 K 14:15 Lv 26:33 (H), ψ 44:12 Je 31:10 Ez 5:10, 12; 12:14, 15; 20:23; 22:15 cf. Zc 2:2, 4(×2) ψ 106:27; bones of Israel Ez 6:5; people of Hazor Je 49:32; of Elam 49:36; of Babylon 51:2 (זָרִים = strangers?); Egyptians Ez 29:12; 30:26 + 30:23 (del. Co, intern. grounds); in general the wicked Pr 20:26; evil 20:8; pt. מְזָרִים = subst. scatterers, epith. of winds Jb 37:9 (cf. Qor 51:1); וְזֵרִיתִי פֶּרֶשׁ על־פניכם Mal 2:3 scatter dung on your faces (token of shame and curse); fig. disperse knowledge (of lips) Pr 15:7. 2. winnow, sift (cf. Qal 2) only fig. אָרְחִי וְרִבְעִי זֵרִ֑יתָ ψ 139:3 my path and my couch thou siftest (Che; BaZMG 1887, 607 measurest, determinest, whence זֶרֶת, q.v.) Pu be scattered, Impf. יְזֹרֶה Jb 18:15, subj. גָּפְרִית, sq. עַל; Pt. f. מְזֹרָה (agreeing with רָ֑שֶׁת net) Pr 1:17.

† [נָחָה] vb. lead, guide (Arabic نَحَا go in direction of, turn (eyes) toward);— Qal Pf. sf. נָחַ֫נִי Gn 24:27 + 2 times; וְנָֽחֲךָ Is 58:11; נָחָם Ex 13:17; 2 ms. נָחִ֫יתָ Ex 15:13 ψ 77:21; Imv. נְחֵה Ex 32:34; sf. נְחֵנִי ψ 5:9 + 2 times;—lead, bring, sq. acc. pers., subj. man Ex 32:34 (sq. אֶל־), cf. ψ 60:11; 108:11 (both sq. עַד־; ‖ הוביל); usually subj. י׳ Gn 24:27 (J; also sq. בַּדֶּרֶךְ + acc. loc.), Ex 13:17 (E; sq. דֶּרֶךְ), 15:13 (song; ‖ נהל), ψ 77:21; fig. of guidance in prosperity and righteousness ψ 5:9 (‖ הושׁר דרך), 27:11 (sq. בְּאֹרַח; ‖ הורה דרך), 139:24 (sq. בדרך עולם); cf. Is 58:11. Hiph. Pf. sf. הִנְחַ֫נִי Gn 24:48; 2 ms. sf. הִנְחִתָם Ne 9:12; Impf. sf. יַנְחֵ֫נִי Nu 23:7 ψ 23:3; יַנְחֶ֫נּוּ Dt 32:12 Pr 18:16; 3 fs. תַּנְחֶה Pr 6:22, etc.; Inf. cstr. sf. לְהַנְחֹתָם Ne 9:19; לַנְחֹתָם Ex 13:21;—lead, guide (= Qal) sq. acc. pers. Nu 23:7 (JE; + מִן).—1 S 22:4 (+ אֶת־פְּנֵי), 1 K 10:26 2 K 18:11 v. sub נוּחַ" dir="rtl" >נוח Hiph. B.—; of guiding = treating kindly (the helpless) Jb 31:18, of guiding constellations 38:32 (‖ הוציא); usually subj. י׳ Gn 24:48 (J; sq. בַּדֶּרֶךְ) Dt 32:12 ψ 78:14, 53, 72 (Isr. as flock; ‖ רעה); Is 57:18 ψ 107:30 (sq. אֶל־); cf. of pillar of cloud Ex 13:21 (J), Ne 9:12, 19; also Jb 12:23, read prob. וַיַּנִּחֵם and leaves them (Je 14:9). ψ 67:5; especially in path of blessing ψ 23:3; 31:4 (‖ נהל), 61:3 (sq. בְּ), 73:24; cf. 43:3; 139:10 (‖ אחז), 143:10 (sq. בְּ); also of instruction, etc., Pr 6:22; 11:3; 18:16 (sq. לִפְנֵי).

ἐμαυτοῦ, ἐμαυτῆς, reflexive pronoun of first person, of me, of myself: only genitive, dative, and accusative singular, both masculine and feminine: not found in early Epic dialect; Aeolic dialect ἔμ᾽ αὔτῳ, ἔμ᾽ αὔτᾳ, Refs 7th c.BC+; ἐμαυτόν is uncertain in Refs 6th c.BC+; Ionic dialect ἐμεωυτοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐμᾱτοῦ, ἐμᾱτόν, Refs 1st c.BC+; ἐν ἐμαυτῷ συννοεῖσθαι in or with oneself, Refs 5th c.BC+; but ἐν ἐμαυτοῦ (i.e. οἴκῳ) εἶναι, metaphorically, to be master of oneself, Refs 5th c.BC+

† [כּוּל] vb. comprehend, contain (NH, Aramaic id., measure, measure out, of dry or liquid measure; Syriac Aph. ܐܰܟܻܝܠ id.; Arabic كَالَ measure grain)— Qal Pf. only Is 40:12 מִי … כָּל בְּשָׁלִשׁ עֲפַר הָאָרֶץ who hath comprehended the dust of the earth in a shalish-measure? Pilp. Pf. כִּלְכֵּל 2 S 19:33; sf. כִּלְכְּלָם 1 K 18:4; 2 ms. sf. כִּלְבַּלְתָּם Ne 9:21, etc.; Impf. יְכַלְכֵּל Zc 11:16 +, etc.; Inf. cstr. כַּלְכֵּל Je 20:9 +, etc.; Pt. מְכַלְכֵּל Mal 3:2;—sustain, maintain, contain: 1. sustain, support, nourish, sq. acc. pers. Gn 45:11; 50:21 (both E), 2 S 19:33, 34; 20:3 1 K 4:7a (v b abs.), 5:7; 17:4, 9 Ne 9:21 Ru 4:15 ψ 55:23 Zc 11:16 (of sheep); sq. acc. pers. + rei (food) Gn 47:12 (J), 1 K 18:4, 13. 2. contain, sq. acc. pers. 1 K 8:27 2 Ch 2:5; 6:18 (heavens cannot contain י׳); hold in, restrain Yahweh’s word within one, Je 20:9. 3. support, endure, sickness רוּחַ אִישׁ יְכַל׳ מַחֲלֵ֑הוּ Pr 18:14 Mal 3:2 (obj. אֶת־יוֹם בּוֹאוֹ); of sustaining a cause, in court, יְכַל׳ דְּבָרָיו בְּמִשְׁפָּט ψ 112:5. Polp. Pf. 3 pl. כָּלְכְּלוּ were supplied with food 1 K 20:27 (Klo proposes בַּגִּלְבֹּעַ) Hiph. Impf. יָכִיל 1 K 7:26 + 2 times etc.; Inf. cstr. הָכִיל Je 6:11 + 5 times;—contain, hold, hold in, endure; 1. contain, sq. acc. (of liquid) 1 K 7:26, 38 2 Ch 4:5; in fig. Je 2:13, abs. Ez 23:32; (of burnt-offering) 1 K 8:64 2 Ch 7:7; hold in (wrath of י׳, obj. not expr.), Je 6:11 (opp. שָׁפַךְ); on Ez 21:33 v. אָכַל" dir="rtl" >אָכַל. 2. sustain, endure, sq. acc. Am 7:10 Je 10:10 Jo 2:11.

† [כָּנַע] vb. be humble, only in der. conj. (Aramaic כְּנַע id.; Arabic كَنَعَ is be contracted, wrinkled; also fold wings (of eagle))— Niph. Pf. 3 ms. נִכְנַע 1 K 21:29 + 3 times; 3 pl. נִכְנְעוּ 2 Ch 12:7; 30:11; נִכְנָ֑עוּ 2 Ch 12:7; Impf. יִכָּנַע Lv 26:41 + 3 times; 3 fs. וַתִּכָּנַע Ju 3:30; 2 ms. וַתִּכָּנַע 2 K 22:19 + 2 times; 3 mpl. וְיִכָּֽנְעוּ 2 Ch 7:14 + 5 times; יִכָּנֵ֑עוּ 1 Ch 20:4; Inf. הִכָּנַע 2 Ch 33:23; sf. הִכָּֽנְעוֹ 2 Ch 12:12; 33:19;— 1. reflex. humble oneself Lv 26:41 (H; subj. לְבָבָם), 2 Ch 7:14; 12:6, 7(×2), 12; 30:11; 32:26; 33:19, 23; before some one, לִפְנֵי 2 Ch 34:27; מִלִּפְנֵי 1 K 21:29 2 Ch 33:12, 23; 34:27; 36:12; מִפְּנֵי 1 K 21:29 2 K 22:19. 2. pass. be humbled, subdued 1 S 7:13 1 Ch 20:4 2 Ch 13:18; sq. לִפְנֵי pers. Ju 8:28; מִפְּנֵי Ju 11:33; under some one תַּחַת Ju 3:30 ψ 106:42. Hiph. Pf. 3 ms. הִכְנִיעַ 2 Ch 28:19; 1 s. הִכְנַעְתִּי 1 Ch 17:10; Impf. 3 ms. וַיַּכְנַע Ju 4:23 ψ 107:12; sf. יַכְנִיעֵם Dt 9:3 + 2 times; 2 ms. תַּכְנִיעַ Is 25:5; וַתַּכְנַע Ne 9:24; 1 s. אַכְנִיעַ ψ 81:15; Imv. הַכְנִיעֵהוּ Jb 40:12;— 1. humble 2 Ch 28:19 Jb 40:12 ψ 107:12 (obj. לֵב), Is 25:5 (obj. שְׁאוֹן זָרִים). 2. subdue enemies 2 S 8:1 = 1 Ch 18:1, 1 Ch 17:10 ψ 81:15; sq. לִפְנֵי Dt 9:3 Ju 4:23 Ne 9:24.

מְא֫וּמָה32 pron.indef. anything (according to Thes from מָה וּמָה, like quidquid, against which is the Mil‘el tone; according to Ol254, 255, 386 Köii. 146 an old accus. from מאוּם in sense of speck, particle, cf. Fr point: in Assyrian manman (proposes who? who?), assim. mamman, or manma (man, who? + generalizing ma), mamma, is any one, minma (min, what? + ma), mimma, is anything, Dl§ 60,DlHWB 418 f. WSG 125 f.);—anything, usually in negative sentences, as Gn 22:12 ואל־תעשׂ לו מאומה (euphem. for something bad), 30:31 לֹא־תִתֶּן־לִי מאומה, 39:6, 9; 40:15 (euphem.), 1 S 12:4, 5; 20:26, 39; 25:7, 15, 21; 29:3 etc., Ju 14:6 ומאומה אין בידו, Ec 5:14 ומ׳ לא ישׂא בעמלו, 1 K 18:43 אין מ׳ lit. nought of anything! Je 39:12 ואל תעשׂ לו מאומה רָּע; strengthened by כֹּל †Gn 39:23; 2 S 3:35; after אִם = surely not, 2 S 3:35; in interrog. sentence Nu 22:38; in affirm. sentence Dt 24:10 כִּי־תַשֶּׁה בֳרֵעֲךָ מַשַּׁאת מ׳ a pledge of (= consisting in) anything, 2 S 13:2 (euphem.), 2 K 5:20 (var. מוּמָח). Adverbially, 1 S 21:3 אישׁ אל ידע מ׳ את הדבר let no one know of the matter in anything at all.

† [חָפַשׂ] vb. search (𝔗Jer חֲפַס dig, seek; Pal. Syriac dig (Schw); perhaps Assyrian êppêšu, êtpêšu, sensible, LyonSargontexte 65)— Qal Impf. 2 ms. sf. תַּחְפְּשֶׂ֫נָּה Pr 2:4; יַחְפְּשׂוּ ψ 64:7; נַחְפְּשָׂה La 3:40; Pt. חֹפֵשׂ Pr 20:27;—search, search out, fig.; 1. search for, obj. בִּינָה etc. Pr 2:4 (‖ בקשׁ). 2. = think out, devise, c. acc. עולות unjust acts ψ 64:7 (cf. also sub Pu.) 3. search = test, La 3:40 (obj. דרכינו; ‖ חקר), Pr 20:27. Niph. Pf. נֶחְפְּשׂוּ Ob6 subj. עֵשָׂו coll.; searched out = exposed and plundered (‖ נִבְעוּ מַצְפּוּנָיו). Pi. Pf. וְחִפַּשְׂתִּ֫י 1 S 23:23; וְחִפְּשׂוּ 1 K 20:6; Impf. וַיְחַפֵּשׂ Gn 31:35 + 2 times; אֲחַפֵּשׂ Am 9:3 Zp 1:12; Imv. חַפְּשׂוּ 2 K 10:23;— 1. search through, c. acc., a house 1 K 20:6, Jerusalem (metaph.) Zp 1:12; no obj. expr. 2 K 10:23. 2. search for: a. a person c. acc. 1 S 23:23. b. a thing, c. acc. Gn 44:12 (J; Joseph searching for his cup); Gn 31:35 (E; no obj. expr., Laban looking for his teraphim); Am 9:3 (י׳ searching for evildoers), ψ 77:7 (soul searching to understand י׳’s dealings with his servants). Pu. Impf. יְחֻפַּשׂ Pr 28:12 be searched for = be hidden; Pt. מְחֻפָּשׂ ψ 64:7 in חֵפֶשׂ מ׳ = a searched out search, i.e. a device well thought out (cf. Che; ‖ Qal q.v.); v. also חֵ֫פֶשׂ" dir="rtl" >חֵ֫פֶשׂ. Hithp. Pf. הִתְחַפֵּשׂ 2 Ch 35:22 (but 𝔊 הִתְחַזֵּק, cf. also 𝔙 𝔖 3 Esdr 1:26, so Be Öt); Impf. יִתְחַפֵּשׂ Jb 30:18; וַיִּתְחַפֵּשׂ 1 S 28:8 + 3 times; Inf. abs. הִתְחַפֵּשׂ 1 K 22:30 = 2 Ch 18:29;—disguise oneself (lit. let oneself be searched for) 1 S 28:8 1 K 22:30(×2) = 2 Ch 18:29(×2), 2 Ch 35:22 (but v. supr.), all of disguise by change of garments; 1 K 20:38 באפר i.e. with headgear over eyes; subj. לבושׁ Jb 30:18, i.e. his garment is disguised, no longer looks like the mantle it is.

Related to: ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο, also κεῖνος (regular in Epic dialect, Ionic dialect (as Refs 5th c.BC+ only where the metre requires,Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; but not in Attic dialect Prose, and in Comedy texts only in mock Trag. passages): Aeolic dialect κῆνος Refs 7th c.BC+: Doric dialect τῆνος Refs 3rd c.BC+: in Comedy texts, strengthened ἐκεινοσί Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐκεινοσίν Refs 2nd c.AD+: (ἐκεῖ):—demonstrative pronoun the person there, that person or thing, Refs 8th c.BC+: generally with reference to what has gone immediately before, Refs 5th c.BC+; but when οὗτος and ἐκεῖνος refer to two things before mentioned, ἐκεῖνος, properly belongs to the more remote, in time, place, or thought, οὗτος to the nearer, Refs 5th c.BC+ sometimes = the latter, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἆρ᾽ οὗτός ἐστ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ὅν..; Refs 5th c.BC+: also joined as if one pronoun, τοῦτ᾽ ἐκεῖνο..δέρκομαι Refs 5th c.BC+; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ at that point of time, Refs 1st c.AD+; ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο, à propos, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 to denote wellknown persons, etc., κεῖνος μέγας θεός Refs 8th c.BC+ __2.b ἐκεῖνα the ideal world, Refs __3 for things, of which one cannot remember or must not mention the name, ={ὁ δεῖνα}, so-and-so, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3.b in formulae, τεθνάτω καὶ οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἐξ ἐκείνου Refs __4 with simple demonstrative force, Ἶρος ἐκεῖνος ἧσται Irus sits there, Refs 8th c.BC+; νῆες ἐκεῖναι ἐπιπλέουσιν there are ships sailing up, Refs 5th c.BC+ __5 in indirect speech where properly the reflexive pronoun αὑτοῦ would stand, Refs 5th c.BC+ __6 after a Relat. in apodosi almost pleonastic, Refs 5th c.BC+ __7 in Aeolic dialect and Attic dialect the substantive with ἐκεῖνος properly has the Article (κῆνος ὤνηρ Refs 7th c.BC+ may precede or follow the substantive, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν στρατείαν ἐ., τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ ἐ., Refs 8th c.BC+; but when this is the case in Prose, ἐκεῖνος follows the substantive, ἡμέρας ἐκείνης Refs 5th c.BC+ __II adverb ἐκείνως in that case, Refs; in that way, Refs 5th c.BC+: Ionic dialect κείνως Refs 5th c.BC+ __III dative feminine ἐκείνῃ as adverb, __III.1 of Place, at that place, in that neighbourhood, Refs 5th c.BC+; κείνῃ (i.e. ὁδῷ) Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 of Manner, in that manner, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV with Preps., ἐξ ἐκείνου from that time, Refs 5th c.BC+; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνα in that region, Refs 5th c.BC+afterwards, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare ἐπέκεινα.

† הוּא14 m. הִיא 7 f. pron. of 3 s. he, she, it (= BH הוּא, הִיא; Zinj. and Palm. (once) הא, Palm. (usually) Nab. Egyptian Aramaic הו, f. הי, Lzb257, S-CPap. A 1, 12 +; A 4, C 9 +. The pl. is אִנּוּן, q.v.);—he, she, it, Dn 2:21 וְהוּא מְהַשְׁנֵא … and he will change, etc., v 22, 44; 6:5; 7:7, 24 Ezr 5:8; Dn 2:32 הוּא צַלְמָא that image (nom. pend.); 4:19 אַנְתָּה הוּא thou art it. Resuming the subj. with emph. (BH 2 b) 2:47; 6:17; resuming the subj. in predication (ib. 3 b) 2:20 חָכְמְתָא וּגְבוּרְתָּא דִּי־לֵהּ הִיא it is his, v 28. Anticipating the subj. (ib. 4 a) 2:9 הֲדָא הִיא דָֽתְכוֹן; with a pron. (ib. 4 b) 2:38 אַנְתְּה הוּא … thou art the head of gold 5:13; 3:15 מַן הוּא אֱלָהּ … who is the good …? (so pl. אִנּוּן Ezr 5:4); 4:27 הֲלָא דָא הִיא … (ib. 4 b γ); 6:27 דִּי הוּא … who is … (ib. 2 c), Ezr 6:15 (so דִּי אִנּוּן … Dn 7:17). [cf. in 𝔗 Ex 14:25; 15:11 2 S 20:19; 24:17 ψ 43:2; 63:4; 66:3 +.] Affirming existence (BH 6 b) Dn 4:21. cf. K§ 87, 3. הוּבַד v. [אֲבַד].

† II. [חָלַץ] vb. equip for war (primary idea of strength, vigour, v. Hiph., n. חֲלָצַיִם, and Assyrian ḫalṣu, fortification (SchrCOT Gloss Asrb. Annals ii. 52), cf. ḫhilṣu, belt, ZehnpfundBAS i. 499; Aramaic ܚܠܻܝܨ accinctus ad opus, strenuus, ܚܠܻܝܨܽܘܬܳܐ fortitudo, strenuitas, Gk. ἀνδρεία, > Thes Rob Ges SS who regard as = I. חלץ in sense strip for battle, expeditus)— Qal only Pt. pass. חָלוּץ Nu 32:21 + 7 times, cstr. חֲלוּץ Nu 32:27; pl. חֲלוּצִים Nu 32:30 + 2 times, cstr. חֲלוּצֵי 1 Ch 12:24 + 3 times; חֲלֻצֵי Is 15:4;—equipped: 1. as adj. Nu 32:30, 32 Dt 3:18. 2. as subst. sg. coll. Nu 32:21 (JE; v. Niph. v 20) 2 Ch 20:21; 28:14, c. art. הֶח׳ Jos 6:7, 9, 13 (JE); חֲלוּץ צָבָא Nu 32:27 men equipped for war (JE), so ח׳ הַמִּלְחָמָה 32:29 (P); הֶחָ׳ לַצָּבָא 1 Ch 12:24 (v 23 van d. H.); pl. חֲלוּצֵי צָבָא Nu 31:5 (P) 1 Ch 12:25 (v 24 Van d. H.) 2 Ch 17:18; ח׳ הַצּ׳ Jos 4:13 (P); note חֲלֻצֵי מוֹאָב Is 15:4 warriors (equipped ones, Che men-at-arms) of Moab. Niph. Impf. 2 mpl. תֵּחָֽלְצוּ Nu 32:20, 1 pl. נֵחָלֵץ Nu 32:17; Imv. הֵחָֽלְצוּ Nu 31:3; be, or go equipped, sq. לִפְנֵי Nu 32:17, 20 (both JE; v. Qal Pt. v 21); sq. לַצָּבָא 31:3 (P; Niph. Imv. here surprising with מֵאִתְּכֶם, v. Di). Hiph. Impf. עַצְמֹתֶיךָ יַחֲלִיץ Is 58:11 he (י׳) will brace up, invigorate, thy bones (MV De Di; Hup Che crit. n. Du al. read יַחֲלִיף renew, rejuvenate).

בַּאֲשֶׁר19 a. in (that) which … Is 56:4; 65:12; 66:4 (supr. 1); Ec 3:9 in (that, in) which (4 c); Is 47:12 (v.2). b. adv. in (the place) where: supr. 4 b (γ). c. conj. in that, inasmuch as, †Gn 39:9; 23; Ec 7:2; 8:4; cf. ܒܕ d. †Jon 1:8 בַּאֲשֶׁר לְמִי on account of whom? (בַּאֲשֶׁר לְ on account of, framed on model of Aramaic בְּדִיל: v. sub שֶׁל).

סִרָה v. בּוֹר הַסּ׳ p. 92 supr. יסור, only in יסורי Je 17:13 Kt, but v. Qr סור Qal Pt.

מֵאֲשֶׁר17 a. from (or than) that which (him, them, etc., that …) Gn 31:1; Ex 29:27(×2) Nu 6:11 (see Lv 4:26) Jos 10:11; Ju 16:30; Is 47:13 +; than that … †Ec 3:22; לְבַד מֵאֲשֶׁר †Est 4:11. b. adv. from (the place) where: supr. 4 b (γ). c. conj. from (the fact) that …, since †Is 43:4.

† [כָּתַת] vb. beat, crush by beating (NH id.; Aramaic כְּתַת);— Qal Pf. 1 s. וְכַתּוֹתִ֫י ψ 89:24; Impf. i s. וָאֶכֹּת Dt 9:21; Imv. mpl. כֹּ֫תּוּ Jo 4:10; Pt. pass. כָּתוּת Is 30:14 Lv 22:24;— 1. beat or crush fine, of a potter’s vessel Is 30:14, the golden calf Dt 9:21 (+ טָחוֹן הֵיטֵב); a sacrificial victim Lv 22:24 (i.e. its testicles; + מָעוּךְ, נָתוּק, כָּרוּת); fig. of enemies ψ 89:24. 2. beat, hammer (ploughshares into swords, cf. Pi. 2) Jo 4:10. Pi. Pf. 3 ms. כִּתַּת 2 K 18:4 2 Ch 34:7; 3 mpl. וְכִּתְּתוּ consec. Is 2:4 + 2 times;—as Qal 1. beat or crush fine 2 K 18:4 2 Ch 34:7 (of images); fig. of devastating the land Zc 11:6. 2. beat, hammer (swords into ploughshares, cf. Qal 2) Is 2:4 = Mi 4:3. Pu. Pf. 3 mpl. וְכֻתְּתוּ 2 Ch 15:6 and they were beaten in pieces, one nation against another. Hiph. Impf. 3 mpl. וַיַּכְּתוּ Dt 1:44 beat in pieces an enemy, sf. וַיַּכּוּם וַיַּכְּתוּם Nu 14:45. Hoph. Impf. 3 ms. וּשְׁאִיָּה יֻכַּת־שָׁ֑עַר Is 24:12 and to ruins is the gate crushed; 3 mpl. יֻכַּתּוּ Mi 1:7 (of idol-images); fig. of warriors Je 46:5; of frail man Jb 4:20.

† הָמַם vb. make a noise, move noisily, confuse, discomfit (cf. [הום])— Qal Pf. וְהָמַם consec. Is 28:28; sf. הֲמָמַ֫נִי Je 51:34 Qr (Kt הֲמָמָ֫נוּ), הֲמָמָם 2 Ch 15:16; 1 s. וְהַמֹּתִ֫י Ex 23:27; Impf. וַיָּ֫הָם Ex 14:24 Ju 4:15; sf. וַיְּהֻמֵּם Jos 10:10 1 S 7:10 ψ 18:15 + 2 S 22:15 Kt (doubtless right; Qr וַיָּהֹ֑ם); 2 ms. sf. וּתְהֻמֵּם ψ 144:6; Inf. sf. לְהֻמָּם Dt 2:15 Est 9:24;— 1. move noisily, trans., drive a wagon in threshing ה׳ גִּלְגַּל עֶגְלָתוֹ וּפָרָשָׁיו Is 28:28 (‖ דושׁ). 2. confuse, discomfit, c. acc. Ex 14:24; 23:27 Jos 10:10 Ju 4:15 1 S 7:10 ψ 18:15 = 2 S 22:15 (‖ הפיץ), ψ 144:6 (‖ id.); discomfit, vex, 2 Ch 15:6 c. acc. & בְּכָל־צָרָה of instr.; c. acc. also Dt 2:15 (sq. עַד תֻּמָּם), Est 9:24 (sq. לְאַבְּדָם); prob. also Je 51:34 (‖ אָכַל), cf. הוּם" dir="rtl" >הוּם Dt 7:23.

† זוּ pron. (poet.), indeclinable. 1. a demonstr. Hb 1:11 זוּ כֹחוֹ this his strength, ψ 12:8 מִן־הַדּוֹר זוּ (unusual, for הַזֶּה), 62:12 שְׁתַּיִם־זוּ שָׁמַעְתִּי these two things &c. (but better (WickesPoet. Acc. 64) שְׁ֖תֵּיִם ז֣וּ two things (are there) which &c.: v. 2). 2. a relative, Ex 15:13 עַם־זוּ גָאָ֑לְתָּ the people which thou hast redeemed, v 16 Is 42:24 זוּ חָטָאנוּ לוֹ against whom we sinned, 43:21 ψ 9:16 (fem.) רֶשֶׁת־ז֥וּ טָ֜מָ֗נוּ so 31:5, 10:2; 17:9 (with a plural antecedent) מִפְּנֵי רְשָׁעִים זוּ שַׁדּוּנִי, 32:8; 68:29 (thou) who hast wrought for us! 142:4; 143:8. To most of these passages the remark made under זה 5 respecting the intention of the punctuators also applies: comp. De on ψ 9:16. (Cf. ذُو, used as an indeclin. relat. pron. = اَلَّذِى in the Ṭayyite dialect: thus أتى عليهم ذو أتى there has come upon them that which has come: ذحن ذو فعلنا كذا it is we who have done this. See SchuHariri Cons. ii. 75, Thes406, WAG i. 347, e, Lanep. 986, FlKl.Schr. i. p. 359.)

ἀμφότερος (Locrian dialect ἀμφόταρος Refs, α, ον, (ἄμφω) rare in singular, either, i.e. both of two (opposed to ἑκάτερος each one of two), ἀμφοτέρας κοινὸν αἴας common to either land, Refs 4th c.BC+; ποίημα ἢ πάθος ἢ ἀμφότερον or partaking of both, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 Refs 8th c.BC+ as adverb, followed by τε.. κα; ἀ. βασιλεύς τ᾽ ἀγαθὸς κρατερός τ᾽ αἰχμητής both together, prince as well as warrior, Refs; ἀ. γενεῇ τε καὶ οὕνεκα.. Refs 8th c.BC+; followed by τε.. δέ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; by τε.. καί.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 dual in Refs 8th c.BC+, less frequently in later writers, Refs 5th c.BC+; but plural is much more frequently, and is found with a dual Noun, χεῖρε πετάσσας ἀμφοτέραςRefs 8th c.BC+ —Phrases: κατ᾽ ἀμφότερα on both sides, Refs 5th c.BC+towards both sides, both ways, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀμφότερα, absolutely, on both sides, Refs; ἀπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων from or on both sides, Ξέρξεω ἀπ᾽ ἀ. ἀδελφεόςRefs 5th c.BC+; μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι one with another (assuming variant), Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἀμφοτέροις βλέπειν (i.e. ὄμμασι) Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἀμφοτέραις, Epic dialect -ῃσι (i.e. χερσί) Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις βεβακώς (i.e. ποσί) Refs 3rd c.BC+ __II later, of more than two, all together, NT+2nd c.AD+

† אִלֵּךְ demonstr.pron.pl. these (pl. of דֵּךְ, q.v.: Egyptian Aramaic אלך (Cooke 207 RÉS361 B S-CPap. E 6 +): with hâ prefixed, OSyr. ܗܠܘܟ, f. ܗܠܝܟ, Nö§ 67, M § 82 Burkitt Evang. da-Mepharreshe ii. 42, Chr-Pal. ܗܠܝܟ (m. and f.) SchwIdiot. 24; cf.Arabic أُولَاكَ, Ethiopic እልኩ Di Lex. 1057: the demonst. affix ך as in דֵּךְ, ذَاك, etc.; WCG 110);—these, גֻּבְרַיָּא אִלֵּךְ these men, Dn 3:12, 13, 21, 22, 23, 27; 6:6, 12, 16, 25 Ezr 4:21; 6:8b; also Ezr 5:9; 6:8a.

ἑαυτοῦ, ῆς, οῦ, ἑαυτῷ, ῇ, ῷ, ἑαυτόν, ήν, ό, plural ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, ἑαυτούς άς, ά: Ionic dialect ἑωυτοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+; also ωὑτῆς Refs 3rd c.BC+ in Papyrus and Inscrr., as Refs 1st c.BC+: Attic dialect contraction αὑτοῦ, etc., which is the usual form in Trag., though ἑαυτοῦ, etc., are used (though rarely) when the metre requires, Refs 4th c.BC+; Cretan dialect ϝιαυτοῦ Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn Refs; Doric dialect αὐταυτοῦ, αὐσαυτοῦ (which see); Thess. εὑτοῦ (dative), Refs: genitive plural ηὑτῶν Refs:—reflexive pronoun of 3rd pers., of himself, herself, itself, etc.; first in Refs 7th c.BC+, and Attic dialect Refs 8th c.BC+ itself by itself, absolutely, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ ἐφ᾽ αὑτοῦRefs 5th c.BC+; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῦ, of themselves, himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, see at {ἐπ; ἐν ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι}, ἐντὸς ἑαυτοῦ γ., see at {ἐν}, ἐντό; παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ at his own house, Refsthemselves, Refs 5th c.BC+; πλουσιώτεροι ἑαυτῶν continually richer, Refs 5th c.BC+, compare d; τῇ αὐτὸ ἑωυτοῦ ἐστι μακρότατον at its very greatest length, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II in Attic dialect, Trag., and later, αὑτοῦ, etc., is used for the 1st pers. or 2nd pers., as for ἐμαυτοῦ, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ τἄρα μηχανορραφῶ Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς by ourselves, LXX+2nd c.BC+; ἑαυτῶν, ={ὑμῶν αὐτῶν}, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __III plural, ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, etc., is sometimes used for ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, one another, διάφοροι ἑωυτοῖσι Refs 5th c.BC+; καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν one against the other, Refs 5th c.BC+

† אֲנָה pr. 1 s. i (= Heb. אֲנִי, q.v.: Zenj. Cilic. Egyptian Aramaic אנה (Cooke 182. 194. 202; S-Coften), Nab … נה (Lzb 221); 𝔗 אנא, Syriac ܐܶܢܳܐ );—I, Dn 2:30; 4:6, 27; 5:16, before a ptcp. 3:25; 4:34, after a ptcp. (K§ 76, 2 b) 2:8 מִן־יַצִּיב יָדַע אֲנָה, v 23 4:4; sq. a n.pr. 4:1 אֲנָה נבוכדנצר שְׁלֵה הֲוֵית, v 15, 34; 7:15; Ezr 6:12; 7:21, as nom. pendens, Dn 4:31; 7:28; emphasizing a sf. (K§ 87, 3) 7:15; Ezr 7:21 (cf.S-C B 8, J 12, K 3. 5).

† דֵּךְ demonstr. pr. m. this, f. דָּךְ; only Ezr; Dn uses דִּכֵּן (Egyptian and Cappad. Aramaic זך (CIS ii. 151 RÉS 361 B S-CPap. (f. דכא, דכי ib.F 6, 9), LzbEph. i. 67); 𝔗 דֵּיכֵי, f. דָּךְ; Arabic ذَاكَ; Ethiopic ዝኩ From ذَا, זֶה, דָּא (f.), with the affix ך (WCG 110), thus lit. = Germ. dieser da. The pl. is אִלֵּךְ, q.v.);—this (always after its subst.), Ezr 5:16 שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּר דֵּךְ, v 17 בֵּית־אֱלָהָא דֵךְ, 6:7, 8, 12; f. 4:13, 15(×2), 16, 19, 21 all קִרְיְתָא דָךְ, 5:8.

I. [הֵן] pron. 3 pl.fem., often in NH, in Bibl. Heb. only with prefixes, בָּהֵן, etc.: see under הֵ֫מָּה" dir="rtl" >הֵמָּה 8 d.

† מָה (מָא †Ezr 6:8) pron. interr. and indef. what? (BH מָה; Nab. מה; Zinj. מ; 𝔗 מא; Syriac ܡܳܐ; Arabic مَا: cf. WCG 124 f.);— 1. what? Dn 4:32 מה עבדת. 2. whatever, what (cf. BH 1 b end) Dn 2:22 ידע מה בחשׁוכא knoweth what is in darkness, Ezr 6:9: so מָה דִּי (cf. דִּי 1 b: so Nab.; Palm. מא די, מדי, Lzb306 Cooke320, 332) Dn 2:28, 29(×2), 45; Ezr 6:8 למא די תעבדון with regard to what ye shall do, 7:18 (= whatsoever). 3. with prefixes: a. כְּמָה how! Dn 3:33(×2). b. לְמָה why? (cf. BH לָמָּה) Ezr 4:22 be not slack herein: why should damage grow, etc., virtually = lest damage grow (𝔊 μή ποτε), 7:23 די למה להוא קצף for why should there be wrath? = lest [𝔊 μή ποτε] there be wrath (cf. 𝔗 דִּילְמָא, Syriac ܕܰܠܡܳܐ lest: and v. מָה 4 d b, p. 554a). c. על־מה wherefore? Dn 2:15.

† סָתַם vb. stop up, shut up, keep close (NH id.; 𝔗 סְתַם id.; Syriac ܣܛܰܡ (ܣܬܡ very rare); Arabic سَدَمَ close door Lane1334, and سَطَمَ Ḳam Frey, are perhaps loan-words; cf. Assyrian (bît) šutummu, storehouse, treasury, ZehnpfBAS i. 531); — Qal Pf. 3 ms. ס׳ 2 Ch 32:30; Impf. 2 mpl. תִּסְתֹּ֑מוּ 2 K 3:19; 3 mpl. יִסְתֹּ֑מוּ v 25, וַיִּסְתְּמוּ 2 Ch 32:4; Imv. ms. סְתֹם Dn 8:26; 12:4; Inf. cstr. לִסְתּוֹם 2 Ch 32:3; Pt. pass. סָתוּם Ez 28:3, סָתֻם ψ 51:8, pl. סְתֻמִים Dn 12:9;— 1. stop up springs of water 2 K 3:19, 25; 2 Ch 32:3, 4, cf. v 30. 2. shut up, keep close, prophetic words Dn 8:26; 12:4, 9; בְּסָתֻם ψ 51:8 in (the) closed (chamber of the breast; ‖ טֻחוֹת).—כָּל־סָתוּם Ez 28:3 usually no secret is too dark for thee, but doubtful (v. II. עמם); 𝔊 σοφοί, Co חַרְטֻמִּים חֲכָמִים, or Berthol. קֹסְמִים. Niph. Inf. cstr. לְהִסָּתֵם Ne 4:1 the breaches [in the walls] had begun to be stopped up. Pi. Pf. 3 pl. sf. סִתְּמוּם Gn 26:15; Impf. 3 mpl. sf. וַיְסַתְּמוּם v 18, both of stopping wells quite up (RJE).

† הִמּוֹ9 (Ezr), הִמּוֹן3 (Dn), pron. 3 pl. they, them (= BH הֵם, הֵמָּה, q.v., but the more original forms. Egyptian Aramaic המו CIS 145 B 4 (Cooke 207), 149 A 1, S-CPap. C 7, 10 +; not 𝔗 Syriac, which use אִנּוּן, ܐܶܢܽܘܢ, ܗܶܢܽܘܢ, instead; Arabic هُمُ, هُمْ. The n in הִמּוֹן, as in דֵּין, אִלֵּין, by the side of זֶה, אֵלֶּה, أُولَآءِ; NöM 86 WCG 106);—they, them: a. as nom. Ezr 5:11 אֲנַחְנָא הִמּוֹ עַבְדוֹהִי we are his servants (constr. as in Syriac, Nö§ 312 D Mt 5:13, K§ 87. 3). b. as accus. (in Biblical Aramaic, as in Syriac, there being no verbal sf. of 3 pl.; so Egyptian Aramaic Cooke 76 B 4, S-CPap. E 5 +), Dn 2:34 והדקת הִמּוֹן and crushed them, v 35 3:22 Ezr 4:10, 23; 5:5, 12, 14(×2), 15; 7:17.—Comp. אִנּוּן.

† זֹה this (f.) = זֹאת (cf. זוֹ, in Mish. the regular fem. of זֶה)—2 K 6:19 Ez 40:45 Ec 2:2, 24; 5:15, 18; 7:23; 9:13 (זאת does not occur in Ec); also in the phr. כָּזֹה וְכָזֶה (v. זה 6 c β).

ὑμέτερος [ῡ], α, ον, Doric dialect and Epic dialect ὑμός (which see): (ὑμεῖς):— your, yours, Refs 8th c.BC+; with a pronoun added in genitive, ὑμέτερος ἑκάστου θυμός the courage of each of you, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὑμέτερος θυμὸς αὐτῶν your own mind, Refs 8th c.BC+to your house, Refs 8th c.BC+ your part, your business, ἢν μὴ τὸ ὑ. αἴτιον γένηται Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ δ᾽ ὑ. πρᾶξαι your character is to.., Refs 5th c.BC+your goods, Refs 5th c.BC+: in Prose sometimes with the Article, ταῖς ὑμετέραις πόλεσι Refs 5th c.BC+; and objectively, αἱ ὑ ἐλπίδες hopes raised by you, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπὶ τῇ ὑ. παρακελεύσει for the purpose of advising you, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II poetry (never in Attic dialect) sometimes for σός, Refs 6th c.BC+

† [רָקַע] vb. beat, stamp, beat out, spread out (NH id.; Hiph., Aramaic רְקַע Aph., both spread out, and deriv.; Syriac ܪ��ܰܥ press down (Lk 6:38 𝔊), spread out, also consolidate; Arabic رَقَعَ patch, put on a patch, repair, cf. Chr-Pal. ܡܪܩܥܐ patch, ܡܪܘܩܥܢܝܬܐ swaddling-bands, SchwallyIdiot. 90; Ph. מרקע platter, or bowl, of gold CISi. 90, 1);— Qal Impf. 1 s. sf. אֶרְקָעֵם 2 S 22:43 I will stamp them down (prob. gloss to אֲדִקֵּם preceding, cf. Bae ψ 18:43); Imv. רְקַע בְּרַגְלְךָ Ez 6:11 beat (stamp) with thy foot, in token of contemptuous pleasure, cf. Da (‖ הַכֵּה בְכַפְּךָ); so Inf. cstr. sf. רַקְעֲךָ בְּרָ֑גֶל 25:6 (‖ מַחְאֲךָ יָד); Pt. act. as subst. cstr. (Ges§ 65d) רֹקַע הָאָרֶץ (i.e. י׳) he that (beateth out) spreadeth out the earth Is 42:5, רֹקַע הָא׳ 44:24, רוֹקַע הָא׳ ψ 136:6. Pi. Impf. 3 ms. sf. בַּזָּהָב יְרַקְּעֶנּוּ Is 40:19 a goldsmith with gold over-layeth it (lit. beateth it out); 3 mpl. וַיְרַקְּעוּ אֶת־ פַּחֵי הַזָּהָב Ex 39:3 they beat out the plates of gold; sf. וַיְרַקְּעוּם צִפּוּי Nu 17:4 they beat them out as plating. Pu. Pt. כֶּסֶף מְרֻקָּ֑ע Je 10:9 silver beaten out. Hiph. Impf. 2 ms. תַּרְקִיעַ עִמּוֹ לִשְׁחָקִים Jb 37:18 canst thou make with (= like) him a spreading for clouds (spread out clouds; cf. רָקִיעַ)?

ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, demonstrative pronoun, this, formed by adding the enclitic -δε to the old demonstrative pronoun ὁ, ἡ, τό, and declined like it through all cases: Epic dialect dative plural τοῖσδεσσι, τοῖσδεσσιν, as well as τοῖσδε, Refs 8th c.BC+: Aeolic dialect genitive plural τῶνδεων Refs 7th c.BC+; ταδή Refs 5th c.BC+ —ὅδε, like{οὗτος}, is opposed to ἐκεῖνος, to designate what is nearer as opposed to to what is more remote; but ὅδε refers more distinctly to what is present, to what can be seen or pointed out, though this distinction is sometimes not observed, e.g. ξύμπας Ἀχαιῶν λαός, ἐν δὲ τοῖσδ᾽ ἐγώ Refs 5th c.BC+;— τοῦτον, ὅνπερ εἰσορᾷς Refs 5th c.BC+ __I of Place, to point out what is present or before one, Ἕκτορος ἥδε γυνή this is, or here is, the wife of Hector, Refs 8th c.BC+; in Comedy texts, ἐγὼ σιωπῶ τῷδ; Refs 5th c.BC+; and in Prose, ὧν Θεόδωρος εἷς ὅδε Refs 5th c.BC+; of what belongs to this world, Refs __I.2 with Verbs of action, = here, ἀνδρί, ὅστις ὅδε κρατέει who holds sway here, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔγχος μὲν τόδε κεῖται ἐπὶ χθονός here it lies, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἥδ᾽ ἡ κορώνη.. λέγει the crow here.., variant in Refs 5th c.BC+ here comes.., Refs 5th c.BC+; falsa lectio in Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.3 with a person pronoun, ὅδ᾽ ἐγὼ.. ἤλυθον here am I come, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα let us here.., Refs; δῶρα δ᾽ ἐγὼν ὅδε.. παρασχέμεν here am I [ready] to provide.., Refs 8th c.BC+: with a proper name, ὅδ᾽ εἰμ᾽ Ὀρέστης Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.4 also with τίς and other interrogative words, τίς δ᾽ ὅδε Ναυσικάᾳ ἕπετα; who is this following her? Refs; τί κακὸν τόδε πάσχετ; what is this evil ye are suffering? Refs; πρὸς ποῖον ἂν τόνδ᾽.. ἔπλε; Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.5 in Trag. dialogue, ὅδε and ὅδ᾽ ἀνήρ, ={ἐγώ}, Refs; γυναικὸς τῆσδε, for ἐμοῦ, Refs 5th c.BC+; so ξὺν τῇδε χερί with this hand of mine, Refs __I.6 in Refs 4th c.BC+ designates a particular thing, 'such and such', τοδὶ διὰ τοδὶ αἱρεῖται Refs; ἥδε ἡ ἰατρική, opposed to αὐτὴ ἡ ἰ., Refs; τόδε τι a this, i.e. a fully specified particular, Refs 4th c.BC+; πορευσόμεθα εἰς τήνδε τὴν πόλιν NT __II of Time, to indicate the immediate present, ἥδ᾽ ἡμέρα Refs 8th c.BC+; but νυκτὸς τῆσδε in the night just past, Refs 5th c.BC+; so τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ on this present journey, Refs; also ἀπόλλυμαι τάλας ἔτος τόδ᾽ ἤδη δέκατον now for these ten years, Refs; τῶνδε τῶν ἀσκητῶν athletes of the present day, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ἐς τόδε elliptic with genitive, ἐς τόδ᾽ ἡμέρας Refs 5th c.BC+; πῶς ἐς τόδ᾽ ἂν τόλμης ἔβ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __III in sentences beginning this is.., the Engl. this is frequently represented by nominative plural neuter τάδ; ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔρανος τάδε γ᾽ ἐστίν this is not an ἔρανος, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἆρ᾽ οὐχ ὕβρις τάδ; is not this insolence? Refs 5th c.BC+; of persons, Ἀπόλλων τάδ᾽ ἦν this was Refs 5th c.BC+; τάδ᾽ οὐχὶ Πελοπόννησος, ἀλλ᾽ Ἰωνία Inscription cited in Refs 1st c.BC+ __III.2 to indicate something immediately to come, τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ (which then follows) Refs 8th c.BC+; see at {οὗτος} Refs 5th c.BC+; opposed to ἐκεῖνος, Refs 5th c.BC+ [La_us] πρὸς τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν, οὐδὲ τοῦδ᾽ ὕπο [by Oedipus] Refs __III.3 as 'antecedent' to a defining Relat., ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν Refs 8th c.BC+ is separate, as ὃς δέ κε μηρίνθοιο τύχῃ.., ὁ δ᾽ οἴσεται ἡμιπέλεκκα Refs 8th c.BC+ sometimes has its deictic force and the relative clause merely explains, as νήσου τῆσδ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἧς ναίει Refs 8th c.BC+ __IV Adverbial usage of some cases: __IV.1 τῇδε, __IV.1.a of Place, here, on the spot, Refs 8th c.BC+ __IV.1.b of Manner, thus, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.2 accusative neuter τόδε with ἱκάνω, etc., hither, to this spot, Refs 8th c.BC+ __IV.2.b therefore, on this account, τόδε χώεο Refs: so also accusative plural neuter, τάδε γηθήσειε on this account, Refs 8th c.BC+ __IV.3 dative plural neuter, τοισίδε in or with these words, τοισίδε ἀμείβεται Refs 5th c.BC+; τοισίδε προέχει in these respects, Refs

† מַן (so Gi, with most MSS., supported by Syriac ܡܰܢ, Arabic مِنْ; v. K§ 22, 1), מָן (Baer: v. on Dn 3:6), interr. pron. who? (Old Aramaic Nab. Palm. מן (Lzb312 Cooke188), 𝔗 מן, Syriac ܡܰܢ, Ethiopic መኑ Arabic مَنْ: WCG 123: BH מִי);— 1. who? Ezr 5:3, 9; strengthened by הוּא, Dn 3:15 וּמַן־הוּא אֱלָהּ דִּי who is the God who …? (cf. Syriac ܡܰܢܽܘ contr. from ܡܰܢ ܗܽܘ, and מַנּוּ in the Syriacizing 𝔗 to Pr: also BH מִי הוּא, הוּא 4 b β); so in the pl. Ezr 5:4 מַן־אִנּוּן שְׁמָהָת what (lit. who: cf. מִי 1 a, and Gn 32:28; Ex 3:13 𝔗) are the names of …? 2. מַן־דִּי whosoever (lit. who is there that …? v. BH מִי g) Dn 3:6, 11 מַן־דִּי לָא יִפֵּל, 4:14 וּלְמַן דִּי יִצְבֵּא יִתְּנִנַּהּ to whomsoever he willeth, he giveth it, v 22, 29; 5:21 (so Nab. מן די, Cooke241, 325 ff.; 𝔗 מַן דְּ; Syriac ܡܰܢ ܕ; cf. Egyptian Aramaic S-CPap. K 7, 12 ולמן זי צבית תנתן).

† [נָהַל] vb.Pi. lead, guide to a watering-place or station, and cause to rest there; bring to a station or place of rest; lead, guide; refresh (cf. Arabic مَنْهَلٌ watering-place, نَهَلَ take a first drink; likewise (Dozy) مَنْهَلَةٌ station, stage of the road; perhaps also Assyrian naʾâlu, lie down DlHWB 438; DlHA 5f.;Prol 17 ff. tries to explain all the passages from this Assyrian nâlu; against him v. PräLOPh i. 195 CheAcad., April 12, 1884 DHMZKF i. 357 f. NöZMG xl. 1886, 728; two √ √ proposes by RDWilson Presb. Rev. (N.Y.), April, 1885 (careful art.), cf. Che ψ 23:2, crit. n.);— Pi. Pf. 2 ms. נֵהַלְתָּ Ex 15:13; Impf. 3 ms. יְנַהֵל Is 40:11; sf. יְנַהֲלֵנִי ψ 23:2, יְנַהֲלֵם Is 49:10; וַיְנַהֲלֵם Gn 47:17 2 Ch 32:22; 2 ms. sf. תְּנַהֲלֵנִי ψ 31:4; 3 mpl. sf. וַיְנַהֲלוּם 2 Ch 28:15; Pt. מְנַהֵל Is 51:18;— 1. lead to a watering-place (or station), and cause to rest there, subj. י׳ as shepherd, Is 49:10 (עַל־ loc.; ‖ נהג), ψ 23:2 (c. עַל־ loc.; ‖ הִרְבִּיץ), Is 40:11 (‖ רעה, קִבֵּץ). 2. lead or bring to a station, a goal, י׳ subj. Ex 15:13 (song; no obj. expressed, אֶל־ loc.; ‖ נחה); human subj. 2 Ch 28:15 and they conducted all the feeble of them by means of (ב) asses (‖ הֵבִיא). 3. lead, guide: fig., אֵין מְנַהֵל לָהּ Is 51:18 there is no one to be a guide for her, i.e. for Jerus., drunk with cup of י׳’s fury (‖ מַחֲזִיק בְּיָדָהּ); י׳ subj. ψ 31:4 lead me (‖ תַּנְחֵנִי). 4. give rest to (?) וַיְנ׳ מִסָּבִיב 2 Ch 32:22 and he gave them rest on every hand, cf. 𝔊 𝔙 (= וַיָּנַח לָהֶם מִסּ׳ 1 Ch 22:18 +, prob. so read here, v. Be DHM Öt). 5. refresh with food, וַיְנ׳ בַּלֶּחֶם Gn 47:17 (J). Hithp. Impf. prob. journey by stations, stages, only 1 s. אֶתְנַהֲלָה Gn 33:14 (J), I will proceed, journey on, by stages (i.e. deliberately, with family and cattle).

† I. אֵל pr.pl.m. & f. = the more usual אֵלָּה, these 1 Ch 20:8; with art. הָאֵל Gn 19:8, 25; 26:3, 4 Lv 18:27 Dt 4:42; 7:22; 19:11. (Merely an orthogr. variation of אֵלָּה, and doubtless pronounced similarly; the kindred dialects have in genl. a dissyllabic form: v. sub אֵלֶּה. Written similarly in Ph., e.g. CIS 3:22; 14:5; 93:3 (האל), but ZMG1875, 240 (Neo-Punic) אלא; in Plaut. Poen. v. 1. 9 transliterated ily; Schroed.Ph. Gr. p. 81, 160, 286 ff.)

† [גָּדַד] vb. penetrate, cut (NH id., cut, cut out, Aramaic גְּדַד, ܓܰܕ, Arabic جَدّ cut, cut off; Ethiopic ገደደ in deriv.)— Qal Impf. ψ 94:21 יָג֯וֹדּוּ עַל־נֶפֶשׁ צַדִּיק they attack (penetrate, make inroads upon) the life of a righteous man (Ol proposes יָגוּרוּ cf. 56:7; 59:4 where, however, Che יגודו; si vera l., perhaps denom. from גְּדוּד cf. Ho 6:9 & infr.; cf. also גוד & Köi 356). Hithpo. Impf. יִתְגֹּדַד Je 16:6; 2 fs. תִּתְגֹּדֲדִי Mi 4:14, תִּתְגּוֹדָ֑דִי Je 47:5; pl. וַיִּתְגֹּדְדוּ 1 K 18:28, יִתְגּוֹדָ֑דוּ Je 5:7 + Ho 7:14 v. infr., תִּתְגֹּדְדוּ Dt 14:1; Pt. pl. מִתְגֹּדְדִים Je 41:5;— 1. cut oneself, as religious (heathen) practice 1 K 18:28; practised also by men of Shechem, etc. in worship of י׳ (late) Je 41:5; for the dead, forbidden Dt 14:1 לֹא תִתְגֹּדְדוּ וְלֹא תָשִׂימוּ קָרְחָה בֵּין עֵינֵיכֶם לָמֵת, Je 16:6; cf. 47:5 (subject Philistia personified); also for MT יִתְגּוֹרָר֖וּ Ho 7:14 Codd, they cut themselves, 𝔊 Gr Che RVm, read We Now Marti Harper (cf. i, ii. גּוּר). 2. gather in troops, or bands; go in troops or throngs, throng; (denominative from גְּדוּד q.v.) cf. תִּתְגֹּדֲדִי בַת־גְּדוּד Mi 4:14 (addressed to Jerusalem); Je 5:7 read prob. יִתְגֹּרָ֑רוּ 𝔊 Gie Du al. וּבֵית זוֹנָה יִתְגּ׳ and to a harlot’s house they throng.

† יָקַע vb. be dislocated, alienated (Arabic وَقَعَ is fall, fall down, fall upon, befal, happen)— Qal Impf. 3 fs. תֵּקַע Je 6:8; וַתֵּקַע Gn 32:26 + 2 times; dislocated Gn 32:26 (Jacob’s thigh); elsewhere fig. of נפשׁ; torn away, alienated from any one, sq. מִן Je 6:8 Ez 23:17; sq. מֵעַל v 18. Hiph. Pf. וְהוֹקַעֲנוּם consec. 2 S 21:6; Impf. וַיֹּקִיעֻם v 9; Imv. הוֹקַע Nu 25:4; of some solemn form of execution, but meaning uncertain: Aq Gesimpale; 𝔊 𝔖 expose (ἐξηλιάζειν, παραδειγματίζειν); 𝔗 𝔙 crucify; RSRel; Sem 398 (419) throw down (Arabic أَوْقَعَ) a rock (cf. 2 Ch 25:12): + ליהוה 2 S 21:6 (לפני י׳ v 9), Nu 25:4. Hoph. Pt. הַמּוּקָעִים 2 S 21:13; pass. of Hiph.

† [אָפַק] vb. hold, be strong (so Thes wh. comp. Arabic أَفِقَ excel = multum valuit; MV comp. also فاق )— Hithp. Pf. 3 pl. הִתְאַפָּ֑קוּ Is 63:15; Inf. לְהִתְאַפֵּק Gn 45:1; Impf. וְיִּתְאַפַּק Gn 43:31; 2 ms. תִּתְאַפַּק Is 64:11; אֶתְאַפָּ֑ק Is 42:14; וָאֶתְאַפַּק 1 S 13:12— 1. compel oneself 1 S 13:12. 2. restrain oneself, refrain Gn 43:31; 45:1 Is 42:14 Est 5:10; of י׳ Is 64:11; of Yahweh’s compassion Is 63:15, מֵעֶיךָ וְרַחֲמֶיךָ אֵלַי הִתְאַפָּ֑קוּ (almost passive).

† הַלָּז pron.comm. this, a rare synonym of זֶה or הַזֶּה, this (Arabic اَلَّذِى (also اَلَّذْ), pl. اَلَّذِينَ, who, which (cf. זֶה, which is used also sometimes as rel.), formed from اَلْ the def. art., and the pron. ذَا, זֶה, זוּ, with the insertion of the demonstr. element la, and thus in fact = הַזֶּה: WAG i. § 347, CG p. 177)—ususally with subst. defined by the art., Ju 6:20 הַסֶּלַע הַלָּז this rock, 1 S 14:1 מֵעֵבֶר הַלָּז off this side-across, 17:26 אֶת־הַפְּלִשְׁתִּי הַלָּז, (+ 20:19 𝔊 Th We Dr τὸ ἐργαβ ἐκεῖνο, i.e. (or הַלָּאז) הָאַרְגָּב הַלָּז this mound (or cairn), for האבן האזל) 2 K 23:17; Zc 2:8; with a fem., 2 K 4:25 הַשּׁוּנַמִּית הַלָּז: without a subst. Dn 8:16 לְהַלָּז to this one (= normal לָזֶה). The fuller form is

† [אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִין] n.m.pl. satraps (BH -נִים; cf.M 52* );—emph. -נַיָּא Dn 3:2, 3, 27; 6:2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8.

† דָּא demonstr. pr. f. this (= BH זֹה: Zinj. Têma, Cappad. Egyptian Aramaic זא, Nab. דא, Palm. דה (Lzb 264; Eph. i. 323 Cooke 26), 𝔗 דא: v. further sub BH זֶה. The corresp. masc. is דְּנָה);—this, Dn 4:27 הֲלָא דָא הִיא בָּבֶל רַבְּתָא, 5:6 דָּא לְדָא נָֽקְשָׁן one striking another, cf.7:3 (v. זֶה 1 b), v 8 בְקַרְנָא־דָא. דָּארִין v. [דּוּר].

† [אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִין] n.m.pl. satraps (BH -נִים; cf.M 52* );—emph. -נַיָּא Dn 3:2, 3, 27; 6:2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8.

† אִלֵּין (אִלֵּן Dn 2:44; 6:7) demonstr.pron.pl. these (pl. of דְּנָה, q.v.: Palm. אלן (Lzb264 Eph. i. 343. 345 Cooke 26); 𝔗 אילין; Mand. עלין (NöM 89 f.); Talm. (with emph. hâ prefixed, WCG 109) הָאִלֵּין: v. further sub BH אֵלֶּה, and add Egyptian Aramaic אלו Cooke 26);—these, only Dn: Dn 2:40 דִּי מְרָעַע כָּל־ אִלֵּין, v 44 כָּל־אִלֵּן מַלְכְוָתָא, 6:3 אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּא אִלֵּין (so v 7), 7:17 אִלֵּין חֵיוָתָא.

† אַתֵּן Ez 34:31 (many edd. אַתֶּן), אַתֵּ֫נָה Gn 31:6 Ez 13:11, 20 (edd. אַתֵּ֫נָּה) 34:17 pron. 2 f.pl. you (fem.)

† נַ֫חְנוּ, נָחְ֑נוּ pron. 1 pl. we (abbrev. from אֲנַחְנוּ; cf. the forms نَحْنُ, ንሕነ נַחְנָא, just cited; also Assyrian nîni) Gn 42:11; Ex 16:7, 8; Nu 32:32; La 3:42. (In 2 S 17:12 נַחְנוּ is 1 pl. perf. Qal from נוּחַ.)

† אֲנַ֫חְנָא (Ezr 4:16 אֲנַ֫חְנָה) pr. 1 pl. we (Egyptian Aramaic RÉS361 S-CPap. אנחנה; BH אֲנַחְנוּ; WCG 100 f.), Dn 3:16, 17; Ezr 4:16 (after ptcp.), 5:11.

† [שָׁחַק] vb. rub away, beat fine, pulverize (so Arabic سَحَقَ, سَحْقٌ worn garment, thin clouds; Aramaic שְׁחַק, ܫܚܰܩ pulverize; Ecclus שחק 6:36 is go often (wear by treading), Str cp. iter terere);— Qal Pf. 3 pl. אֲבָנִים שָֽׁחֲקוּ מַיִם Jb 14:19 waters rub away stones; 2 ms. וְשָׁחַקְתָּ֫ Ex 30:36 (P; of pulverizing incense, v. דקק Hiph.); fig., acc. of foes, Impf. 1 s. sf. וְאֶשְׁחָקֵם 2 S 22:43 (‖ דקק) = ψ 18:43.

† IV. [אַ֫יִל ?] n.m. terebinth (prob. as prominent, lofty tree, v. Di Gn 12:6; 14:6)—cstr. אֵיל only n.pr. אֵיל פָּארָן vid. infr.; pl. אֵילִים Is 1:29; אֵלִים Is 57:5 cstr. אֵילֵי Is 61:3; sf. אֵלֵיהֶם Ez 31:14 (> del. Co vid. 𝔙 𝔄).—terebinth (cf. אֵלָה); as marking idol-shrines Is 1:29; 57:5 (so Che Di etc. > gods); fig. of ransomed ones of Zion אֵילֵי הַצֶּדֶק; 61:3; perhaps of haughty ones Ez 31:14.

† אֲנָא Dn 2:8; Ezr 6:12; 7:21 in common edd.: v. אֲנָה.

† אִנּוּן pr. 3 mpl. they, those (pl. of הוּא: 𝔗 אִינּוּן, f. אִינִּין, e.g. Gn 3:7; 6:2; Syriac ܗܶܢܽܘܢ, ܐܶܢܽܘܢ, f. ܗܶܢܶܝܢ, ܐܶܢܶܝܢ; Talm. אִינְהוֹ, אִינְהֵי (for אִינְהוֹן, אִינְהֵין); Mand. הינון, הינין;—all from הוֹן, הֵן, with demonstr. syll. אן, הן ‘lo,’ prefixed, WCG 98, 106 NöM 86);—they, those, Dn 2:44 מַלְכַיָּא אִנּוּן those kings, 6:25 as accus. רְמוֹ אִנּוּן, 7:17 Kt דִּי אִנּוּן אַרְבַּע (Qr f. אִנִּין) which are four (Dr 1 S 10:19 K§ 87, 3), Ezr 5:4 מָה אִנּוּן שְׁמָהָת … = what are the names …? (Dr§ 201, 3, Obs., K l.c.). cf.הוּא.

† דִּכֵּן demonstr. pr. comm. this, that; only Dn; Ezr uses דֵּךְ (דֵּךְ + demonstr. affix n, WCG 111);—Dn 2:31 צַלְמָא ד׳, 7:20, 21 קַרְנָא ד׳.

† [דָּפַק] vb. beat, knock (Arabic دَفَقَ pour out, also drive (beasts))— Qal Perf. 3 mpl. sf. וּדְפָקוּם consec. Gn 33:13, but read 1 s. sf. וּדְפַקְתִּים 𝔊 𝔖 Sam Di beat (in driving, drive severely or cruelly); Pt. דּוֹפֵק Ct 5:2 abs. knocking (at door). Hithp. Pt. מִתְדַּפְּקִים עַל־הַדָּ֑לֶת Ju 19:22 beat violently (beat themselves tired) against the door.

† לָהֵן conj. on this account, therefore, Ru 1:13(×2) (either from לְ and הֵן (v. sub הֵ֫מָּה); or the Aramaic לָהֵן Dn 2:6, 9; 4:24: see the Aramaic Lex.)

† II. פְּלֹנִי, פְּלוֹנִי adj.gent. erron.: c. art. הַפְּלוֹנִי 1 Ch 11:27; 27:10 read הַפַּלְטִי as 2 S 23:26 (v. בֵּית פָּ֑לֶט); הַפְּלֹנִי 1 Ch 11:36 read הַגִּלֹנִי, as 2 S 23:34.—i. פְּלֹנִי v. פלה.

Ἀσήρ, ὁ indecl. (Heb. אָשֵׁר), Asher: Luk.2:36, Rev.7:6.† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

Transliteration of Hebrew מָה 'what?' [H4100]. Not in LSJ.

—

† הַלָּ֫זֶה, הַלֵּ֫זוּ this; masc. Gn 24:65 הָאִישׁ הַלָּזֶה, 37:19 בַּעַל חֲלוֹמוֹת הַלָּזֶה this dreamer (contemptuously); fem. Ex 36:35 הָאָרֶץ הַלֵּזוּ.

† מָה (מָא †Ezr 6:8) pron. interr. and indef. what? (BH מָה; Nab. מה; Zinj. מ; 𝔗 מא; Syriac ܡܳܐ; Arabic مَا: cf. WCG 124 f.);— 1. what? Dn 4:32 מה עבדת. 2. whatever, what (cf. BH 1 b end) Dn 2:22 ידע מה בחשׁוכא knoweth what is in darkness, Ezr 6:9: so מָה דִּי (cf. דִּי 1 b: so Nab.; Palm. מא די, מדי, Lzb306 Cooke320, 332) Dn 2:28, 29(×2), 45; Ezr 6:8 למא די תעבדון with regard to what ye shall do, 7:18 (= whatsoever). 3. with prefixes: a. כְּמָה how! Dn 3:33(×2). b. לְמָה why? (cf. BH לָמָּה) Ezr 4:22 be not slack herein: why should damage grow, etc., virtually = lest damage grow (𝔊 μή ποτε), 7:23 די למה להוא קצף for why should there be wrath? = lest [𝔊 μή ποτε] there be wrath (cf. 𝔗 דִּילְמָא, Syriac ܕܰܠܡܳܐ lest: and v. מָה 4 d b, p. 554a). c. על־מה wherefore? Dn 2:15.

נָשָׂא655 vb. lift, carry, take (NH = BH; Ph. נשא id. Lzb326; Assyrian našû, id. DlHWB484; Biblical Aramaic נְשָׂא (rare); Syriac in ܡܰܐܣܰܐܬܳܐ scales; Palm. נסא, נשא n.pr. Lzb326 Cook81, 83 (cp. נשׁא forget); Arabic نَشَأَ intrans. rise, be high, etc.; Sab. in n.pr., e.g. CISiv. 5. 1; also נשא vb. HalRev. Sém. iv (1896), 69 Min. נשא take, HomSüdar. Chrest. 128; Ethiopic ነሥአ suscipere, tollere Di635, so OEth., DHMEpigr. Denkm. aus Abess. (1894), 52);— Qal599 Pf. נ׳ Gn 13:6 +; 2 ms. נָשָׂאתָ 1 K 2:26 +, נָשָׂאתָה Nu 14:19, sf. נְשָׂאתַ֫נִי ψ 102:11; 2 fs. sf. נְשָׂאתִים Ez 16:58; 3 pl. נָֽשְׂאוּ 2 S 18:28 +, נָשׂוּא ψ 139:20, וְנָשׂוּ consec. Ez 39:26, sf. נְשָׂאוּם 2 Ch 12:11, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִשָּׂא Gn 32:21 +, וַיִּשָּׂא 13:10 +, sf. יִשָּׂאֵהוּ Dt 32:11 +; 3 mpl. יִשְׂאוּ Ho 4:8 +, יִשָּׂ֑אוּ Hb 2:6 +, וַיִּשְׂאוּ Ju 2:4 +; sf. יִשָּׂאֻנוּ Is 64:5; 3 fpl. תִּשֶּׂ֫נָה Je 9:17, וַתִּשֶּׂ֫אנָה Ru 1:9, וַתִּשֶּׂ֫נָה Zc 5:9; Ru 1:14; 2 fpl. תִּשֶּׂ֫אינָה Ez 23:49, etc.; Imv. ms. שָׂא Gn 13:14 +, נְשָׂא ψ 10:12, נְסָה 4:7; sf. שָׂאֵהוּ Nu 11:12; 2 K 4:19; fs. שְׂאִי Gn 21:18 +, etc.; Inf. abs. נָשׂוֹא Je 10:5, נָשׂא Ho 1:6 + 2 times; cstr. נְשׂא Is 1:14 + 2 times, שׂוֹא ψ 89:10 (read perhaps שְׁאוֹן roar Ri Bi Che, cf. Hi שׁוֹא), usually שְׂאֵת Gn 4:7 + sf. נָשְׂאִי ψ 28:2, שְׂאֵתִי Je 15:15 ψ 89:51, etc.; Aramaizing Inf. לְמַשְׂאוֹת Ez 17:9 (si vera l.; Co Berthol לְיוֹם שְׂאֵת); Pt. act. נֹשֵׁא Ex 34:7 +, f. נֹשְׁאֵת 1 K 10:22, נֹשֵׁאת Est 2:15, etc.; pass. cstr. נְשׂוּא Is 3:3 +, נְשׂוּי ψ 32:1, etc.— 1. lift, lift up: a. lit., c. acc. pers. vel rei; the flood lifts ark Gn 7:17 (J), י׳ lifts standard (נֵם) Is 5:26; 11:12 + (often sq. ל pers.), rod Is 10:26, c. עַל against v 24, נ׳ חֶרֶב אֶל־ Mi 4:3 = Is 2:4, etc.;—especially lift in order to hold, carry away, etc. Gn 21:18 (E), Ju 9:48; Am 6:10; 2 S 2:32; 4:4; 1 K 13:29; 2 K 9:25, 26 Ez 3:12, 14; 8:3; 11:24 +; lift up wings to fly Ez 10:16, 19; 11:22; †נ׳ רַגְלָיו וַיֵּלֶךְ Gn 29:1 he lifted up his feet and went; lift up, upon (על) Gn 31:17; 42:26 (both E), fig. Jb 31:36; נ׳ בְּמֹאזְנַיִם Jb 6:2 put a thing into scale; נ׳ בוֹ אָלָה put on him (require of him) an oath 1 K 8:31 = 2 Ch 6:22, so van d. H., 𝔊; correct MT נָשָׁא (Baer Ginsb), but sense hardly possible; אֶשָּׂא בְשָׂרִי בְשִׁנָּ֑י Jb 13:14 I will take up my flesh in my teeth (fig. for hazarding life). b. in many phr., lit. and fig., e.g.: (1) lift up hand; against (ב) 2 S 18:28; 20:21, c. לְ ψ 106:26; אֶל־ (as signal) Is 49:22; abs., in display of power ψ 10:12; freq. in oath (especially Ez P; of י׳; usually sq. inf., often + ל pers.) Ex 6:8; Nu 14:30; (both P), Ez 20:5(×2), 6, 15, 23, 28, 42; 36:7; 44:12; 47:14 Ne 9:15, + אֶל־שָׁמַיִם Dt 32:40 lift hand to heaven; in prayer (c. אֶל־) ψ 28:2 La 2:19, so (בְּשִׁמְךָ) ψ 63:5, abs. 134:2, and, remarkably, אֶל־מִצְוֹתֶיךָ 119:48; also fig. of the deep (תְּהוֹם) Hb 3:10; in blessing Lv 9:22 (P; c. אֶל). (2) lift up one’s head = shew boldness, independence Ju 8:28; Zc 2:4; Jb 10:15 ψ 83:3; of another = restore to honour Gn 40:13, 20 (E), but lift thy head from off thee (מֵעָלֶיךָ), v 19, by word-play;—+מִבֵּית כֶּלֶא 2 K 25:27 = Je 52:31; fig. of gates, lift up your heads ψ 24:7, 9. (3) lift up one’s face, countenance (פָּנִים), lit., 2 K 9:32 (אֶל־); sign of good conscience 2 S 2:22 (אֶל־), abs. Jb 11:15; of י׳, sign of favour, נ׳ פָּנָיו אֶל־ Nu 6:26 (P; form of benediction); cf. נ׳ אוֹר פָּנֶיךָ עַל־ ψ 4:7; especially lift up face of another (orig. prob. of one prosate in humility; opp. הֵשִׁיב פָּנִים repel), in various shades of meaning = grant a request Gn 19:21 (J; + לַּדָּבָר הַוֶּה), 1 S 25:35; 2 K 3:14 Jb 42:8, 9; = be gracious to, Gn 32:21 (E), Mal 1:8, 9 hence phr. נְשׂוּא פָנִים graciously received, held in honour †2 K 5:1 (of Naaman), and, as subst., honourable, eminent one Is 3:3; 9:14 (but del. as gloss), Jb 22:8†; = shew consideration for Dt 28:50 La 4:16; also in bad sense = be unduly influenced by Jb 32:21, and, specif., = shew partiality (towards) Dt 10:17 (denied of י׳), Lv 19:15 (H), Mal 2:9 (כַּתּוֹרָה), Jb 13:8, 10; 34:19; Pr 18:5 ψ 82:2 (syn. הִכִּיר פ׳); even נ׳ פְּנֵי כָל־כֹּפֶר Pr 6:35 i.e. regard any bribe. (4) lift up eyes, on high 2 K 19:22 = Is 37:23, cf. ψ 121:1 (אֶל־); לַשָּׁמַיִם Is 51:6 (‖ הִבִּיט אֶל־); sq. ה loc. Dt 3:27; 4:19 cf. Ez 8:5(×2); toward (אֶל־) idols Ez 18:6, 12, 15; 33:25, cf. 23:27; toward (אֶל־) י׳ ψ 123:1 (these with implied worship); נ׳ עֵינֶיהָ אֶל־ Gn 39:7 i.e. she gazed at him with desire; usually + vb. of seeing (35 times) Gn 13:10, 14; 18:2 + (Hex only JE), Is 40:26 (+ מָרוֹם), 49:18; 60:4 (both + סָבִיב), Je 3:2 (+ עַל־). (5) lift up voice (קוֹל), give (loud) utterance Is 52:8, of floods ψ 93:3, + and weep Gn 21:16 (E) 27:38; 29:11 (both J), Ju 2:4, + וַתָּשָּׂא וַיִּתְּנוּ אֶת־קוֹלָם וַיִּבְכּוּ Nu 14:1 (P), + 9 times; + יָרֹ֫נּוּ Is 24:14; + קָרָא Ju 9:7; קוֹל om. Is 3:7; 42:2, v 11 (‖ יָרֹ֫נּוּ); also (6) lift up (+ vb. of saying, usually אָמַר), often of formal and solemn utterance, נ׳ מָשָׁל Nu 23:7, 18; 24:3, 15, 20, 21, 23 Jb 27:1; 29:1 + עַל Mi 2:4; Hb 2:6; Is 14:4; ונשׂא־בוֹ אָלָה 1 K 8:31 and he shall lift up against him an oath = 2 Ch 6:22 (MT וְנָשָׂא v. Baer Ginsb, but sense difficult; read rather וְנָשָׂא); י׳ נ׳ עָלָיו הַמַּשָּׂא הַזֶּה 2 K 9:25; נ׳ קִונָה, + עַל־ Je 7:29 Ez 26:17; 27:2; 28:12; 32:2, + אֶל־ 19:1; 27:32; lift up word Am 5:1 (על, + קִינָה); weeping Je 9:9 (עַל־); lamentation (נְהִי) v 17 (עַל־), reproach ψ 15:3 (עַל־). (7) lift up, take up = utter: name of י׳, לַשָּׁוְא Ex 20:7(×2) = Dt 5:11(×2) (Decalogue); cf. ψ 139:20 (read prob. שְׁמֶ֑ךָ Bö Ol Che Kau); בַּל־אֶשָּׂא שְׁמוֹתָם עַל־שְׂפָתָ֑י ψ 16:4; נ׳ בְּרִיתִי עֲלֵי־פִיךָ ψ 50:16; prob. also נ׳ שֵׁמַע שָׁוְא Ex 23:1 (E). (8) lift up prayer in behalf of (בְּעַד) † 2 K 19:4 = Is 37:4, Je 7:16; 11:14. (9) lift up soul (נֶפֶשׁ), i.e. direct the desire (נֶפֶשׁ 6 a) towards (אל) a thing, Dt 24:15 Pr 10:18, אֶל־עָוֹן Ho 4:8, לַשָּׁוְא ψ 24:4 (cf. Pi. and ii. מַשָּׂא 2); אֶל־י׳ ψ 25:1; 86:4 143:8, so the heart La 3:41. (10) take up (incur) sin, iniquity, (only HP) †Ex 28:43 Nu 18:22, c. עַל for Lv 19:17; 22:9 Nu 18:32 (cf. also 2 b). (11) of heart lifting one up, (inciting), Ex 35:21, 26; 36:2 (all P); of presumption 2 K 14:10 = 2 Ch 25:19.—MT appar. requires intrans. or reflex. meaning, lift oneself up, in foll., text dub. in all: Ho 13:1 read perhaps נָשִׂיא Oort We cf. Now; Na 1:5 Now (after Bi) וַתֵּשָׁא (read וַתֵּ֫שֶׁא? √ שׁאה); ψ 89:10 read שְׁאוֹן Bi Ri Che; Hb 1:3 יִשָּׂא queried by We Gr Buhl al., cf. GunkelSchöpfung 33. 2. Bear, carry: a. lit., a load or burden (usually acc.) Gn 37:25; 44:1 (both J), 45:23(×2) (E), 1 S 10:3(×3) Je 10:5; 17:21, 27 +; subj. רוּחַ Ex 10:13 1 K 18:12; obj. armour נֹשֵׂא כֵלִים 1 S 14:1 + often S; weapons 1 Ch 5:18; 12:24 2 Ch 14:7(×2); La 3:27 (נ׳ עֹל fig.), Is 1:14 (fig., cf. d infr.); a load of care, responsibility Dt 1:9, 12; share a burden with נ׳ אֶת־ Ex 18:22 (E; no acc.); with ב׳, יִשָּׂא בְשִׂיחִי מִשְׁכָּבִי Jb 7:13 my bed shall carry at (help carry) my grief, Nu 11:17; take up and carry (idolatrous images) Am 5:26 Is 46:7; bear ephod, 1 S 2:28; 14:3 + v 18 (𝔊), 22:18 (v. Dr in HastDict. Bib. 726); in triumph Is 8:4. b. especially bear guilt, or punishment Gn 4:13 (J, עֲוֹנִי), often Ez HP: †נ׳ עָוֹן Lv 5:1, 17; 7:18 Nu 5:31; 14:34, cf. 15:31 (all P), Lv 17:16; 19:8; 20:17, 19 (H) Ez 14:10; 44:12 (cf. Hiph. Lv 22:16); נ׳ חֵטְא Lv 20:20; 24:15 (H) Nu 9:13 (P), cf. Ez 23:49; cf. כְּלִמָּה" dir="rtl" >נ׳ כְּלִמָּה 16:52(×2), נ׳ עֹנֶשׁ Pr 19:19, נ׳ abs. 9:12; נ׳ עֲוֹן … = be responsible for Ex 28:38 Nu 18:1(×2) cf. v 23; incur guilt Ex 28:43; = bear guilt for others Lv 10:17; 16:22 (of goat), Nu 30:16 (all P), Ez 4:4, 5, 6, cf. נ׳ זְנוּתֵיכֶם Nu 14:33; נ׳ חֵטְא Is 53:12, cf. נ׳ חֳלָיֵנוּ v 4; also נ׳ בַּעֲוֹן … bear at (share in), Ez 18:19, 20(×2). c. support, sustain, on (על) wings Ex 19:4 Dt 32:11 ψ 91:12 (all fig.); land could not support them Gn 13:6 (J), 36:7 (P). d. endure Je 15:15; 31:19 Ez 36:6 Jb 34:31 ψ 69:8; 88:16 Pr 18:14; 30:21; suffer, bear with, permit Jb 21:3. e. bear, carry, וַיִּשָּׂא מֵאֵת פָּנָיו אֲלֵהֶם Gn 43:34 (J) and they (indef.) carried portions from his presence unto them; carry gifts as tribute 2 S 8:2, 6; later, bring an offering ψ 96:8 = 1 Ch 16:29, Ez 20:31 (𝔊 Co בראשׁית; Toy foll. MT). f. carry = contain, hold: bath to hold 1/10 homer Ez 45:11. g. bear fruit, of tree Hg 2:19 Jo 2:22, fig. Ez 36:8; boughs 17:23 (in fig.); produce, yield, of mountains Jb 40:20 ψ 72:3 (both c. לְ for). 3. Take, take away: a. lit. c. מִן 1 S 17:34 Nu 16:15 (unjustly). b. take away, carry off, Ju 21:23 1 K 15:22 = 2 Ch 16:6, 1 K 18:12 La 5:13 Mi 2:2 Je 49:29 (ל pers.), Is 40:24; 41:16 +; take away head (מֵעַל pers.) Gn 40:19 (v. supr.); sweep away = destroy Jb 32:22 (cf. Niph. 4); life 2 S 14:14. c. take away, guilt, iniquity, transgression, etc., i.e. forgive, † c. acc. Gn 50:17 (E), Ex 32:32 (E), 10:17; 34:7 (J), Nu 14:18 (JE), 1 S 15:25 Ho 14:3 Jb 7:21 (‖ הֶעֱבִיר עָוֹן), ψ 32:5; + ל pers. Mi 7:18; ל pers., acc. om., Gn 18:24, 26 (J), Nu 14:19 (JE; ‖ סלח עָוֹן), Ho 1:6 Is 2:9 (prob. gloss.), ψ 99:8; c. ל of sin Gn 50:17 Ex 23:21 Jos 24:19 (both E), 1 S 25:28 ψ 25:18 ψ 25:18; נְשֻׂא עָוֹן Is 33:24; נְשׂוּי־פֶּשַׁע ψ 32:1. [in this sense נ׳ used in E; סלח in D P; both in J; נ׳ also in early proph., S. and Jb, and in earlier and latest ψψ; not in Je K Is 2 La Chr Dn, which use סלח; v. BrHex. 155.] d. take as wife (usually c. לְ for), late: Ezr 9:2, 12; 10:44 Ne 13:25 2 Ch 11:21; 13:21; 24:3 Ru 1:4. e. take an enumeration, usually c. רֹאשׂ sum Ex 30:12 Nu 1:2, 49; 4:2, 22; 26:2; 31:26, 49 (all P); c. מִסְפָּר Nu 3:40 1 Ch 27:23. f. take and carry away, receive, Dt 33:3 1 K 5:23 ψ 24:5; hence, obtain favour (חֶסֶד, חֵן) Est 2:9, 17 (both + לִפְנֵי), 5:2 (+ בְּעֵינָיו).—לְמַשְׂאוֹת אוֹתָהּ מִשָּׁרָשֶׁיהָ Ez 17:9 (Co Berthol לְיוֹם שְׂאֵת וגו׳) is usually rendered plucking it up (tearing it away) by the roots, but dub.; נ׳ not elsewhere in this sense. †Niph. Pf. נִשָּׂא Je 51:9, וְנ׳ consec. Ex 25:28 +; Impf. יִנָּשֵׂא Is 40:4; 3 mpl. יִנָּֽשְׂאוּ Ez 1:19, 20, 21, יִנָּשׂוּא Je 10:5, יִנָּשֵׂ֑אוּ Pr 30:13; 3 fpl. תִּנָּשֶׂאנָה Is 49:22, etc.; Imv. הִנָּשֵׂא ψ 7:7; 94:2, mpl. הִנָּֽשְׂאוּ ψ 24:7; Inf. הִנָּשֵׂא Ez 1:19, sf. הִנָּֽשְׂאָם Ez 1:21; Pt. נִשָּׂא Is 2:2 +, f. נִשָּׂאָה Is 30:25, נִשֵּׂאת Zc 5:7 1 Ch 14:2, etc.;—2 S 19:43 is dub., and pt. (Ol§ 192 c Köi 632 f.) inexplicable; read נִשּׂא (Inf. abs. Niph.) Dr (cf. Th), or מַשְׂאֵת portion Gr HPS; > BaNB 90 thinks נִשֵּׂאת Inf. Niph. with compensative ending;— 1. be lifted up, a. lit. Zc 5:7 Ez 1:19, 21 (both מֵעַל הָאָרֶץ), v 19, 20, 21 (all in vision), of valleys Is 40:4; of gates ψ 24:7 + v 9b (read Niph.); of eyelids Pr 30:13 (superciliousness); metaph. of judment on Babylon reaching up to the sky (עַד); pt. = elevated, exalted Is 6:1 (of י׳’s throne, in vision); of lofty hills Is 2:14; 30:25; 57:7, cf. Mi 4:1 = Is 2:2 (מִן, lifted from out the hills), once of trees 2:13 (text dub.); gen., Is 2:12. b. fig., be exalted, of kg., 2 Ch 32:23, kingdom 1 Ch 14:2, servant of י׳ Is 52:13, י׳ himself 57:15. 2. refl. lift oneself up = rise up, of י׳, to display power in judgment: Is 33:10 ψ 94:2. 3. be borne, carried Je 10:5 Ex 25:28 (P), Is 49:22; 66:12. 4. be taken away carried off, 2 K 20:17 (ה loc.) = Is 39:6; be swept away (of multitude) Dn 11:12 (cf. Bev Behrm, Prince, v. also Qal 3; Ew Hi as 2, v. Dr). †Pi. Pf. נִשֵּׂא 2 S 5:12, נִשָּׂא (anal. of ל׳ ה) 2 S 19:43 1 K 9:11, וְנִשָּׂא consec. Am 4:2, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. sf. וַיְנַשְּׂאֵ֫הוּ Est 3:1, וַיְנַשְּׂאֵם Is 63:9; 3 mpl. sf. יְנַשְּׂאוּהוּ Ezr 1:4; Imv. ms. sf. נַשְּׂאֵם ψ 28:9; Pt. pl. מְנַשְּׂאִים Je 22:27 + 2 times;— 1. lift up = exalt, kingdom 2 S 5:12 (‖ Niph. 1 Ch 14:2), pers. Est 5:11 (עַל), cf. 3:1; = support, aid, assist Ezr 8:36 Est 9:3; c. ב aid with trees (supply with) 1 K 9:11, so Ezr 1:4. 2. fig. נ׳ נֶפֶשׁ = desire, long, Je 22:27; 44:14. 3. carry, bear continuously Is 63:9, ψ 28:9. 4. take, take away 2 S 19:43 (ל for; but v. Niph. supr.); Am 4:2 (ב instr.; We Now וְנָֽשְׂאוּ).— †Hithp. Impf. יִתְנַשָּׂ֑א Nu 23:24; 3 fs. תִּנַּשֵּׂא 24:7; 2 ms. תִּתְנַשֵּׂא Ez 29:15; 3 mpl. יִנַּשְּׂאוּ Dn 11:14; 2 mpl. תִּתְנַשְּׂאוּ Nu 16:3; Inf. הִתְנַשֵּׂא Ez 17:14 Pr 30:32; Pt. מִתְנַשֵּׂא 1 K 1:5 1 Ch 29:11;—lift oneself up, like a lion Nu 23:24 (JE); pt. he who exalts himself 1 Ch 29:11 (+ לְכֹל לְרֹאשׁ) as human ruler (Kau), > (sc. אַתָּה) of י׳ as ruler; Ew§ 160 e Ke Be as subst. [inf. of Aramaic form], the exaltation; of a kingdom Nu 24:7 (JE), cf. Ez 17:14; in arrogance 1 K 1:5 Nu 16:3 (P; c. עַל־), Ez 29:15 (c. עַל), Pr 30:32 Dn 11:14. †Hiph. Pf. 3 ms. consec. 1. cause one to bear iniquity (2 acc.) וְהִשִּׂ֫יאוּ Lv 22:16. 2. appar. cause to bring, have brought, וְהִשִּׂיאוּ 2 S 17:13 (c. acc. rei + אֶל loc.), but very dub.; Ki Kit Bu וְיָשִׂימוּ; HPS וְהֵבִיאוּ; > We הֵשִׂימוּ.

† [נָעַל] vb.denom. furnish with sandals, shoe (𝔗 נְעַל (rare), bind on sandal; Arabic نَعَلَ furnish with sandals, shoe horse or camel; Syriac ܢܰܥܶܠ shoe horse);— Qal Impf. 1 s. sf. וָאֶנְעֲלֵךְ תָּ֑הַשׁ Ez 16:10 and I shod thee with תחשׁ (q.v.). Hiph. Impf. 3 mpl. sf. וַיַּנְעִלוּם 2 Ch 28:15 and gave them sandals.

† [עָנַד] vb. bind around, upon (cf. Arabic عَنَدَ turn aside from way; Syriac ܥܢܰܕ defecit, defuit; cf. also עִמָּדִי (for עִמִּי));— Qal Impf. 1 s. אֶעֶנְדֶנּוּ לִי Jb 31:36 (obj. garland, in fig.); Imv. sf. עָנְדֵם Pr 6:21 (fig.; ‖ קָשַׁר).

† אֵלֶּה demonstr.pron.pl. these (Nab. אלה (Lzb 264 Cooke 241), Cappad. and Egyptian Aramaic אלה (LzbEph. i. 323 RÉS 361 A 3 S-CPap. E 13, K 13): prob. therefore not, as used to be supposed, a Hebraism, but a peculiarity of the dialects of Je 10:11 and of Ezr (in which the usually Aramaic form אִלֵּין does not occur): v. further אִלֵּין);—these, Je 10:11 Ezr 5:15 Kt.

אֲנִיָעם v. sub I. [אנה].

† אִנִּין they (f.) Dn 7:17 Qr: Kt אִנּוּן, q.v.

† אַנְתּוּן pr. 2 mpl. ye, you (BH אַתֶּם p. 61b), Dn 2:8.

† גֵּה Ez 47:13, read זֶה 𝔊 𝔗 𝔙 & all moderns.

† [גָּרַף] vb. sweep away (orig. shovel or scoop up, away, cf. NH id., Arabic جَرَفَ; Aramaic גְּרַף ܓܪܰܦ, Ethiopic in deriv.)— Qal pf. 3 ms. sf. גְּרָפָם (נַחַל קִישׁוֹן) Ju 5:21.

† [דוג, דִּיג] vb. denom. fish for, catch— Qal Pf. 3 mpl. sf. וְדִיגוּם consec. Je 16:16 (but as Qal dub. Ges§ 73. 2; Sta§ 160 b. 2 regards as Hiph. (abbrev.), NöZMG. 1883, 540 conj. Pi.)

הַלּוֹחֵשׁ Ne 3:12; 10:25 v. לוֹחֵשׁ.

† [הם?, המה?] only in מֵהֱמֵהֶם Ez 7:11 Ew nothing of their moaning, wailing; Thes RV wealth, cf. הָמוֹן 5, but precarious; form very suspicious; prob. dittogr. for preceding מֵהֶם; del. B Co.

† זוֹ i.q. זֹה (q.v.): only Ho 7:16 b זוֹ לַעְגָּם this (i.e. the falling by the sword, v a) is their derision; and (as relat.) ψ 132:12 וְעֵדֹ֤תִ֥י זֹוֹ and my testimony which … (neglecting the accentuation: v. De, and cf. the remark under זֶה 5).

† יָת mark of accus. (= BH I. אֵת; Palm. ית; Zinj. Had. 28 c. sf. ותה; Nab. Palm. c. sf. יתה (Lzb263 Cooke170; cf. RÉS468); 𝔗 Sam. יָת; Syriac ܝܳܬ (rare); v. further p. 84b);—Dn 3:12 דִּי מַנִּיתָ יָֽתְהוֹן whom thou hast appointed.

† II. מָן in Ex 16:15 (with reference to the manna) וַיֹּאמְרוּ אִישׁ אֶל־אָחִיו מָן הוּא כִּי לֹא יָֽדְעוּ מַה־הוּא, most prob. ‘what is it?’ the question being intended as a popular etym. of מָן ‘manna,’ based upon the late Aramaic ܡܳܢ What? (man is ‘Who?’ in Arabic, Aramaic (מַן, ܡܰܢ), Mand. (מאן), Ethiopic, ‘What?’ in these dialects being مَا, מָה, ܡܳܐ, מָא (Ethiopic ment); מָן in the sense of ‘What?’ must correspond to the later Syriac ܡܳܢ, contr. from ܡܳܐ ܕܶܝܢ, 𝔗 מָדֵין: Nö§ 68 WSG 125).

† [נֵ֫כֶל] n.[m.] wiliness, craft, knavery;—only pl. sf. נִכְלֵיהֶם Nu 25:18 their craft, their wiles (as acc. cogn. c. נִכֵּל).

† [פָּאָה] vb. perhaps (si vera l.) cleave in pieces (Arabic (فأى, فأو) فَاأَ cleave, split (head, bowl, etc.); Sab. פעי DHMZMG xxx (1876), 701 f.);— Hiph. Impf. 1 s. sf. אַפְאֵיהֶם Dt 32:26 I [י׳] will cleave them in pieces (poss. point אֶפ׳, i.e. Qal; on other views v. Dr; read perhaps אֲפִיצֵם 𝔊 Gr).

† I. פְּלֹנִי pron. a certain one; Gk. ὁ, ἡ δεῖνα (according to Thes from above √, through an unused noun פָּלֹן, proposes one defined, a particular one: NH id.; Aramaic ܦܠܳܢ, f. ܦܠܳܢܻܝܬܳܐ; Arabic فُلَانُ WAG i. § 353 R. c, voc. فُلُ SiegfZWTh xxvii. 355; Assyrian pulpul HptBAS i. 114), always joined with אַלְמֹנִי (proposes one not mentioned) in the sense of ‘ein gewisser verschwiegener’ (Ew§ 106 c, 2 Sta§ 150 b), ‘a certain unnamed one,’ i.e. such a one; Ru 4:1 שְׁבָה־פֹּה פְּלֹנִי אַלְמֹנִי sit down here, such a one (Gk. ὦ οὗτος; Arabic يَا فُلُ); in the phr. מְקוֹם פ׳ א׳ the place of such a one = such and such a place, 1 S 21:3 2 K 6:8. From פ׳ א׳ arose by contraction (or conflation, PerlesAnal. 82) פַּלְמֹנִי †Dn 8:13 ויאמר … לַפּ׳ הַמְדַבֵּר to that certain one who spake.—ii. פְּלֹנִי v. p. 813.

† III. [שָׂעַר] vb. perhaps be acquainted with (Arabic شَعَرَ perceive [Sab. שער id.? HomChrest. 124]; cf. Aramaic סְֶעַר ܣܥܰܪ, visit, inspect, BAES 67 RS in Dr Dt PerlesAnal. 79);— Qal Pf. 3 pl. sf. שְׂעָרוּם Dt 32:17 new gods, with whom your fathers had no acquaintance (𝔊 εἴδησαν; ‖ יְדָעוּם); usually fear, Thes revere with awe, Dr shudder before, [שָׂעַר] denom., although not elsewherec.acc. pers.